Quantcast
Channel: Metaphysical Thoughts and Visions
Viewing all 524 articles
Browse latest View live

Multi-Dimensional Science

$
0
0

The following is the latest "draft" or version of Multi-Dimensional Science.



Basic Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Science



Project by Robert Searle



Multi-Dimensional Science, or MDS represents a new revolutionary approach towards a more objective understanding of claimed psychic, and spiritual phenomena. If possible, and if ultimately correct it could in the future have extraordinary benefits for the advancement of the human race.

It should be noted that the "Science" word in MDS is ofcourse used in an entirely provisional sense.The subject can thus be known as the Multi-Dimensional Hypothesis,or MDH. This is arguably a more accurate term. At present, it is purely at the "pseudo-scientific" stage of evolution, and there is a long way to go.
The words "Multi-Dimensional" have been criticized but in this context it clearly implies claimed "psychic", and "spiritual dimensions", or "worlds" variously called spheres, planes of existence, higher realms, et al. They could be seen as being akin to a certain extent with "scientific" concepts of antimatter,parallel universes, the multiverse, and ofcourse the fourth (or the fifth, sixth, or more) dimension(s).
A number of people have expressed some interest in MDS. They include Jean Houston, Stanley Krippner, Elisabet Sahtouris, Ronald Pearson (originator of Survival Physics), Bruce Lipton, David Peat, Jurgen Ziewie, and the writer, Anthony Peake.
It should be added that like a "science" MDS is also falsifiable. Also, any relevant mathematical models have yet to be developed. What is discussed here is purely a verbal presentation.

PS. Please note that the material here may be subject to corrections of one kind, or another (eg.text editing). It is a "work in progress" project. and must be seen as such. However, the basic concepts of MDS will probably remain unaltered.




Important to Understand, and Appreciate.

Most of all what follows is highly speculative, and theoretical. Unfortunately, this is unavoidable due the nature of the subject in hand. Understandably, many mainstream scientists would regard MDS as nonsense, and too New Agey to have any credence. A few may be able to take it more seriously. Many of the things said here may come across a little dogmatic but this is not intentional. But, it is not always easy to describe "concepts" such as these in neutral terms.
Anyhow, let us try if possible to proceed with an open-mind.




The Aim of the Multi-Dimensional Paradigm.



The basic aim of Multi-Dimensional Science, or MDS is to prove albeit indirectly the existence of so-called non-physical psychic/spiritual energies, and the claimed realities in which they are said to exist. If possible, and if it can be done within the context of a new version of the scientific method it could have untold benefits for physics, biology, psychology, psychiatry, parapsychology, et al. This is a huge all-encompassing subject.
Most of what follows is essentially theoretical as already indicated, and would require in the goodness of time to be "proved" indirectly as far as possible via research, and experimentation.



The Basic Methodology of MDS.



There are five methodological steps in the process of "objectifying" the claimed "subjective" encounters of the unseen psycho-spiritual universe. Since what we are discussing are said to be non-physical energies it should be obvious that we cannot use normal "scientific" protocol as they are physically undetectable in the main.

Anyway, the methods of research, and ultimately experimentation, are as follows.

i) Finding MDOs, or Multi-Dimensional Observers would be necessary, and a special directory could be created. These are specific psychics (concerned mainly with psychic development), and mystics (concerned mainly with self-development, and "God-Realization")who claim to have inner experiences of a range of non-physical phenomena. They would notably include the manifestations of claimed ethereal inner sounds,and lights. They may among other things be able to view the so-called "subtle body", "auras", "discarnate entities,""symbolic imagery", et cetera. Such data would in Western Philosophy be regarded as a form of phenomenology a term coined by its originator, Edmund Husserl. Ofcourse,it should be added that people could be trained to become "reliable" MDOs via some form of meditation/out-of-the body "technology," or "technologies".

ii) A simple questionaire would probably be used first to ask MDOs what they experience. A detailed one(s) could follow, and ad hoc questioning could also occur. The aim of this is to see how many major "obscure" pieces of data are independently corroborated beyond the laws of mathematical chance. In other words, we have as it were an "objective" non-physical phenomena which may not be purely the product of subjective imagination of the MDO.

iii) Such attempted descriptions of "other worlds", and their "sutble energies" are translated from words into images. This could ofcourse appear on a computer with the right programming when attempted descriptions are reported in real-time.

iv) Mathematical models, and theories could then be created.

v) On the basis of step iv experiments could be undertaken to see how reliable, and objective the initial data really is. If all things go to plan we would have an approach in which we could understand on a more scientific basis the actual workings of claimed psycho-spiritual energies in both man, and the universe. This could be a huge step forward, and may have profound implications for the arts, and the sciences.




The Uniqueness of the MDS Methodology, and Approach




The idea of trying to marry science with esoteric mysticism, and religion is in itself nothing new.But what is so unique with MDS is that we have for the first time probably the complete Methodology to achieve it. As indicated in the above section, there are infact four basic "components" of it. They are highlighted in the following listing:-


i. Using mathematics (and modelling) to try, and understand "other worlds". Attempts to use this approach have been done in the past.
ii. Trying to "depict" unseen realities, and energies into pictures. This has been done by the likes of Barbara Brennan, and notably Charles Leadbeater, and his famous images of the subtle bodies, and their auras.
iii. Utilising Questionaires, and indeed, ad hoc questioning are essential in the Methodology of MDS. Ofcourse, they have also been used to find out what people encounter during Near-Death Experiences, and Out-of-Body Experiences. Mystical Experiences have been subjected to "analysis" in a similiar manner. The Sir Alistair Hardys Religious Experience Research Centre for example has on occasion used this approach as evidence based science.
iv. Using psychics to try, and discover "physical" knowledge.Besant, and Leadbeater in their clairvoyant researches into "occult" chemistry are a classic example. Ofcourse, psychics have also been used to contact "non-physical paranormal energies." Examples of this include Remote Viewing, Reichenbach, and the "Odic Force," and the "aura" studies of Dr Kilner using special screens.

It should be stressed again that the Methodology of MDS for using the four above "components" appears to be unique. Professor Tarts State-Specific Science,or S-SS comes close to it, but does not go far enough.
Some people would argue that Quantum Physics is enough to explain paranormal phenomena. This is probably incorrect because "mainstream" parapsychology is incomplete without detailed knowledge of the "inner" phenomenology involved.The latter is the "missing link" in the theoretical side of psi research..and may someday be taken more seriously if credible corroborative data emerges. However, "relevant" mathematical interpretations of Quantum Theory could arguably be adapted to MDS.




Describing the "Indescribable"?




Many psychics, and especially mystics have at times found it difficult to put into words their inner experiences of "higher worlds". This is especially true of the latter. They may resort at times to using symbolism of one form, or another. It would appear that those following a bona fide mystical path involving entrance into higher planes of conciousness, or Altered States of Conciousness (or ASCs) claim that the power to describe things accurately, and clearly, "progressively" diminishes. However, whatever can be recorded could still have scientific validity.

Much relies on the literal, and/or symbolic descriptive powers of the MDOs (irrespective of whether they are psychics, or notably mystic meditators) concerned. Yet,inevitably there will be "things" which can never be described at all. These would be indicated via the questionaires, and ad hoc questioning(which can ofcourse become more elaborate after the initial questions in a structured, or unstructered manner) and ultimately via the mathematical models.
Ofcourse, it is well-known that ASCs can be created artifically by certain electronic stimulations of the brain, and by specific drugs such as LSD. None of this though can fully explain away the "simple", or usually "complex" supersensory experiences involved by the experiencers.



Interfacing with the Physical, and Non-Physical.



If MDOs can collectively produce reasonably reliable data about the energies in, or around physical objects, and people it would be possible to measure them scientifically using physical instruments. For example, a microscope could be used to examine in detail certain materials.Reliable MDOs should in theory be able to largely come up with the same data concerning their non-physical psychic structure, and energies not seen by the "normal" naked eye.

In another example, a person may be able to produce claimed psychic rays from his, or her body. This could be accurately measured using some kind of physical instrument(s) with the help of what MDOs see, and may hear psychically in non-physical dimensions (ie.clairaudience).

A similiar process to the above could be had in which physical objects do not exist. In other words, research, and experimentation in the "other world".Thus, wholly non-physical "measurements" and other "quantifiable" findings could be recorded to a limited extent.

Groups of MDOs may describe the same "energies" differently irrespective of whether they are focussed on something physical, or not. This suggests that they may see the supersensory "energies" of the same physical, or non-physical object(s), or person(s) at different levels of conciousness in different planes, or sub-planes. Hence, the variations in the appearances of such "energies" may be different. In certain cases they may be purely, or partly illusionary self-projections. In theory, or indeed,in "reality" we would be dealing ofcourse with mental "matter" which could be affected conciously, and unconciously by ones own mind to varying degrees. In other words, psycho-interactivity.
To help clarify the above, it may be best to take an example. Certain MDOs may describe the aura radiating around the subtle body as monochromatic, or one coloured. Others may describe it as polychromatic, or many coloured. Such colours may manifests themselves notably as rays, or concentric "circles" around the subtle body. This could again suggest that the "energies" seen are at a "higher", or "lower" level, or plane, or sub-plane of conciousness. Infact, MDOs may be able in real-time be able to "go through" intermediate stages, or planes of being in which the aura, and subtle sub-planes (plus any other surrounding supersensory phenomena) may change in an orderly, or "disorderly" sequence via a light, or deep waking "trance". In effect, they would see the inner energies change from one plane to another until the "final" one is reached.

In MDS we are indicating here is that the science of the future may become increasingly more humanized, and less objective in the normal scientific sense. By "humanized" we are implying ofcourse that tested MDOs, or "special" people would become more, and more a part of the experimental process gradually unlocking the secrets of the physical, and non-physical universe. Again, it should be re-iterated that MDS probably offers for the first time in human history the Complete System to achieve this.

It should perhaps be added that there is a belief largely founded, or unfounded that these subtle psychic energies may also exist as..
a).. the finest forms of energy existing to a certain extent in the invisible electromagnetic spectrum of the physical universe either temporarily, or permanently and...
b) ..that they could be detectable to some degree with certain kinds of physical instruments. This in itself is a big subject, and one is reminded here of the work of the physicist William Tiller, and the independent researcher Harry Oldfield (notably his controversial electronic "aura" research similiar to Kirlian photography).

However, it should be noted that MDS tends in the main to go beyond this "limited" approach because it believes that it may be dealing with higher non-physical energies (ie undetectable altogether by physical means), and hence, this knowledge would arguably have greater psychic, and spiritual benefits than dealing with low level energies that may be detectable, or become "materialized" in the material world.




Basic Theoretical Concepts of Higher Worlds, and Higher Energies.




Many mystical, and psychic writings claim that there are a series of higher worlds, and hence, higher energies in the non-physical Universe. Such psychic/spiritual cosmologies have often been illustrated as a set of seven or more lines either in concentric, or linear forms. They are on occasions sub-divided into smaller planes, or sub-planes. Sometimes, they are shown concentrically around our planet earth, and extending ultimately into infinity.

There are a number of Hermetic, and Alchemical texts which notably illustrate higher planes of existence as being concentric. Certain Buddhist depictions of the "after-life" realms indicate a linear, or concentric set of worlds, or planes.

In the Alice Bailey Teachings, there is a scheme of spiritual cosmology in which there is in each plane a division of seven sub-planes.The reality of the situation is probably that there are an infinite number of planes, and sub-planes, and their number tends to vary from one esoteric, or mythological source to another.

It is said that as one ascends from one higher reality to another it becomes increasingly brighter, and there is growing expansion of super-conciousness, or mystical experience. Moreover, the energies of each succeeding plane, and indeed, each sub-plane become increasingly subtle. The content of such visionary ascents can as one progresses "upwards" become more difficult, or impossible at times to describe in the language of this world.

In relation to our physical world of the five limited senses, such realms could arguably exist as psycho-spiritual energies having a vibratory rate faster than the speed of light. Such a theoretical notion notably appears in Quantum Physics as the Bell Theorem, and Non-Locality. The thing to grasp here is that faster-than-light energies would transcend time, and space as we would understand it. Moreover, it is also believed that they may exist, and interact in ways conceivable, and inconceivable in relation to our visible physical world.



The "Highest Truth", and "Objectivity"?



One advanced understanding of these other planes,or dimensions of Being are to be found in Sant Mat as propounded notably by the Radhasoami Faith. It claims among other things that most religions, and mystical sects reach only the lower "worlds" mistaking them to be the highest where true "God-Realization" or "salvation" occurs. Through meditation known as Surat Shabd Yoga the aspirant can "die while living" and gain contact to the "higher worlds" via the "jet propulsion" power of inner Light, and inner Sound. At the same time, the Radiant Form of the living Master acts as the inner Guide.

The point of all this is that the spiritual cosmology as revealed in Sant Mat give not only the claimed five major inner Sounds, but also their inner Lights, or key "symbolic" sights of each of the higher worlds, or planes. Thus, we have in effect an actual "road-map" to "salvation",or "God-Realization" which also takes one ultimately beyond the Wheel of Rebirth, or so it is claimed.

However, if a mystic practioner is willing to disclose his, or her inner experiences for comparative analysis via questionaires, and ad hoc questioning basic supersensory experiences may emerge concerning how "real," and "objective," they are. This is a big area of research.

To complicate things, there are those mystics from both East, and West who would argue that there are no set sequences of key inner Lights, or key "symbolic" sights, and inner Sounds on the way "up" to the "highest" plane. These may even be regarded as being largely, or wholly the projections of the Mind. Whether this is true, or not is essentially an open question which will probably never be solved by natural means, or ofcourse fully by MDS itself. It is likely that the "other world" exists in an infinite number of ways.
Indeed, these "other worlds" appear among other things to be polymorphic along with their content. In other words, they can instantly "shapeshift" to use the New Age expression. They can also be termed multi-representational. In effect, this means that how, and "when" they are seen is dependent on a visionaries background. For example, a Jewish mystic may see the "higher worlds" as being "literally" like a vast Kabbalistic Tree of Life extending up into the heavens.
Some have argued that the "inner realities" become more objective, and less subject to subjective dyanmics. The lower realms are said to be very deceptive in an infinite number of ways but as one progresses further "up" they become more "objective", and "more real".
Ofcourse, what is experienced by a disciple of an esoteric tradition is to some extent the result of the "Access Codes," or Words of Power (ie.mantras) which are charged by an Adept. These can allow one to "tune in" via concentration to certain frequencies, or Sounds, and Lights connected with certain planes, or rather sub-planes (like Shabd Yoga at the start of this section).
It is interesting to highlight the point that mystics may describe each successive "planes" as becoming less illusionary, and more real than the preceeding ones. However, if the highest "plane" is reached the lower ones could be interpreted as merely illusions, or even as total projections of the mind without any "objective" substance at all. Thus, for example, the five key "Spiritual Regions" known in Sant Mat could be interpreted as just hallucinations, or illusions..due to the changes in perception mentioned here.

Anyway, Mysticism both East, and West would probably argue that direct personal experience may proves that "higher worlds" exist, or not(irrespective of whether they have a set "road-map" to "God", or not) via some form of meditation and is hence far more important than MDS. This is probably true but peoples minds are becoming increasingly complicated, and they are not so easily swayed by such a "simplistic" approach. Thus, MDS has it own role to play in the great scheme of things. But it can never ever substitute direct inner experience which is of the highest importance.




Subtle Bodies, or Vehicles of Conciousness.



A key feature in occult, or esoteric lore is the concept of subtle bodies (which also appears in the Radhasoami Faith). Here we need to imagine the possibility of the human being consisting of a set of subtle bodies simultaneously existing in a number of planes of existence but "working" all together to a certain extent as if they were one.

It should also be said here that these "bodies" have special centres, or what in the East are referred to as chakras which can be translated as "wheels" which are to a degree replicated in the higher bodies. These involve the transmissions of psychological energies in the literal sense existing in the subconcious, and unconcious parts of the human psyche. They manifest as inner subtle lights, and sounds, and have direct connections to various planes, and sub-planes.

Anyhow, to return to the subtle bodies per se. The first of them traditionally is the etheric (or "health")body existing in the etheric world. Then there is the so-called astral, or emotional body inhabiting the plane of emotions. Next the mental body which inhabits the mental plane. Then, the the higher mental, or causal body which ofcourse exists in the higher causal, or higher mental plane. Finally, there is the Soul "Body" which is who, or what we really are but is largely controlled by the lower "bodies" corresponding to the "lower" planes.



Meditation, and the Chandian Effect.



Arguably, many forms of meditation are the means by which people can gain greater mastery over the Mind, and lower subtle bodies, or "forces" of the human being. The Soul is said to be a part of God, or the Absolute Reality, and is sometimes referred to as our God-Self or Higher Self which can manifest Itself independently of the Lower Self, and can act as a Spiritual Guide, or manifest ItSelf as the Ishta Dev (or Chosen Ideal such as Buddha, Christ, or some Guru etc) in the inner journey during meditation, or after death. This is sometimes referred to as Atma-Lila, or the Play of Self.

A respected mystic of Shabd Yoga called Faqir Chand claimed that though he was meant to be the physical "omniscient" manifestation of God he was unaware of his disciples experiences concerning their contact notably of his Radiant Form during meditation, or any inner/outer miracles connected with It.In Sant Mat this would have arguably implied that he was an "imperfect" master but he found that others like himself were also seemingly unaware of their disciples inner experiences. He came to conclusion that it was the faith, and belief of the followers which enabled them to have the inner, and outer phenomena connected with him.

Essentially,Chand claimed that the inner Radiant Form was actually the manifestation of the disciples Higher Self taking on the appearance of their Master (ie. Chand as the Ishta Dev, or Chosen Ideal). The implications of this are remakable because it also implies that a "criminal" teacher, or guru could also do the same thing. Yet, the disciple would still benefit spiritually.

All this seems to indicate that powerful "subjective" dynamics are involved which are to varying degree projected (from a lower, or higher part of ones self, or selves, or indeed, ones Higher Self in the case of the so-called Chandian Effect described)into an "objective" psycho-spiritual universe. This is notably true in spiritualist literature in which the "dead" conciously, or unconciously create their surrounding world to some extent with their "thought-energy." This factor has always to be taken into account into the "objective" investigations into psychic, and spiritual phenomomena using MDOs.
A Note. The term Chandian Effect was originated by David Christopher Lane, an academic, who is well-known for his work into the history, and practice of the Radhasoami Faith.



The Kundalini Dimension.

An aspect of Eastern Mysticism is the Kundalini which is claimed to be a psychic energy that exists within the "subtle body". This can bring about superconcious "God-Realization." By its adherents it is said to be the most advanced form of meditation, or Yoga. However, special mental exercises involving notably chanting, and visualization can in certain cases bring about premature awakening that could lead to psychological damage...hence, the need for a genuine Adept of the Kundalini tradition.
Infact, many people may be awakened to its activity but are unaware of its true significance. It may notably involve powerful mood swings, and other psychological phenomena. On the positive scale, it can lead to greater creativity, or even genius. As the old adage goes "genius is akin to madness" as the awakening Kundalini can lead to "strange" changes in the personality. Essentially, the human being is at a transitional stage in his, or her life in which there is a great influx of higher "creative" energies. This can lead to a "continous" tug-of-war with an "equal" influx of lower negative energies that can dangerously "unbalance" the personality.
However, with the right spiritual discipline Kundalini can be awakened gently, and naturally via love for ones Teacher irrespective of whether he, or she may be a Hindu,Sufi, Buddhist,or anything else. It is a universal phenomena as evidence from various texts seem to show. The negative psychological energies of personality can be neutralized, and transmuted via meditation, and most importantly by an initial transmission of higher spiritual energy from a genuine Master. This "transmission" grows with greater love for an Adept who acts as a living channel for It.
In Surat Shabd Yoga though it is claimed there is no direct awakening of the Kundalini. Moreover, it beleives that the "God-Realization" had by Kundalini Yoga (and certain other mystical traditions)only takes one to one of the lower planes of the "Great Beyond" rather than the "highest" where the Source of all is said to exist.



Esoteric Secrecy.

Inner mystical experiences via meditation are strictly speaking meant to be kept "secret," and the reasons for this can be various.However, it should be stressed that some meditation followers of certain esoteric societies may be willing to put something down about their experiences. It also appears that the strictures concerned about non-disclosure are not always adhered to.
There are certain key reasons why inner mystical experiences are kept private. They are as follows.
i) Inner mystical experiences are not meant for the mind but for the awakening intuition. As such there may be "much" data which cannot be described accurately by the limits of earthly language. This is the foremost reason for non-disclosure.
ii) Divulging "higher" experiences of "other worlds", or planes of conciousness along with meetings with "advanced" spiritual beings may lead to ego inflation.
iii) Revealing "secret" initiation techniques, and other practices, and ofcourse, in this case inner experiences can be seen as showing disrespect to ones Master, and the tradition he, or she may follow, and represent.
iv) Attempting to "describe" the "workings" of "Divine Energies" in the language of this world can be viewed as being a trivialization, or be-littlement of It. They are meant to be experienced, and not talked about as they cannot necessarily be described fully, or accurately.
v) Most mystical spiritual paths are concerned essentially with self-development as opposed to psychic development which could lead to psychic powers. Thus, using knowledge from ones inner experiences is not to be disclosed in such a way as to achieve the latter aim. Inner mystical experience is normally meant for self-unfoldment usually ending notably in "God-Realization," or "Enlightenment".
vi) Revealing inner knowledge to all, and sundry is wrong as it can be regarded as being "mad" by the uninitiated. Thus, esoteric knowledge is mainly for the few who are ready for it, and not for the masses per se.
vii) Though not directly connected with non-disclosure of inner experiences as such it is something which needs to be said. Knowing, and revealing inner meditation practices from books, or from initiation are "useless" unless one has a genuine Teacher of high repute (ideally) as he, or she has hopeufully experienced the meditative Path, and can warn the Seeker of any "dangers" on the Way.
It should be added that in MDS most attempted descriptions of "other worlds" would probably come in the main from the so-called astral world, or astral "sub-planes." This is important to understand. Attempted written records of mystical ascents to even "higher realities" will probably be very limited.



Entering the "Other World" via Waking Trance in Meditation.

Some hints, and clues are given in "rare" literature which can give some insight into the theory, and practice of some form of meditation. Also, on occasion references to inner experiences can also be found in a scattered, or "condensed" form. For example,Die to Live by Charan Singh, Shabd Yoga is discussed, and there is
i)Reference to "varied" initial inner experiences (notably "mystical" Lights, and Sounds)as the conciousness is withdrawn to the "Third Eye" during meditation so that it can be temporarily released into the "astral" world in an advanced form of "Soul Travel".
ii) Something akin to "lightning flashes" (or neuron nerves firing?) may be experienced.

iii) With increasing concentration "images" of the "Beyond" become clearer, and "less shaky." This indicates that conciousness acts as a "focus field" for tuning into "energies" of the "Beyond" which can be contacted along with their Sounds,and Lights
iv) The meditator on the threshold of the "other worlds" may see the "Star,""Sun", and "Moon World," but not necessarily in that sequence. These are "pierced through" via increasing concentration, so that the meditator, or "Soul Traveller" goes beyond them. The Sound of so-called Astral Bells may notably be experienced. Some critics regard this as merely tinnitus though esoteric lore indicates that this is something very different, and very "real".
To some degree, independent corroborations of this advanced form of astral projection, or meditation can be found in obscure texts. For example, Swami Sivananda in his Spiritual Experiences gives some interesting "descriptions" even though he taught Raja Yoga, and not Surat Shabd Yoga per se which notably involves inner Sound, and Light for Mystic Transport into higher "Regions".
The colour blue is on occasion associated with the "astral plane". This is sometimes mentioned in the healing literature of Reiki, and possibly in other like traditions.





The Association for Multi-Dimensional Science.




MDS is not just concerned about mysticism but also with parapsychology, or psychical research as it used to be commonly called. It may be that with the aid of MDOs we would be able possibly to understand, and even improve the potential development of a whole range of alleged psychic powers. Such "pseudo-scientific" subjects are slowly becoming to be taken more seriously through the long march of scientific, and intellectual evolution.

Yet, most forms of mysticism per se see these so-called powers, or siddhis (to use the Sanskrit term) as largely being unimportant, and possibly an obstacle from the direct path of "God-Realization", or "salvation," or "ultimate enligtenment," or "Nirvana." Thus, the onus on all this is arguably the need to focus on credible "scientific" research, and experimentation concerned with human potential technologies (ie. forms of meditation) for self-development, and "self-purfication" via contact with claimed psycho-spiritual energies. This could act as the bedrock on the later "limited" use of the "psi powers" garnered via psychic development techniques.



Essentially, for such serious studies there is a need in the future for an Association for Multi-Dimensional Science,or AMS. Ideally, this would be a multi-disciplinary society hopefully in time attracting people with academic backgrounds in physics, biology, psychology, psychiatry, mathematics, and other relevant subjects.

AMS would have the following basic aims which can in time be expanded.

A. It would continue to search out willing MDOs for possible studies, and experiments. Social networking on the internet for subjects could play a major role in this.

B. AMS would try to build an ever-expanding directory of Buddhist, Hindu, Sikh, Shintoist, Sufi, Kabbalistic,Hermetic, Gnostic, Rosicrucian, and other mystical type societies/traditions. This in itself would require detective work as most of them do not always "advertize" themselves. This would involve i) contacting scholars, and writers ii) the internet iii) interfaith organisations iv) charity registers v) esoteric magazines vi) existing directories....and so on.

C. The need for on-going research, and development into a general theory, or working hypothesis of the Unseen Universe would be necessary. This would involve ideas from Theosophy, the Alice Bailey Teachings, Spiritualism, Maharishis Vedic Science, and Technology, Pearsons Survival Physics, Bohms Implicate Order,and the like. Concepts from "mainstream" science could be included too such as Quantum Physics, the multiverse, the holographic model,the fourth dimension, tachyons, et al.

Also, it must be remembered that Multi-Dimensional Science probably cannot give totally "provable" answers as to what the ultimate nature and purpose of Truth is really all about. It is quite possible that there are no absolute truths, and that everything exists as relativism in an infinite universe. Science can only go so far, and at the end of the day there will always be those who would understandbly argue that our own personal experience is the only thing that really matters.



A Public Notice.
At present, the following (edited) request has been closed down for the time being due to workload. Yet, it is worth reading as it can be considered as a continuation of the above body of the text:-
"Any reader here who has, or is able to experience (like the MDOs) a range of "energies" notably seeing auras, subtle bodies, inner mystical sounds, and lights, et cetera would be welcomed if they contact us. We are seeking attempted descriptions of such "phenomena". Much of this data will probably come from various healing "fraternities" such as Reiki, and those who meditate (eg. Kundalini Yoga). So-called Remote Viewing, or RV could have some relevance as well.
It is suspected that the best approach to the above is probably via direct phone contact rather than a simple public notice such as this.In spite of this, it is hoped that this public notice will elicit some response.
Furthermore, we are also on the lookout for anyone who may be willing to divulge contacts in connection with little known esoteric societies in Sufism, Hinduism, Judaism, Paganism, or any other tradition.."
It should be made clear that with the exception of most psychic groups, esoteric/mystical orientated ones would in the main not appreciate the kind of research indicated by MDS. Hence, the need to approach them with caution. The investigator could "pose" as a truth seeker, and should be able to find out whether disclosure of any inner experiences are forbidden, or not.
Another thing to fully understand,and appreciate is that some psychics, and some mystic disciples may suffer from a degree of "madness", or "psychosis" (eg. an obssession with certain far out conspiracy theories, or they may confuse themselves with sounds, or "people" that seem to be physical but are not heard, or seen by "normal" individuals in their vicinity). They may have delusions about themselves, and others. This does not necessarily mean that their attempts at describing inner "energies" in the "other worlds" is invalid. Only by collecting testimonies from such people, and their "sane" counterparts can we determine whether "key" patterns emerge, and this could be suggestive of the "objective" nature of their "other-wordly" experiences. The problem of possible "psychosis" may be due to Kundalini activity as already suggested in another section of this presentation.

A. Some Key References, and Notes.



1) Bohm, David, Wholeness, and the Implicate Order, Routledge, 2002

2) Karangulla, Shafica, Breakthrough to Creativity-Your Higher Sense Perception.De Vorss, 1970
Among other things, interesting "evidence" is presented from certain psychics to suggest that chakras, and subtle bodies are indeed "objective" phenomena

3) Capra, Fitjof, The Tao of Physics, Shambala 2010
The seminal text which popularised the connection of Quantum Physics with Mysticism.

4) Talbot, Michael, The Holographic Universe,Harper Perennial Books,1992
A brilliantly readable introduction to how holography can relate to Mysticism, and Psychic Phenomena.



5) Powell, Arthur, books by him The Etheric Body, The Astral Body, The Mental Body, and the Causal Body.
A fascinating compilation of data from the literature of Theosophy notably the writings of Charles Leadbeater.



6) McTaggart, Lynne, The Field: The Quest for the Secret Force of the Universe, HarperCollins, 2008




7) Radin, Dean, The Concious Universe; The Scientific Truth of Psychic Phenomena, Harper Collins, 1997



8) Masters, Robert, and Houston, Jean, The Varieties of Psychedelic Experience: The Classic Guide to the Effects of LSD on the Human Psyche,Park Street Press,2000
A very important seminal work on the phenomenology of drug induced experience.




9) Blackmore, Susan, Beyond the Body: An Investigation into Out-of-the-Body Experiences,Academy of Chicago Publisers, 2005
An important, and reasonably comprehensive account of "astral projection" by a sceptic.



10) Leadbeater, Charles, Man, Visible, and Invisible, Quest Books, 2000
An intriguing work with the classic coloured plates of the auras of the different subtle bodies existing simultaneously in different planes of conciousness, and making up the "whole" man, or indeed, the "whole" woman.



11) Sanella, Lee, The Kundalini Experience: Psychosis, or Transcendence, Integral Publishing, 1987
A psychiatric study into Kundalini

12) Moen, Bruce, Afterlife Knowledge Guidebook: A Manual for Retrieval and Afterlife Exploration, Hampton Roads Publishing, 2005

13) Krishna, Gopi, Kundalini:The Evolutionary Energy in Man, Shambala, 1997

14) Goel, B.S., Third Eye, and Kundalini(An Experiential Account of the Journey from Dust to Divinity), Third Eye Publication, New Delhi, 1986
A rare, and unusual lengthy text of one mans experience of Kundalini activity. However, some of the images used are a bit crude.

15) Muktananda, Swami, Play of Conciousness: A Spiritual Autobiography, Siddha Yoga Publication, 2000
An extraordinary "detailed" account of inner experiences...



16) Singh, Sawan, Discourse on Sant Mat, Radha Soami Satsang Beas, 1997
This contains references from mystic poets of Sant Mat, and Surat Shabd Yoga which can be seen as being suggestive that the so-called "Spiritual Regions" may be "objective" realities to a certain extent.



17) Puri, Lekh Raj, Mysticism: The Spiritual Path, Vol II, Radha Soami Satsang Beas, nd
Important work that gives some insight into "higher planes" of conciousness accessed by Surat Shabd Yoga. Puri also produced another book called The Radha Swami Teachings, which also gave similiar insight.

18) James, William, The Varieties of Religious Experience, A Study in Human Nature.Longmans, Green, and Co, 1902.

19) Peake, Anthony, Is There Life After Death? Chartwell Book, 2006.

20) Stephens, Arran, Moth & the Flame,Adventures with Spiritual Adepts of our Times, Here, the focus is on Sant Kirpal Singh Ji who wrote a coded diary of his inner experiences (intended for the attention of his Master,Sawan Singh Ji)about his inner ascents into "higher" worlds by means of mystical Sound, and Light. Most remarkably, he claimed that there was a "secret" set pattern of visionary phenomena of what is to be experienced before entering the "highest" Spiritual Region of "God-Realization." In other words, something akin to an "objective" reality which other initiates had to experience.
http://www.arranstephens.com/Arran/Moth_%26_the_Flame.html

21) Grof, Stanislav, Beyond Death, The Gates of Conciousness (Art & Imagination) Thames, and Hudson, 1980.

22) Crookall, Robert, The Supreme Adventure, Analyses of Psychic Communications, James Clark, and Co, 1975

23) Parmahansa, Yogeshwaranand,Science of Soul : Atma-Vijnana (A Practical Exposition of ancient method of visualisation of Soul)Science of Soul : Atma-Vijnana (A Practical Exposition of ancient method of visualisation of Soul) Yoga Niketan Publication, 1997







B. A Few Examples of a Questionaire(s).
In MDS the evolution of more, and more detailed questionaires could be seen as a continous process. To gain any idea of the kinds of questions required would ofcourse require an "initial" reporting from MDOs of their inner experiences. The following is just a brief example of examples so to speak of the kinds of questions which could be asked from memory, or better still in real-time.


i) The Chakras.
Do these have specific Sounds?
Do the colours change?
Do you see thoughts travelling in, and out of them?
Do the Chakras have specific patterns, or images......................? (ie. etcetera)



ii) The Aura.
Does the Aura emanate as rays from the subtle body?
If not how can they best be described?
For example, do they manifest as blobs of moving coloured lights?
Do the coloured rays, or "lights" have Sounds?
Is it possible to describe, or even transcribe these Sounds....................?



iii) Inner Sounds.
Do you hear inner Sounds during concentration, and vision of inner worlds?
Do they become clearer with greater concentration?
Do these Sounds create "music" of somekind?
Can you hear them from physical, and non-physical "objects".....................?



iv) Inner Lights.
Do you sometimes see different kinds of "disembodied" lights in psychic "space?"
Do these lights communicate, or create music of some "description?"
Do they change shapes?
Do they react to thoughts coming from you? (ie. psycho-interactive)
Do the lights move rapidly, and in what ways (eg. zigzaging).....................?






C. Some Interesting Links.
http://www.spr.ac.uk/main/ This Society for Psychial Research was the first "credible" organisation to seriously investigate psi phenomena in a serious scientific fashion. Founded in 1882.
http://www.spr.ac.uk/main/links This an important source of links for more scientifically orientated societies concerned with psychic phenomena (eg. The Rhine Research Center).
Please note that the following tend to be less credible, and less "scientific" However, they are still important especially in the potential development of Multi-Dimensional Science.
http://www.iacworld.org/
http://www.monroeinstitute.org/ Founded by Robert Monroe, a respected populariser of out-of-body experiences.

http://www.astralinfo.org/about-the-author/
http://www.journeyoftruth.co.uk/testimonials.html
http://www.multidimensionalman.com/Multidimensional-Man/Astral_Travel_and_life_after_death.html
http://www.astraldynamics.com/
http://www.kurtleland.com/my-books/multidimensional-human/89-the-multidimensional-human-outline
http://www.grahamnicholls.com/out-of-body-experience-coaching/

http://www.spiritualresearchfoundation.org/ This link has some interesting attempts to depict psychic interactions. However, some of its pics of "spirits" look comical, and unprofessionally drawn. Furthermore, some of its notions about the world appear at times questionable, and "unscientific".
http://www.issseem.org/index.cfm
http://www.esotericscience.org/ This has some interesting writings, and is promoting a book.
http://www.alisterhardysociety.org/
http://www.ehe.org/display/splash.html



Two Important Blogs
http://esotericotherworlds.blogspot.co.uk/2012/12/neurocosmology_26.html
http://thoughtsandvisions-searle88.blogspot.co.uk/2012/12/subtle-perceptions.html



D. Pictures of "Psychic Energies".

The following are from basic image searches on the internet

Depictions of "Auras".

http://www.google.co.uk/search?hl=en&q=aura&bav=on.2,or.r_gc.r_pw.r_qf.&bpcl=35466521&biw=1280&bih=771&wrapid=tlif135150329084810&um=1&ie=UTF-8&tbm=isch&source=og&sa=N&tab=wi&ei=mk2OUOjmOYvM0AWYq4DoAQ


Depictions of "Subtle Body."
http://www.google.co.uk/search?hl=en&cp=11&gs_id=w&xhr=t&q=subtle+body&bav=on.2,or.r_gc.r_pw.r_qf.&bpcl=35466521&biw=1280&bih=771&wrapid=tljp1351503699870020&um=1&ie=UTF-8&tbm=isch&source=og&sa=N&tab=wi&ei=NU-OUKmBC_Pa0QWQyoGQCw

Depictions of "Chakras."
https://www.google.co.uk/search?q=subtle+energies&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ei=3moTUpKtEIGY1AXY_IGoDg&sqi=2&ved=0CAcQ_AUoAQ&biw=1280&bih=933#fp=e2d132e93b671422&q=chakras&tbm=isch

Depictions of "Subtle Energy."

https://www.google.co.uk/search?q=subtle+energies&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ei=3moTUpKtEIGY1AXY_IGoDg&sqi=2&ved=0CAcQ_AUoAQ&biw=1280&bih=933

Kundalini Energy
https://www.google.co.uk/search?q=kundalini%20energy&bav=on.2,or.&bvm=bv.53537100,d.d2k,pv.xjs.s.en_US.MLJSUkuQGS4.O&biw=1280&bih=771&dpr=1&wrapid=tlif138096534659711&um=1&ie=UTF-8&hl=en&tbm=isch&source=og&sa=N&tab=wi&ei=DtxPUrCFLJD70gXT2IHoCw

Depictions of "Planes of Existence."
https://www.google.co.uk/search?q=subtle+energies&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ei=3moTUpKtEIGY1AXY_IGoDg&sqi=2&ved=0CAcQ_AUoAQ&biw=1280&bih=933#fp=4a9ab0f9a7c3c153&q=planes+of+existence&tbm=isch

"Inner Planes

https://www.google.co.uk/search?q=inner+planes&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ei=oIhOUsi7GsmZhQejn4CYCA&sqi=2&ved=0CAcQ_AUoAQ&biw=1680&bih=910&dpr=1

Depictions of Psychedelic-like "Worlds."
Sometimes reports from the "other world" suggest that the colours of various beings, and objects can be more "stunning," and "more real" than anything known in the physical universe. In other words, "psychedelic-like".
https://www.google.co.uk/search?q=subtle+energies&source=lnms&tbm=isch&sa=X&ei=3moTUpKtEIGY1AXY_IGoDg&sqi=2&ved=0CAcQ_AUoAQ&biw=1280&bih=933#fp=56b8096e265197d6&q=psychedlic&tbm=isch

Kirlian Photography.
By using electricity, and using a special Kirlian "camera" (or something similiar) it is possible to artifically create what appear to be "auras", and other kinds of colourful "psychic energies". However, these are probably not real "energies" as seen by certain types of psychics. Yet, the examples of Kirlian Photography presented here are arguably a good "representation" of what they could look like without artist representations of them seen on other links of this section on Multi-Dimensional Sciene.

https://www.google.co.uk/search?hl=en&noj=1&biw=1280&bih=770&q=kirlian%20photography&um=1&ie=UTF-8&tbm=isch&source=og&sa=N&tab=wi&ei=iPWQUc7aGsqu0QW4u4HoAw



E.Some Interesting Articles

The following link on so-called hyperreality may well have relevance to the above link, and to other aspects of the MDS project.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyperreality

The following link has links so to speak to certain key diagrams of planes of existence in the Radhasoami/Sant Mat Tradition.

http://santmat.livingcosmos.org/
The following maybe of interest, and was originally taken from the Kheper website, and put on Esoteric Other Worlds blog http://esotericotherworlds.blogspot.co.uk/2013/07/how-real-and-objective-are-chakras.html


The original Kheper essay on MDS which appeared back in 2005.
http://kheper.net/essays/Multi-Dimensional_Science.html



F."Relevant" Articles.


All articles in this section are by Robert Searle.

I. The Two Inner Awakenings; A Personal Account.


Meeting Dr Sharma In London 1990.

Back in summer 1990, I met up with Dr Sharma also referred to as Manav Dayal a teacher of "Shabd Yoga" in the Faqir Chand tradition. I came across him via a contact who claimed that it might be best to meet him at Heathrow Airport which was not far from where I lived at the time (ie Slough). This I did, and went to the correct arrival point for passengers. I had a sign with his name on it. The only pic I had of him was as a younger man, and it was not a particularly good reproduction. Anyway, I waited awhile as the passengers left the plane, and then I saw an Asian go towards a portly elderly man from the crowd of onlookers. He put a garland around the new arrival to Britain. This I knew to be a traditional gesture of respect to someone of importance, and I rightly guessed that it was Dr. Sharma being honoured. The Asian devotee though seemed taken aback by this....Anyway, I talked briefly to Dr. Sharma, and for whatever reasons he mentioned something about psychic odours. Personally, I found this an odd subject compared with the high brow thinking of "Shabd Yoga", and Sant Mat. Indeed, I have to confess that I found Sharma to be somehow eccentric in manner.
After that, I drove down to Hammersmith, London to a certain address to meet him again for an interview I was doing for the magazine Yoga and Healing Dr. Sharma was staying with some devotees, and I hardly got any questions out as he seemed to be intent in giving a long rambling intellectual discourse on Hindu mysticism. This was recorded ofcourse but unfortunately the tape was later lost. Anyway, he referred to Sant Mat as Sat Mat ,or the Path of Truth, and regarded Beas Satsang as ".....being like an empire." He may well have got these two points from his own master Faqir Chand, and simply repeated them to me. He also gave the old traditional interpretation of the word Radha, and reversed it by repeating it as "Dhara, Dhara, Dhara,"......meaning spiritual current! At some point during the interview (or should I say discourse from Dr Sharma!) I thought I heard him say the following......"I do know not who is saying this. Some current is flowing through me.." or words to that effect. Again, I must stress the word "thought" of him saying this as I do not fully recall whether this actually appeared on the tape, or not! Maybe a trick of the mind........After all this, I had an informal chat with him. At one point, he left the room, and thereupon re-appeared, and said "I am your Satguru!" Later, we had a wonderful vegetarian lunch.
When I left to return to Slough in my car I had an extraordinary experience. I became aware of a power flowing through me. It was controlling me in the most NATURAL, and SPONTANEOUS manner. There was no fear of any sort involved. It was as if something truly wonderful had been re-discovered from ages past. This energy was incredibly subtle in a way that is difficult to describe. It was a super-tactile experience. No sounds, or lights, or anything similiar was had. It was a PROCESS of AWAKENING from the dream-like creation of the physical universe. Though I used the word "natural" just now in capitals it was somehow more than "natural". This experience went on for a long while. The following day after my encounter with Dr. Sharma I rang him about it. He commented to his surprise "......that it was happening already " (spontaneous initiation). However, I felt that this subtle energy seemed to be trying to "control" me too much, and I managed to break away from it. I would have loved the intensity of that experience to have continued but the problem was that I did not really take Dr. Sharma very seriously, and did not regard him as my real Satguru. Yet, as Jashan Vaswani once informed me that "THE REAL SATGURU IS WITHIN YOU" Oddly enough, this was what Faqir Chand claimed...that the physical master only acts as a catalyst for psycho-spiritual experiences. This was something I did not appreciate at the time.
Sadly, Dr. Sharma passed on several years ago, but the teachings continue through various lines of "masters".
Postscript. I should also said that at the interview Dr Sharma claimed that the Sound Om could be heard not just in the lower realm but also in the higher ones. A Sant Mat purist might well interpret this as indicative that his "version" of "Shabd Yoga"s did not lead beyond the planes of Kal, and Maya. Morever, it is not seen as the highest spiritual meditation, but seen as being one of many.


Meeting Sant Harjit Singh in Southall.


In January 2007 I made contact with Sant Harjit Singh. He is one of the recognized successors of Faqir Chand. Before actually visiting him in Southall I viewed his website, and on occasions listened to his music, or rather extracts of it to be more precise. It definitely carried a highly subtle energy, and helped to create a devotional "atmosphere" in me (ie. a heightening of conciousness). What occured was a PROCESS largely identical to that experienced after visiting Dr. Sharma back in 1990. This could be suggestive that both teachers reached the same "highest", or "ultimate" level of superconciousness usually indicative of "God-Realization" though ofcourse there are an infinity of different planes. The key features of the PROCESS OF AWAKENING are as follows.
i) An awareness that ones own inner lower self was being slowly transmuted into something else in the most NATURAL, and SPONTANEOUS manner. In other words, I was "dying" to gradually be reborn into a higher state of being......

ii) An awareness of being surrounded by the unseen energies of higher conciousness especially in the evening.

iii) An awareness at times of being "possessed" in the most NATURAL, and SPONTANEOUS fashion by these extremely subtle "forces" without any sense of fear at all. Yet, there was something akin to awe by the growing onset of these experiences, and at times an overwhelming sense of gratitude. This was ones feeble response to the awakening process.

iv) An ability to spontaneously control, and dissolve any improper thoughts entering the mind.
v) A greater ability as never before to actually calm the mind without any mental chatter . In other words, I often became one-pointed with the repetition of the Five Holy Names in a wonderfully NATURAL way. I suspect the unseen energies were stilling my mind oftentimes to perform "real" meditation.
The above is all GRACE without which any kind of spiritual practice is virtually impossible. Infact, I am coming to the conclusion that a true Master of any degree should be able to successfully transmit such experienes irrespective of the evolution of the disciple. However, I suspect that it depends on ones sincerity for it to happen rather upon the amount of purity an individual soul may, or may not have.

Anyway, I met Sant Harjit Singh at his Southall home. Just before that, and earlier on at home in Slough I was acutely aware of energies of higher coniousness. When I arrived at Harjits home positive vibrations were virtually palpable, and inspiring. As I entered the front room I shook hands with him. He was dressed in orange, and wore a homemade turban if I recall correctly.
I explained I had some experiences before meeting him. I claimed that the higher conciousness which was trying to "posses" me in the most SUBTLE, NATURAL, AND SPONTANEOUS fashion was influencing my behaviour for the good. Submission to it was proving beneficial.
I mentioned being suddenly awoken in the bed when I felt a transmission of energy shoot right though me. This caused my body to jerk. Harjit claimed that this was do with the (spiritual) heart though I did fully understand what he meant by this.. I mentioned my contact with a certain Sound though this may well have been a trick of the mind.
Though I asked only few questions Harjit two, or three times asked "Can I go now?" as he was wanting to do some meditation upstairs. Admitedly, he did have some doubt about the genuiness of my experiences (though I did not fully describe them). He also seemed to regard Dr. Sharma, the chief successor of Faqir Chand a little questionable too. This was evident in the way he spoke. Like many devotees of the latter Master the former was not liked particularly. However, Sharma did visit Harjit Singh on a certain occassion.
One thing that did clearly tanspire in the meeting was this. Harjit Singh clearly revealed that there was no set sequence of planes as indicated in the Radhaswami literature. Indeed, such things were merely mental projections nothing more.

Harjit Singh understandably wanted his exact address secret. The reason was that he wanted to make sure that whoever visited him was "genuine" in their desire for spiritual progress rather than someone who was merely interested in intellectual "games".

PS. Sometime before I met Harjit, and had the above experience a woman unknown to me use to say to me in the high street in Slough that "You will be reborn." At one point, I followed her into the mall, and asked for an explanation. It turned out that she was a Peruvian, and a spiritist. She believed to in reincarnation, and even suggested that I might have been her husband in one of her previous lives. What her strange statement of "You will be reborn" was probably a kind of prediction in which I would be reborn in the spiritual sense via my encounter with Harjit Singh.
Significantly, a link to my awakening process appeared on a yahoo forum. This was the forum connected with Harjit Singh which seemed to validate the genuiness of my experience. Morever, Mushin Schilling on his blog seemed to regard it as such as it was probably like those of his group which had a kind of an "awakening".



II. Psycho-Electronic Connection Testing (PECT)

Ref Esoteric Other Worlds Blog, 2013


What is suggested here may seem strange. But if one understands the basic reasoning behind it then all should appear clear, and "obvious"..
...One important way to "prove" that there are such things as subtle energies from some form of psycho-spiritual universe is to actually experience them. This can happen via meditation (or indeed, via a "healing" session) in which degrees of a highly subtle bliss may be experienced, and visions even may be had. However, one way way to facilitate any "connection" may be through being in the prescence of some esoteric Teacher of any tradition. He, or she may give out "positive vibes". Depending on ones degree of sensitivity these can be picked up, and may even include visual phenomena such as seeing an aura, or coloured rays, et cetera. Such experiences with a Teacher may lead to some degree of "mystical" awakening. How long this awakening continues probably depends on the amount of purity, and genuine desire to seek self-unfoldment. This process is a spontaneous initiation. A Teacher may be willing to disclose some form of meditation which helps to enhance the awakening into something more permanent, and more purifying. Yet, some awakenings may involve an official initiation in which subtle energies may then be experienced. In India, just looking at the Guru to receive such inner experiences, or "Grace" is known as Mouna Upadesa, or Silent Initiation.
I, the originator of PECT had two awakenings from Dr, Sharma, and Sant Harjit Singh who belonged to the same lineage of the originating Master, Faqir Chand. The descriptions which I gave, and published in Thoughts, and Visions blog were almost identiical to one another but difficult ofcourse to describe completely. This seemed to be suggestive that both Gurus emanated from the "same" spiritual level of superconciouness.

Apart from this, for many years I associated myself with a sect known as Radh Soami Satsang Beas. This involved attending various spiritual meetings along with their rareified "atmosphere" or "energies" which probably increased my sensitivity to essentially positive "vibrations". What was later discovered when I had contact with Sant Harjit Singh in 2007 is that I became even more aware of waves of highly subtle energy.....notably via a landline telephone which seemed to be "less" effective than a mobile phone which ofcourse has no "wire" connections..

Anyway, a respected devotee of Harjit Singh, James Chagula also had a like experience, and probably others likewise.. It was as if the electronic transmission of the telephonic communication was not only transmitting physical energy but also uplifting psycho-spiritual energies at the sametime. This in turn lead to a raising of conciousness to a "high". However, the afteraffects of this awareness may last for sometime after communication with the Guru on the phone. It also appears too that just looking at a photo of some live, or dead Master may also stimulate "higher conciousness". It is suspected though that the voice transmited via electronic means is perhaps the most potent means to bring about "connection" But it must be said that what is experienced is probably in most cases a low grade form of higher energy.
Another bizarre thing happened when I started to realize that I could actually feel different grades of this subtle energy from various voice (and visual) recordings of Gurus,and other advanced Teachers on the internet. It seemed immaterial whether they were living, or dead. Their recorded words still carried energies which could transcend time, and space. Virtually no visual "phenomena" were involved.
A fascinating aspect to this which needs to be fully tested is to see if certain Adepts came from the same plane of superconciosness. Thus, one line of Teachers from one tradition teaching the same meditation practice should have the "same" energy as his, or her predecessor. If so, this could be suggestive of them being from the same plane of higher concioussness. Such a notion has already been mooted at in connection with Dr Sharma, and Sant Harjit Singh.. but is worth repeating. It indicates a degree of objective dynamics at work.

Creating PECT as a Structured System.

It should become obvious that such psycho-electronic connection testing, or PECT could be a structured system in which people could make deliberate attempts to contact energies via spiritual Teachers of one sort, or another. Such an approach may inspire those who are really keen for spiritual development to have their progress quickened possibly. Yet, as indicated this will be only temporary in most cases but at least it would be a step in the right direction.
The internet could play a major part in the development of PECT in which a series of Teachers, and/or advanced disciples could be filmed in real-time, or otherwise. People staring at them on their computer screens may receive experiences. This in the main will probably be super tactile as opposed to visual in any way. Attempted discriptions of the resulting PECT experiences could be recorded, and compared at a "centralised" point of researchers in the network of internet users.

No doubt other ideas could be developed in the structuring of PECT. But the present should suffice....


.......On the internet somewhere (if it still exists) there was an image of guru, or yogi who claimed to cure illnesses just by looking at his picture.Whether anyone had any success at this at all is another matter, and could result in a placebo effect!
One is also reminded here that someone went to a healer, and later discovered through meeting him, or her that the "gift" of healing had been "transmited" to them. Incidently, feeling healing energies, or being "healed" is usually an easy, and quick way of experiencing "subtle energies". Unlike PECT though, none of this involved physical electrical energy as a "carrier" of psycho-spiritual energy save for the case of the guru, or yogi mentioned in the above.

Some "Relevant" Links.

The links below originated notably from my blog entitled Thoughts, and Visions. Here again, they do not deal with the use of electronic energy to facililtate human connection but the matters discussed here may still be of relevance, and interest. Electrical energy, and its relationship with "psychic" energy is still esentially terra incognito from a more scientific point of view. http://thoughtsandvisions-searle88.blogspot.co.uk/2010/08/meeting-dr-sharma-in-london-1990.htmlhttp://thoughtsandvisions-searle88.blogspot.co.uk/2011/08/more-light-on-two-inner-awakenings.htmlhttp://thoughtsandvisions-searle88.blogspot.co.uk/2011/06/anyone-can-feel-energies.html

The following is a copy of a section from the following link. http://thoughtsandvisions-searle88.blogspot.co.uk/2010/09/religare-gurinder-and-beas-satsang-part.html

"...Depending on ones sensitivity when I have attended Satsang at Southall there is an intense concentration of the subtle energies of higher conciousness. This awareness I believe has been increased after my experiences with Sant Harjit Singh. What is significant is that this "sea" of higher energies does NOT come from the Satsangis alone. In other words, it may well have a divine source, or sources. I recall feeling this Power descending from the ceiling of the Satsang Hall in a most gentle, and spontaneous manner. Sometimes ofcourse one can see a white glow in some of the Satsangis themselves which is extremely subtle.
When I leave the Southall Satsang this higher energy of conciousness can be experienced in the wonderful park nearby. I also recall Sant Harjit Singhs energy not only in his house but also outside...and beyond ofcourse. This is a matter of personal experience, and I cannot prove it unfortunately...
Ofcourse, critics would say that the above is experienced in places like football matches, and pop music festivals...when the atmosphere becomes electric!! However, what I experienced (along with many others) is something far more than this. It is A POWER unlike anything of this world..."
The following link is of great interest in regards to PECT, and comes from a google discussion group, and it is clear that a devotee of Harjit Singh received "energies" via a telephonic conversation....to quote in brief ... ".......as I (James Chagula ) listened to the Saint's voice; a very tangible, warm, Love-energy began to seep directly from the telephone handset into my earlobe. The shakti (energy) then permeated my body and began to flood my mind................

Full text

https://groups.google.com/forum/?fromgroups#!topic/alt.meditation.shabda/UlWFECaGFyU




III. A Spontaneous "Initiatory" Transmission....


Ref Esoteric Other Worlds, 2013


The blogger of this site has had a connection with the Teachings of Faqir Chand, and with one of his authorized successors, Sant Harjit Singh. The following is a brief account of one of the possible outcomes of being assoicated with an advanced mystical Path.



Sometime ago, I had real-time contact called "John" on the internet who seemed to be "fascinated" in a positve manner with myself. Anyway, he was trying to find someone, or some organisation which could rid him of certain re-occuring negative psychic experiences. I suggested that if he followed Sant Harjit Singh his problem might disappear. Indeed, just talking with the latter on the phone could lead to an awareness of protective spiritual energies. I suggested to John that these "energies" could have a healing effect, and possibly help "cure" him of his negative psychic experiences.

Around this point of the internet "conversation" I became pleasantly aware of changing into a higher state of conciousness. Simultaneously, I was aware of an "energy" around my head, and shoulders. It was as if it was creating this higher state of conciousness so that it could transmit some form of indescribable "energy". This was a highly subtle, and spontaneous experience. It was totally unexpected. The energy transmitted itself from the upper right side of my physical body. Just before this experience happened I tried to resist it but this resistence totally "dissolved" itself in my mind in the most unimaginably loving, and subtle way. It totally overcame my resistence into a state af total unconditional acceptance.Thus,I felt that there was nothing wrong at all with this spontaneous "initiatory" transmission...

I explained to John what had happened via our internet contact, and he seemed impressed. But it is not clear whether he experienced anything at the other end...possibly not, but the experience was real to me. However, I told him in no uncertain terms that if he thought I was somekind of bona fide spiritual guru he was sorely mistaken. I had no official authority to initiate anyone, and instead, he should contact Sant Harjit Singh, a real Master to perhaps get a genuine initiation (which is a spontaneous energy phenomenon).

It is interesting to point somethng out. In the Teachings of Faqir Chand it is revealed that the Guru is regarded as the physical manifestation of God. However, Chand claimed that he was not all-knowing. Thus, he was unaware of the experiences of his disciples in connection with him. He believed it was their belief, and faith in him that created inner, and outer "miracles." Thus, the "Faqir Chand" experienced by the disciples in meditation notably was infact a manifestation of their Higher Self. This also implies that even imperfect "gurus" could have the same effect on disciples, and yet, turn them possibly to their own worldly advantage. Indeed, they could even give something akin to a spontaneous initiatory transmission.......irrespective of whether they were aware of it, or not..

Important (PS)
I met a man (a TM instructor) who claimed that he saw a tv programme on Swami Muktananda a long time ago. At the time, he experienced Shaktipat (ie a spontaneous "initiatory" transmission) from the televisual image of this controversial guru. He had a few days of bliss, and then claimed that Muktananda "possessed" him for awhile. He felt as if he were this guru. However, this "possession" later ended. In my case, when I was with Dr Sharma, another guru I had the "initiatory" experience, but ultimately pulled away from his subtle energy transmission as It seemed to become more of a projection of his lower ego trying to "control" me. I did not experience this with Sant Harjit Singh. This is an area largely unknown, and it would be very interesting to see if other people have had similiar experiences in this area.


IV. Some Light on Instant "Spiritual" Experiences.

The following is extracted from Esoteric Secrecy originally published online on the Kheper site

There are some mystical societies which claim that they can give instant "spiritual" experiences. Though such phenomena can be very encouraging for the disciple it does not mean that he, or she is any more special than anyone else in terms of spiritual growth. This is the key point to grasp. Depending on where one goes anyone can infact have an instant "spiritual" experience. I, the author for example once attended a Sahaja Yoga meeting in which the now controversial guru Mataji Nirmala Devi was presiding. She claims that the kundalini can be activated by following her instructions, and that it is not experienced as heat, but rather as coldness, and/or wind. In one of her meditational "exercises" I suddenly became aware of a "vortex", or whirlpool of "wind" from the top of my head. Other people claimed to have had the same thing, and it is interesting to point out that psychic depictions of this energy exist. At the time of the first initiation certain kriya yoga Teachers can make one aware of the kundalini going up, and down the spine. This instant spiritual experience can only continue if one is prepared to regularly undertake certain meditation practices which ofcourse are meant to be "secret". . for the disciple only. However, some spiritual teachers believe that such inner phenomena are really just tricks. This may well be true in some cases but surely not all. Sometimes due to past karmas, or actions (if we believe in reincarnation) one may across a specific mystical path, and may have an instant spiritual experience at the time of initiation, or even long before (eg. having a vision of seeing ones Master before physically meeting him or her). Back in 1990 when I had finished interviewing Dr. Sharma (a "Satguru" of Shabd Yoga, and a successor of Faqir Chand) I became aware of being surrounded by highly subtle invisible energies of higher conciousness. The whole process of being possessed by them was so natural, and so spontaneous. Postscript: I was once initiated "by mistake" into a Sufi sect headed by Sheikh Nazeem from Cyprus. At the Mosque I was suddenly surrounded by the "brothers" in their special robes, and hats. I was trapped I could not run away, and even if I did I felt it would be very rude of me. So, I just played along. Unfortunately, no instant spiritual experiences were involved.





V. Free Will, Reincarnation, and Karma


Ref Esoteric Other Worlds Blog, 2013



Introduction
The following essay is concerned with free will, and reincarnation. The idea of the former has been a thorn in the side of Western Philosophy for centuries. What we propose here is that free will probably does not exist. Yet, there maybe a very limited form of it. With potential future advances in the emerging paradigm of Multi-Dimensional Science it may become possible to find out to what extent free will does, or does not exist. The same goes for reincarnation.

The Mind
In Eastern Philosophies notably, the individual Mind has sometimes been regarded as being a problem in the way of inner spiritual progress. It is seen often, or not as being like a machine, or a computer. Unfortunately, the Soul, or a lower manifestation of Its energies have been "entangled" with It. Thus, it can be seen that the Mind is essentially in control of the Soul. To gain an idea of how powerful it is, meditation, or attempting to meditate can often be impossible to begin with. The Mind behaves like a monkey continually active with any number of "unnecessary" inner thoughts. A set of phrases are usually required to help still the mental activity. But even then the task can be difficult, if not impossible for some.


Four Key Reasons Against The Existence Of "Free Will"

They are as follows:-
i) Most scientists, and philosophers tend to think that our Minds are largely, if not wholly deterministic in complex ways.
ii) Quite a number of Mystics such as Kabir, and Guru Nanak believed that free will is an "illusion."
iii) The Subconscious, and the Unconscious Mind in Western Psychology clearly suggests that we probably have no "real" free will.
iv) A claim made in neuroscience appears to indicate that our decision-making has its initial origins first in the Subconcious, and Unconcious Mind before it becomes a concious desire leading possibly to an action.




The Spiritual Will = Free Will?

It could be argued that the Spiritual Will is genuine free will because it is said to be unconditioned by anything.It is pure instantaneous Knowledge. It can be intuitive in which It can present knowledge inwardly without recourse to reasoning. On the other hand, the Mind can be conditioned positively, and negatively by the outer world, and by other factors.



Reincarnation.
The concept that we have lived many, many lives before is very ancient. Reincarnation, along with the Law of Karma (implying Action ) is arguably the only explanation for the injustices of world. Such "injustices" are due in the main to bad actions of a past life, or lives of an individual. Generally speaking, we have no memories of our previous birth, or births in the physical world. This is said to be a good thing as it might overwhelm us.
There is evidence to suggest that Christianity originally had reincarnation as a part of it teachings. But this was regarded as anathema by people in power who probably had little, or no real spiritual vision.
The mystical dimension of Islam is known as Sufism. Some of its sects also indicate that reincarnation exists.
Similiarly, Judaism may have had some belief in the doctrine of rebirth. This is indicated at times in the interpretation of the Kabbalah, or the Tree of Life.
Ofcourse, reincarnation plays a prominent part in Hinduism, and Buddhism. However, ideas may vary as to how reincarnation, and karma "work".
There is some serious scientific evidence suggestive of reincarnation. Here, we point to the often quoted work of Professor Ian Stevenson. This involved a huge number of cases of notably children who claimed to remember a past life, and often, or not, their obscure details of their previous family, and friends were proven correct. Furthermore, birthmarks appeared on certain persons which were "due" to certain types of death (eg. gunshot wounds) in a "previous life."

The Law of Karmic Justice

There are many examples of the possible "workings" of Karma. Here, are some such instances, but it must stressed that the brief examples here maybe offensive.

i) A man is born blind, or develops blindness in early life. In a previous life he had blinded someone deliberately (ie Role-Reversal).
ii) A man is defrauded of the monies of his business by an accountant. In a previous life, he is the perpetrator of a like crime, and now becomes the victim in the present incarnation.
iii) Some children during a War in the Middle East are murdered by irresponsible soldiers. In a previous birth, or births, the children possibly in separate incidents did the same thing as adults.Incidently, Spiritualists claim that children may grow up in the "Spirit World," and hence, complete their cycle of life.
iv) A child is abducted, and murdered by a perpetrator. In a previous life, the child is an adult, and commited the same offence as the perpetrator.
v) A woman in life A aborts a child she does not want. In life B she gives birth (or re-birth) to a child she wants but shortly dies afterwards. Again, Spiritualists have claimed that sometimes a young soul "decides" after birth not to continue in the tiny physical form, and hence, leaves it for another.
Many other examples could be conjured up. Unlike the above, there could be "non-specific, " or "blanket" causes(notably natural disasters) in which accumulated types of past karmas are paid off via varying degrees of suffering. However, some degree of remission may occur. This, too, may be dependent on "good" past karmas.
It is said a Guru, or some other non-Indian Teacher has the power to give remission, but the pralabdh, or fate karma has to be generally gone through. An example of this is the shortening of the duration period of a fated illness. To what extent this can occur, probably depends on the spiritual status of the Teacher.
Diseases, and disabilities of one sort, or another may also reflect the paying of certain kinds of actions of a past birth, or birth. The aim of all this (including the above) is not purely retributive, but meant to help achieve positive psychological changes within a person, and act as goad towards greater spiritual evolution. Indeed, it has been claimed that people in the post mortem state may actually "choose" certain ailments, and/disabilities irrespective of whether they karmically deserve it, or not in the interest of spiritual "evolution".

So-called hypnotic regressions can throw some light on how karmas works. The psychic readings of Edgar Cayce is possibly a good instance of this, and the authoress Gina Cerminara wrote a number of eye opening books in connection with him, and his work. The Seth Material is also another interesting example of greater light on the matter.
As can be seen the subject of reincarnation, and karma is a huge, and indeed, complex subject. As such it is well beyond the scope of this essay.


Creation
Many mystical traditions indicate that the purpose of our life is to re-discover who, and what we really are....the Higher Self, or the God Within which is meant to be our real Spiritual Being. The seemingly "endless" rounds of reincarnation aim to achieve this via the accumulation of more, and more good actions which takes us towards that Power. In other words, the increased positive conditioning of the individual Mind, and individual Will. In turn, this makes It more responsive, and agreeable to the Higher Power notably via some form of meditation.

At the "start" of creation since God, or the Higher Power could not separate Itself from Itself, and parts of It could not help wanting to experience ItSelves in the lower worlds for the first time.Unfortunately, with further, and further reincarnations (into various living forms) It became more, and more under the sway of the Mind. As a result, It came to know more, and more of what suffering is, and what degrees of happiness are for the first time.
From the highest planes everything that has happened, or will happen in the lower planes already exists in a "timeless" Eternal Now. There maybe a kind of progressive Spiritual Relativity. For example, if we enter plane A we may, or may not experience at some point the "past," and "future" of that plane. Then, we may enter plane B which is more subtle, more real, and more fantastic than plane A. Again, we maybe able to see the "past", and "future" of this plane in a state of superconciousness. In other words, there could be an advanced non-physical form of what might be called "space-time" or Spiritual Relativity as mentioned.

Meditation

The aim of many forms of meditation is to connect in some way with the "Higher Self". The ultimate aim ideally is to achieve liberation from reincarnation, and attain the highest planes/levels of superconcious bliss where the desires for anything of this, and the next world are totally extinguished. This liberation is the ultimate purpose of human life. Through endless rebirths the Soul is largely imprisoned by the individual conditioned Mind, and through various objects, and people of this physical world It has been trying to find Real Happiness. Yet, to no avail as everything is temporary. Deep down It actually wants to return to the "highest" Regions to true, and lasting Bliss. Via the accumulation of good actions, or karmas, and Grace (unearned spiritual help) one may get help from the Higher Power via a living Guru, or by some other means (eg. an inner "Master").
In the following we list some basic aspects of the committed meditational experience. It does not pretend to be totally comprehensive, but it may be of some interest.

a) The Emergence of the "Higher Self."
With the correct practice of meditation one may experience a gradual emergence of a Higher Conciousness which can become part of ones Lower Self, and the individual Mind. Yet, It should have a growing control over ones thoughts, and can still them in an inner "sea" of internal Bliss.

b) Effort, inspires Subtle Inner Grace, Subtle Grace inspires Greater Effort

The likely reality is that we cannot by a sheer effort of our Mind, and our individually conditioned Will be able to transform ourselves into a better human being (unless there has been some positive conditioning in a former lives). This requires the gradual subtle emergence of a Higher Power. It acts as Grace to inspire greater effort in meditation. The idea of "I" doing spiritual practice is probably illusionary as it is only this Inner Power which inspires the Mind to carry on. Thus, if a guru says he, or she has been meditating for many years this in a sense is a huge lie, and deception. It is the Higher Power, or the "Higher Self" attempting to control the individual Mind, more, and more. Most, if not all the credit should go to this Power.

c) The Flow of Devotional Energy.
Ideally, the disciple, especially if he, or she has an outer living Master should carry out his, or her actions selflessly as if He, or indeed, She were physically present. This is very powerful, but one needs to be fully committed for any success to occur. One may experience at times the flow of intense ecstasy, and become aware of impurities being "washed away" naturally, and spontaneously.

Some Serious "Ethical" Problems

If the individual Mind appears to largely control the Soul then this is an unnatural situation. Meditation can help bring about the reverse situation as already indicated. However, the success on this may depend on what ones spiritual connection is, be it a living outer Teacher, or even an inner One. Moreover, the progress "upward" into higher planes represent higher energies of the Spirit. The highest realms represent the more purer, and more subtler ones, and if one is connected with a Teacher (or indeed, the Higher Self probably) from that level, the degree of purification, and control of the Mind would be far better. Unfortunately, there is no "objective" way of ascertaining this situation.
The idea of the Mind as being largely conditioned raises powerful ethical considerations.

i) How can one be made liable to the punishments (or indeed rewards) of certain actions in this life? Evidence suggests that the "Soul" judges the Mind Itself via the life review in near death experience, and ofcourse after death itself. This is an absurdity in one sense, and arguably a form psychic entrappment as the Mind of the Soul feels guilt, and feels the need to make amends. In other words, the former has been "tricked" in the interests of "spiritual evolution".

ii) How can it be right if a person "can be made" to do wrong actions so that the victim receives his, or her "just desserts" from another life? In effect, it implies that the perpetrator is in a sense acting out a Play in which he, or she has to act "unwittingly" as an agent for the Law of Karma metering out "punishment(s)"? And if what someone did was right to ensure "punishment" for the victim it implies that the whole world of karmic credits, and debit is a highly "exact." If this were not so there would be no "real justice?" In other words, a set-up. Yet, it may be perfectly possible that there are "injusticies" which are not karmically directly caused by a previous life, or lives. Yet, they may have somekind of affect which helps to "cleanse" the individual psychically, and "spiritually".

iii) All this indicates something very important. Maybe we are meant to realize via experience that karma is a form of "sham" justice? In one sense, it appears right, but there is also another way of looking at it as suggested here.


iv) If the Soul has been tricked by the Mind to suffer more,and more...why should It partake in reincarnation? After all It is meant to be a part of God, or some Higher Power?

v) If it is largely, or wholly the Higher Power which can only take us to the higher worlds, and not really our individual efforts then the whole thing can be seen as an elaborate "farce".

vi) Morever, if God, or the Higher Power is qualitively the same as the Soul then potentially It is the manifestation of the Supreme. But since the "beginning" of creation Parts of ItSelf have trapped ItSelf in Its own creation in the process of experience. If God ultimately equals Soul then at a simple whim It should be able to return to the highest planes were reincarnation does not exist irrespective of any bad actions, or karmas. Yet, it is claimed that if one tried to do this in the post mortem state it would take alot longer as life is far easier. Thus, reincarnation into the physical world is "necessary" as life is a lot more difficult, and spiritual progress is much quicker.

A Form of Spiritual Compensation?

What we are suggesting now may seem fantastic. The creation of the visible, and invisible creation maybe a "mistake" in part. At the "start" of creation,the Soul(s)(or "God") experienced the "need" to experience the degrees of difference between good, and evil in order to achieve an understanding of Itself, and Its Real relationship with Its own Creation. The seemingly only way to do this is to let the Soul be more, and more enslaved by the individual Mind. This could also be seen as an "educative deception," or a grave injustice (or "mistake" mentioned earlier). As ongoing "compensation" for this the Soul before, and after Its "death" may get greater Grace. If It were totally responsible for Its karmas, or actions in the physical world this would not be the case, and It would suffer alot more.
Furthermore, the seeming "fact" that we,(our Selves, or Souls) have to go through "countless" rebirths probably suggests that our spiritual evolution is largely the outcome of "trial, and error." It may also indicate that we have little, or no free will, or else we could have arguably achieved spiritual liberation from reincarnation, and the lower worlds a longtime ago.
There are many aspects of this metaphysical subject which are beyond the scope of this essay. Anyway, it should be food for thought




VI. A Certain Ethical Problem in Esotericism



The following essay(2006)comes the Kheper website, and is similiar to the last metaphysical "discourse," .

This short "thought-piece" challenges the esoteric orthodoxy of many traditions. It centres on the concept, and likely reality of reincarnation, and the so-called law of karma, or "perfect justice". It is accepted without question especially in the Buddhist, and Hindu traditions.
Reincarnation is also the "only" real explanation for the so-called injustices of life itself. Yet, it is believed rightly, or wrongly that there is a fundamental "flaw" in it which undermines the need for the "continous necessity" of re-birth, and indeed, the law of karma itself. This can no longer be ignored, and needs to be openly discussed as never before. Here, we will just touch upon the key areas.....
1. Free Will, or Conditioned Free Will?

It is not our intention here to review the notion of free will in Western Philosophy. Most people though would agree that our thoughts, words,and actions are largely conditioned by our past. Pure unconditioned free will is largely, if not wholly "non-existent". As such the rewards, and punishments we receive in this life due to the present, or past actions of another former birth are in the main due to our mental conditioning.

2. Virtual Non-Awareness of Subconcious, and Unconcious Forces Moulding the Concious Mind.

The central ethical problem is this. Since we are largely unaware of what makes us decide the way we do then it becomes clear that "we" are not totally responsible for our actions. In various esoteric traditions it can be said that our (mechanical) mind is in control of the soul (both can be seen as independent "entities" which interact with one another). The injustice of this is that we are really unaware of this predicament, and how it so greatly influences us to do right, or wrong. How many times have we heard people say that "I did not mean to do it", or "I cannot help the way I am"?
Western, and eastern psychologies recognize this in their own ways. If we were fully aware of how, and why we do certain things, and were in true concious control then the law of karma would be rightly applicable. The opposite situation appears to be true, and makes a mockery of the resulting "justice". The question is why? There are esoteric answers but they do not seem to fully justify this situation as we shall shortly see.
Furthermore, with the possible future emergence of Multi-Dimensional Science we may well be able to find how much of our minds are conditioned from actions in this, and previous lifetimes. This could be undertaken via controlled experiments.


3. Four Basic Pro, and Con Arguments, and the Possible Interactions of the Higher Self.

Many psychic communications from the "lower planes" usually claim that "free will" exists. Man is seen as the concious architect of his destiny. However, when we come to great mystics such as the Sufi, and Christian ones (eg. Rumi, and Boehme) it would appear that "free will" is nothing but an illusion as perceived from the "higher planes" of Being. Everything is seen in this world, and the next as the outworkings of the Divine.
Anyway, let us see the key arguments for, and against what has so far been discussed.
1a) In order to achieve spiritual evolution (ie. learning via experience to try, and hopefully bring about higher virtues, and greater purification in ourselves from one life to another) people have no choice but to have a mind through which the soul has to somehow function. Reincarnation notably into the limited physical universe is the only way to do this.
2a) The above claim assumes wrongly that an almighty, and super intelligent God, or the Universal Power cannot come up with something far better, and much fairer to achieve spiritual unfoldment, and ultimately union with the Divine after seemingly endless incarnations. In other words, we do not have full justification for the present "universal" predicament.
1b) The amount of suffering via life after life is nothing compared with the infinite bliss, and final union with the Divine.Thus, whether the process is"unfair" in any way is largely immaterial.
2b) Again, this does not address the central ethical problem of human beings making, and paying off good, and bad actions which are largely the outcome of conditioned free will. This is naturally confounded by the seeming fact that we are unaware of the subconcious, and unconcious influences of our minds!
3a) It has been claimed that what we are discussing here is simply beyond the mind, and the reasons for it can only be understood intuitively.
3b) Many people would regard this "argument" as a cop out when perhaps we have not really thought, and/or researched hard enough. Yet, to be fair it would also be right to say that we cannot explain everything in esotericism by the mind as there are always worlds, and forms of knowledge which are totally ineffable.
4a) In certain hypnotic regressions into past lives, and especially what happens between lives it has been claimed that souls are usually given a plan for the next incarnation. Indeed, they may well agree to receive specific negative experiences (meant to be remedial rather than retributive) that may help them to "grow" more spiritually. These are usually the result of "their" past actions. More incredibly, certain "advanced" souls may "volunteer" to experience bad things for the ultimate aim of speeding up their progress towards total perfection (the ultimate goal of spiritual evolution via experience after "endless" rounds of rebirth. and probable union with the "Divine").
4b) From the general mystical perspective, lives on earth,and other planets are meant to be a means of learning via experience for the pressing need to develop greater, and greater spiritual qualities. This ofcourse can be an uneven path, and may result in a certain amount of spiritual "devolution".
An added dimension to this is the Higher Self which is our Pure Being working to a certain extent via the lower subtle bodies including the mind (ie. the mental body). It is the "God Within", and at the same time is part of the Infinite Power. It is who, or what we really are. Reincarnation is the way in which we re-discover our Selves. Since It can manifest ItSelf as our Chosen Ideal (eg. Christ, Krishna et al), and act as an inner guide before, or after death. It emanates from realms well beyond our limited understanding of time, and space.
In the light of what has been said the Higher Self may during the intermediate stage between births, and deaths may make the lower self, and lower mind accept certain future negative experiences to encourage spiritual growth. This whole process is laid bare in a state of superconciousness when one can see ones previous lives instantaneously, and objectively. It is then that we understand "everything". But is this really a full moral justification? Is it right that when one is incarnate that one is largely unaware of this arrangement if we had agreed to it conciously in the intermediate stage? Again, let us repeat ourselves is there not a better way of doing things? The answer we think is yea!
If what we have been discussing are part justifications rather than full ones it could perhaps even be argued that to a large degree reincarnation, and the so-called law of karma are "null,and void." In the physical world we could perhaps get legal recompense for such an "injustice!" In the spiritual one we have a different ball game. The person, or rather Being to be blamed ofcourse would be our own Higher Self which ofcourse to the limited vision, and understanding of our human mind is absurd! All the same, if our initial claim is indeed correct it should be possible to change things on the "other side" (or via controlled OOBEs, or meditation) with the help possibly of like-minded beings. It could be powerful bargaining counter for the lower mind, and self to achieve liberation from the wheel of births, and death (plus possible other matters) since the very ethical basis of this whole process of "evolution" is seriously in doubt.

4.Beyond the Mind, Beyond All Reason?

In a most bizarre fashion all that has been said for, and against this major ethical issue in esoterism is all correct. If we assume that the infinite psycho-spiritual universe consists of non-absolute truths then this would be possible, and "acceptable!" In other words, Esoteric Relativism.
On the other hand, the endless unseen realities would have absolute truths. Such Esoteric Universalism seems to be more "rational", and acceptable. Yet, it could be said that if the unseen (and indeed, the visible) universe is infinite then everything, and anything is, and can be possible. In effect, it goes beyond all reason which would be seen as the "ultimate(!)" limited illusion.
There are certain arguments which could be used in support for Esoteric Relativism,and they could include the following;-
i) Who created God? This is the classic question notably found in Western Philosophy. One answer is ofcourse is that He created Himself..... and we as the Higher Self are a part of It,and potentially It! This whole notion ofcourse defies reason...
ii) The universe in its "totality(!)" is probably infinite. This too defies reason because how can anything be limitless, and beyond our ability to imagine, and completely quantify in any "scientific" manner?
iii) In the "scientific" many worlds theory it is perfectly possible that parallel universes exist with an infinite number of alternate histories. Ofcourse, if correct this has some rather interesting implications for mysticism, and especially our claimed "unfairness" of the reincarnation process in connection with the mind, and conditoned free will.
No doubt we could present some more "evidence" that Esoteric Relativism could be the Absolute Reality so to speak. Whether it is, or not is largely unprovable by normal means, and will probably remain an Eternal Mystery. Yet, the claimed "unfairness" of reincarnation just mentioned would be fully, or partly justified in an infinite number of ways, and indeed, in an infinite number of worlds. This point was already expressed differently right at the start of this section of the present essay.
Indeed,there would probably be realities where reincarnation as a means of spiritual evolution would not exist. Again, such realities would inhabit countless numbers of different universes, and have their own kinds of "justifications." In the end the Truth cannot really be limited by finite reality but is boundless, and creative in any infinite number of ways both conceivable, and inconceivable to our limited mind, and vision.
What we have been reading here is very important. It can also be expanded by further debate, and research in the future. It is something which is well worth exploring.

VII The Anatomy of Thoughts

Ref Thoughts, and Visions Blog, 2011

The following is an extract from another article which may be of interest, and relevance.
.......I began to develop a questionaire about thought structure, and contents of the human mind. Unfortunately, I do not have a copy of it. But I can give some idea of the questions presented....
1. Do your thoughts appear visual most of the time?
2. If you close your eyes, and see an image what is the appearance of its surrounds. Is it fuzzy? Is it grainy? Is it firelike? etc
3. Does the surround of your image change, or not? If so, what shape manifests itself?
4. Do you feel thoughts as images enter different points of the human body? Do your thoughts of love for example enter the heart area? Do mainly intellectual thoughts enter the top the head....et cetera.
5. Do you sense thoughts sometimes enter your head as if they were "disembodied" energies? (Here, the notion is like question 4) For example, people sometimes say that a thought just struck them, or it just came into their mind out of the blue...and so on.
The above are just some examples of the thoughts questionaire.
A member of the Slough Writers Group called Miss Portsmouth actually undertook answering the questions. She found it very interesting, and incidently, she was studying psychology! She gave some intriguing answers but unfortunately I do not have a record of it.
In occult circles "thoughts are things". I recall once doing a telepathic experiment with a friend. The latters thought with the actual word sent was seen by my minds eye as it flashed into my head.
I recall too when I was in a watch repair workshop which was close to East Berks College in Windsor that I was gaining a strong mental rapport with a friend, Steven Stroud. All of a sudden I was aware for a few seconds of a coloured "field" of energy connecting me with him in a kind of telepathic link.

PS Sir Francis Galton was apparently the first known person to actually create something like the thoughts questionaire mentioned above.


VIII. Brief Introduction to Key Indian Esoteric Societies

From the Kheper site

The following is a brief listing of 17 Indian esoteric societies. They represent the key ones which Westerners have come across, and have become influential to varying degrees. There are of course many other ones which are largely, or wholly unknown. Most of them do not have any formal organization at all, and as such we will probably hear nothing about them, or their "background".
This though for a truth-seeker is largely unimportant because the informal "societies" ( if such they can be called) largely teach types of meditation that are already known to the key ones in the 17 given below.


1. The Ramakrishna Mission.
Regarded as arguably being the first Indian society, or movement to seriously introduce mainstream yogic meditation practices, and Vedanta to the West. This occured through the pioneering work of Swami Vivekananda who succeeded Ramakrishna as the chief guru. He tried to present it as being like a "science" rather than purely as a faith in which the unseen spiritual universe could be proved directly to onself along with the superconcious realization of "God".
http://belurmath.org/


2. The Divine Life Society.
This was started by the highly influential Swami Sivananda who wrote many authorative works on various types of yogic meditation. His chief successor was the noted Swami Chidananda who was a highly respected mystic of great influence. Ma Yogashakti, and Vishnu Devananda are a few notable teachers who drew their inspiration from the life and work of Swami Sivananda.
http://www.sivanandaonline.org/public_html/


3. Ramana Maharshi.
He taught a form of yogic (jnana, or knowledge) meditation in which one could find ones Inner God, or "Higher Self" through a form of "self"-discrimination. His ideas became known in the West notably through the writings of Arthur Osborne. As with the other societies mentioned here there are a number of recognized, and unrecognized successors.

http://www.kheper.net/topics/gurus/Ramana_index.html

4. Sri Aurobindo Society.
Sri Aurobindo was a highly educated, and brilliant spiritual teacher who developed Integral Yoga via his published writings.It claims that one can become a channel for the Divine which can be experienced in the physical world, and at the same time help to spiritually transform it. His partner Mira Richard helped his movement to flourish, and was known respectively as the Mother. Auroville in Pondicherry, India is a large evolving "New Age" township of people concerned with putting Integral Yoga into action.
Among many other subjects, Sri Aurobindo himself also wrote some interesting ideas concerned with dream interpretation. He was also originally a political activist who wanted Self-Rule for India but his interest later turned to higher matters especially after some visionary experiences.

http://www.kheper.net/topics/Aurobindo/index.htm

5. Siddha Yoga Dham.
This society was inspired by the controversial Swami Muktananda whose practices notably involve chanting mantras, or words of power as a way of awakening the psycho-spiritual energy known as kundalini. He also wrote a remarkable book in which he gave a highly detailed description of his inner experiences. It is called Play of Conciousness, and it has been claimed to initiate "awakenings" in people who are new to Siddha Yoga Dham.
http://www.siddhayoga.org/


6. Sahaja Yoga.
This was founded by Mataji Nirmala Devi who is able to awaken the kundalini directly in people either "en masse," or on a one to one basis. She claims that this is experienced as a "psychic" wind rather than as "heat". The latter phenomenon it is claimed only happens to those gurus, and students who "misuse" the Kundalini which appears at first sight to contradict centuries of tradition, and understanding on the subject!

http://www.kheper.net/topics/gurus/Mataji.htm

7. Ananda Marg.
This society was founded by the controversial Anandamurti who believed that the world could be seriously transformed with the aid of kundalini which could create something akin to a "super-race" existing in proposed "anti-capitalist" type communities. It has also has involved itself in politics, and has notably been "persecuted" by the Indian government.
http://www.anandamarga.org/


8. The Brahma Kumaris, or BKs.

This large organization teaches "RajaYoga" meditation but is not the same as Patanjalis system, and claims to get messages en direct from Shiv Baba, or "God". Like some Christian sects it believes that its followers will be reborn into a Golden Age on earth after the world as we know it has been largely destroyed.
The BKs, or "Raj Yogis" have tried to do much good in the world, and have helped to raise the social status of women in India.

http://www.brahmakumaris.org/


9. Shiva Yoga.
This form of meditation was notably expounded by Kumarswamiji, and has had some influence in the West. It involves meditating on the lingam (in this instance an egg-shaped object, and symbol of Lord Shiva) which along with repetition of a mantra can arouse the kundalini into activity, and lead to "Enlightenement", or "God-Realization."

http://www.shivayoga.net/

10. Transcendental Meditation/TM.
This was introduced to the world by Maharishi Mahesh Yogi notably with help from the Beatles. Essentially via a "mantra" ones thoughts can be ultimately traced back to their origin which is seen as the Ground of Being of Everything in Existence (ie. the "Absolute Reality," or "God"). This ofcourse is Transcendental Meditation, or TM the physical, and mental benefits of which have been studied scientifically. It along with its worldwide organization has drawn much public attention especially its "yogic flying" which is said to release positive collective spiritual energy to influence the world for the good (eg. reducing crime....).

http://www.tm.org/

11. International Society for Krishna Conciousness/ ISKCON.
Very well-known Indian society which claims that repeating the Holy Name of Krishna can link directly to the Supreme Personality of the Godhead. Unlike most Indian societies it does not believe that its recognized teaching "gurus" are the physical manifestations of God.
Sri Prabhupada in his seventies left India virtually penniless to start up ISKCON in America, and helped many of the youth to adopt a high ethical life free of drugs, and alcohol. He also wrote many interesting, but "simplistic" books on Krishna, and the ancient Vedic scriptures.

http://iskcon.org/

12. 3HO Yogi Bhajan.

It involves a wide variety of meditational, and physical exercises to awaken the kundalini into activity. The 3 HOs mean Healthy,Happy, and Holy Organization. Yogi Bhajan its original teacher was among other things responsible in helping to popularize genuine interest in Sikhism, and like ISKCON (and other "movements") helped to reform many young people.

http://www.3ho.org/

13. Shivabalayogi.
After many years of austerity Shivabalayogi introduced to the world his dhyana, vibuhti, bhajan, bhava samadhi, or respectively his meditation, holy ash (said to have healing powers), spiritual songs, and divine trance. The last item can be facilitated by "energy" emitted from one of the successors of this tradition. During spiritual songs some, or indeed, many people can enter into a trance, and temporarily leave the body in a state of higher conciousness, and see their Ishta Dev, or Chosen Ideal (eg. Christ, Shiva, etc), and become "possessed" ecstatically by It).
http://shivabalayogi.org/


14. The Self-Realization Fellowship.
This society was originated by the "ageless", and "mythical" Mahavatar Babaji. The specific line of Masters in the Self-Realization Fellowship included the illustrious Sri Yukteswar whose chief successor was Paramahansa Yogananda. They taught Kriya Yoga which involves the awakening of kundalini via a series of initiations, or "grades" of development using a variety of meditation techniques... which tend to vary from one "sect" to another teaching the "same system" with the same name!
Yogananda took this teaching to the world to much acclaim, and authored the classic book on the subject "The Autobiography of a Yogi"
http://www.yogananda-srf.org/


15. Osho Shree Rajneesh.
Controversial Osho Shree Rajneesh was a very prolific author of books especially concerned with mysticism.Essentially,he belived that "anything goes" including sex. By indulging in it we could ultimately go beyond it, and attain "Enlightenment". In other words, a form of Tantra Yoga.Moreover, his ideas, and his meditational practices notably included "Western pop psychology" in which via certain forms of pent-up emotions (eg crying, wild laughing, etc) could be released in a structured manner (eg in Dynamic Meditation) so that they could no longer ultimately become a problem in life.

http://www.osho.com/


16. The Meher Baba Association.
Meher Baba regarded himself as the "Highest of the High, the first Perfect Master, or Avatar". He went through several phases of his "Universal Work", and became well-known in India, and abroad. From July 10th 1925 he maintained silence, and communicated via an alphabet board, and special hand gestures.

http://www.kheper.net/topics/Meher_Baba/index.htm

17. The Radhasoami Faith / Sant Mat, or the Teachings of the Saints. This believes that one can "die before death" in a meditation referred to as surat shabd yoga. It claims to have a "complete" understanding of the Spiritual Regions, and claims rightly, or wrongly to go beyond the reach of all other forms of eastern, and western meditation practices. This inner journey involves guidance from the Radiant Form of a Master, and utilizes the inner mystical Sound, and indeed, the inner Light as a means of visionary "ascension," or Mystic Transport.
The best known "movement" to spread surat shabd yoga especially in the West is the Radha Soami Satsang Beas notably via the classic book The Path of the Masters (1939) by Dr. Julian Johnson. Of course, other groups ofcourse exist each with their own teacher, or Satguru, or Perfect Master.
http://www.kheper.net/topics/Sant_Mat/index.html


There are a number of other gurus/socieites which have been excluded for one reason or another. They include Guru Maharaj, Sathya Sai Baba, Jashan Vaswani, Amritanandamayi, Swami Ramdas, Gururaj Ananda Yogi, Shri Chinmoy, Brahmarishi Kumar Swami, et al..........




Bilocation

$
0
0
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Jump to: navigation, search
Bilocation, or sometimes multilocation, occurs when an individual or object is located (or appears to be located) in two distinct places at the same instant in time.[1][2][3][4] The concept has been used in a wide range of historical and philosophical systems, including early Greek philosophy,[5][6][7][8]shamanism,[5][6][7][8][9][10][11]paganism,[11]folklore,[8][12]occultism and magic,[13][14][15] the paranormal,[16][17][18]Hinduism (as one of the siddhis),[5][6][19][20]Buddhism,[21][22]spiritualism, Theosophy,[10][15] the New Age[23][24][25] and mysticism in general,[26] as well as Christian mysticism[6][27] and Jewish mysticism.[28]

In religion and mysticism[edit]

Several Christiansaints and monks are said to have exhibited bilocation. Among the earliest is the apparition of Our Lady of the Pillar in the year 40. In another instance, in 1774, St. Alphonsus Liguori is said to have gone into a trance while preparing for Mass. When he came out of the trance he reported that he had visited the bedside of the dying Pope Clement XIV. His presence is then said to have been confirmed by those attending the Pope despite his being four days travel away, and not appearing to have left his original location. Other Christian figures said to have experienced bilocation include St. Anthony of Padua, Ursula Micaela Morata, St. Gerard Majella, Charles of Mount Argus, St. Pio of Pietrelcina,[29]St. Severus of Ravenna, St. Ambrose of Milan, María de Ágreda,[30] and St. Martin de Porres, María de León Bello y Delgado, as well as Pope Cyril VI of Alexandria. St Isidore the Laborer was known to be praying or attending to mass in Church while at the same time plowing in the fields.
In the 17th century, persons accused of witchcraft were reported to appear in dreams and visions of witnesses. The trials at Bury St. Edmunds and Salem included this "Spectral evidence" against defendants. Matthew Hopkins described the phenomenon in his book The Discovery of Witches.
The English occultist Aleister Crowley was reported by acquaintances to have the ability, even though he himself was not conscious of its happening at the time.[31]
Vladimir Lenin was seen in his MoscowKremlin office digging through papers in October 1923 while he was critically ill in Gorki.[32] Another mystical story involving a possible case of bilocation of Soviet author Yevgeny Petrov, widely known in Russia, has served as inspiration for the film Envelope (2012) starring Kevin Spacey. Paranormal author Rodney Davies has written a book on the history and practice of bilocation.[33]

In popular culture[edit]

See also[edit]

References[edit]

  1. ^Wikisource-logo.svg"Bilocation" in the 1913 Catholic Encyclopedia.
  2. ^McGoven, Una (2007). Chambers Dictionary of the Unexplained. Chambers (published December 19, 2007). p. 68. ISBN 978-0-550-10215-7 
  3. ^Spence, Lewis (2003) "Encyclopedia of Occultism and Parapsychology: Part 2", Kessinger Publishing, ISBN 0-7661-2817-2
  4. ^American Society for Psychical Research (1907) "An interesting case of Bilocation", American Society for Psychical Research, The Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, V44-45
  5. ^ abcMcEvilley, Thomas (2002). The Shape of Ancient Thought: Comparative Studies in Greek and Indian Philosophies. Allworth Communications. pp. 102, 262. ISBN 1-58115-203-5. 
  6. ^ abcdRiedweg, Christoph; Steven Rendall (2005). Pythagoras: His Life, Teaching, and Influence. Cornell University Press. p. 4. ISBN 0-8014-4240-0. 
  7. ^ abDodds, E. R. (2004). The Greeks and the Irrational. University of California Press. p. 145. ISBN 978-0-520-24230-2. 
  8. ^ abcZnamenski, Andrei A. (2004). Shamanism: Critical Concepts in Sociology. New York: Routledge. pp. 248–249. ISBN 0-415-33248-6. 
  9. ^Fenn, Richard K.; Donald Capps (1995). On Losing the Soul: Essays in the Social Psychology of Religion. SUNY Press. pp. 243–4. ISBN 0-7914-2493-6. 
  10. ^ abGardner, J., Faiths of the Word, cited in Tylor Sir, Edward Burnett (1920). Primitive Culture: Researches Into the Development of Mythology, Philosophy, Religion, Language, Art, and Custom. J. Murray. p. 448. ISBN 1-112-19097-X. 
  11. ^ abYork, Michael (2005). Pagan Theology: Paganism as a World Religion. NYU Press. p. 41. ISBN 0-8147-9708-3. 
  12. ^Synge, John Millington; Tim Robinson (1992). The Aran Islands. Penguin Classics. p. 148. ISBN 0-14-018432-5. 
  13. ^Harris, Dean W. R. (2006). Essays in Occultism, Spiritism and Demonology. Kessinger Publishing. pp. 46–66. ISBN 1-4286-0202-X. 
  14. ^Olliver, C. W. Analysis of Magic and Witchcraft. Kessinger Publishing, 2003. pp. 117, 155–6. ISBN 0-7661-5699-0. 
  15. ^ abOlcott, Henry Steel (1895). Old Diary Leaves: The True Story of the Theosophical Society. G. P. Putnam's Sons. p. 388. ISBN 0-524-07951-X. 
  16. ^LeShan, Lawrence L. (2004). The World of the Paranormal: The Next Frontier. Allworth Communications, Inc.,. pp. 51, 121. ISBN 1-58115-360-0. 
  17. ^Ramsland, Katherine (2002). Ghost: Investigating the Other Side. Macmillan. p. 27. ISBN 0-312-98373-5. 
  18. ^Seymour, Percy (2003). The Third Level of Reality: A Unified Theory of the Paranormal. Cosimo, Inc. p. 146. ISBN 1-931044-47-3. 
  19. ^Yoga Sutras of Patanjali cited in Yogananda, Paramahansa. Autobiography of a Yogi. Diamond Pocket Books. p. 29. ISBN 81-902562-0-3. 
  20. ^Yoga Sutras of Patanjali cited in O'Brien, Justin (1996). A Meeting of Mystic Paths: Christianity and Yoga. Yes International Publishers. pp. 29, 140. ISBN 0-936663-14-6. 
  21. ^Comfort, Alex (1984). Reality and Empathy: Physics, Mind, and Science in the 21st Century. SUNY Press. p. 42. ISBN 0-87395-762-8. 
  22. ^Vetterling, Herman (2003). Illuminate of Gorlitz Or Jakob Bohme's Life and Philosophy Part 3: V. 3. Kessinger Publishing. p. 967. ISBN 0-7661-4788-6. 
  23. ^Prophet, Elizabeth Clare (2001). The Masters and the Spiritual Path. Summit University Press. p. 331. ISBN 0-922729-64-6. 
  24. ^Waterfield, Robin (2002). Rene Guenon and the Future of the West: The Life and Writings of a 20th-Century Metaphysician. Sophia Perennis. p. 72. ISBN 0-900588-87-X. 
  25. ^Hollenback, Jess Byron (1996). Mysticism: Experience, Response, and Empowerment. Penn State Press. p. 137. ISBN 0-271-01552-7. 
  26. ^Herzog, Johann Jakob; Philip Schaff, Samuel Macauley Jackson, Albert Hauck, Charles Colebrook Sherman, George William Gilmore, Lefferts A. Loetscher (1910). The New Schaff-Herzog Encyclopedia of Religious Knowledge: Embracing Biblical, Historical, Doctrinal, and Practical Theology and Biblical, Theological, and Ecclesiastical Biography from the Earliest Times to the Present Day. Funk and Wagnalls Company. p. 69. 
  27. ^Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. T. & T. Clark. 1917. p. 101. 
  28. ^Samuel, Gabriella (2007). The Kabbalah Handbook: A Concise Encyclopedia of Terms and Concepts in Jewish Mysticism. Jeremy P. Tarcher. p. 51. ISBN 1-58542-560-5. 
  29. ^Day, Malcolm (September 2002). "Blood brother: Padre Pio". Fortean Times 
  30. ^This holy virgin burned with a most ardent love for God and for the salvation of souls. One day, she beheld in a vision all the nations of the world. She saw the greater part of men were deprived of God's grace, and running headlong to everlasting perdition. She saw how the Indians of Mexico put fewer obstacles to the grace of conversion than any other nation who were out of the Catholic Church, and how God, on this account, was ready to show mercy to them. Hence she redoubled her prayers and penances to obtain for them the grace of conversion. God heard her prayers. He commanded her to teach the Catholic religion to those Mexican Indians. From that time, she appeared, by way of bilocation, to the savages, not less than five hundred times, instructing them in all the truths of our holy religion, and performing miracles in confirmation of these truths. When all were converted to the faith, she told them that religious priests would be sent by God to receive them into the Church by baptism. As she had told, so it happened. God, in his mercy, sent to these good Indians several Franciscan fathers, who were greatly astonished when they found those savages fully instructed in the Catholic doctrine. When they asked the Indians who had instructed them, they were told that a holy virgin appeared among them many times, and taught them the Catholic religion and confirmed it by miracles. (Life of the Venerable Mary of Jesus of Agreda, § xii.) Thus those good Indians were brought miraculously to the knowledge of the true religion in the Catholic Church, because they followed their conscience in observing the natural law. Muller, Michael. The Catholic Dogma: "Extra Ecclesiam Nullus omnino Salvatur"
  31. ^Booth Martin (2000) "A Magick Life: Biography of Aleister Crowley", Hodder & Stoughton Ltd, ISBN 0-340-71805-6
  32. ^"Strange but True". LIFE Books (Time Home Entertainment Inc) 12 (6): Page 56. April 20, 2012. 
  33. ^Rodney Davies. (2001). Doubles: The Enigma of the Second Self. Robert Hale Ltd. ISBN 978-0709061182

Experimental Psi Research

$
0
0

 

Books21 A good introduction to experimental psi research is Entangled Minds by Dean Radin, a leading parapsychologist, and also his earlier book The Conscious Universe. Another is Parapsychology: The Controversial Science, by Richard Broughton.
Extraordinary Knowing, by Elizabeth Lloyd Mayer, a clinical psychologist, and Outside the Gates of Science by science fiction writer Damien Broderick, are sympathetic personal explorations of the topic. Diane Hennacy Powell's The ESP Enigma is a useful summary by a neuroscientist.
A detailed text book is H.J. Irwin's An Introduction to Parapsychology.
Michael Thalbourne and Lance Storm (eds.), Parapsychology in the Twenty-First Century: Essays on the Future of Psychical Research, is a collection of papers by leading experimenters and theorists.
Statistician Jessica Utts provides an overview of the use of statistics in parapsychology.
Research into ESP between twins, a somewhat neglected topic, is covered by Guy Lyon Playfair in Twin Telepathy and see this article by him on Paranormalia.
Biologist Rupert Sheldrake, one of the the most active and original scientists working in the field of parapsychology today, has written a series of important books, including
Seven  Experiments That Could Change the World,
Dogs That Know When Their Owners are Coming Home

The Sense of Being Stared At
Books by J.B. Rhine,for instance New Frontiers of the Mind, cover early ESP research by the founder of modern parapsychology.
M. Ullman and S. Krippner, Dream Studies and Telepathy describes the authors' groundbreaking work into ESP in dreams, the precursor of the later ganzfeld method.
Russell Targ and Harold E. Puthoff, Mind Reach describes the authors' work on remote viewing.  Margins of Reality by Robert G. Jahn and Brenda J. Dunne includes chapters on their remote viewing work at Princeton University (see the homepage for Princeton Engineering Anomalies Research (PEAR).

Upton Sinclair's Mental Radio is a classic description of informal experiments he carried out with his wife Craig, convincing him of the reality of telepathic interactions.

Several books have been written about the Stargate (or Star Gate) remote viewing programme carried out on behalf of the US military. A pacy account is Jim Schnabel's Remote Viewers, but see also Jim McMoneagle's, The Stargate Chronicles: Memoirs of a Psychic Spy, by one of the programme's most successful participants. There's also a good chapter on the topic in Broderick's Outside the Gates of Science.

Edwin C. May's article  'The American Institutes for Research Review of the Department of Defense's Star Gate Program: a commentary,' is a robust defence of the programme's value by its director, arguing that a negative assessment by the CIA was driven by political rather than scientific considerations.
See Jessica Utts positive evaluation of Stargate remote viewing data: 'An Assessment of the Evidence for Psychic Functioning'. Ray Hyman's negative evaluation and Utts's response to Hyman can both be found here here.
David Marks's The Psychology of the Psychic contains a robust attack on the remote viewing work by Targ and Puthoff.
Ray Hyman's The Elusive Quarry is a collection of papers describing his engagment with the ganzfeld database and his conclusion that no claims of statistical significance are warranted.
See also James Alcock, Science and Supernature: A Critical Appraisal of Parapyschology. Some of the same ground is covered by James Alcock et al in Psi Wars: Getting to Grips With the Paranormal, which however also includes less sceptical appraisals.
This comments thread contains sceptical arguments about ESP research.
Chris Carter's Parapsychology and the Skeptics is a robust, recent defence of parapsychology exposing the weaknesses in sceptical approaches.
Susan Blackmore is considered to have strengthened the case for psi's non-existence by her repeated failure to find evidence of it in her own experiments. However see this critique of her work by Rick Berger, and her rebuttal.
Rupert Sheldrake has pioneered experimental work, including the sense of being stared at (see his website for links). The Skeptical Inquirer has published a critique of his work on this research, which has also been subjected to scrutiny by critics in The Sense of Being Glared At: see abstract and an editorial introduction.
Not available online, but worth trying to read, are interesting remote reviewing experiments carried out in the 1980s by Marianne Schlitz: see M.J. Schlitz and E. Gruber, 'Transcontinental remote viewing,' Journal of Parapsychology 44, 1980, pp. 305-17; M.J. Schlitz and J. Haight, 'Remote viewing revisited: An intrasubject replication', Journal of Parapsychology 48, 1984, pp. 39-49.
Besides Sheldrake's book on the subject there is a lot of online material relating to the controversy over his work with the dog Jaytee:
Rupert Sheldrake and Pamela Smart, 'A Dog That Seems to Know When His Owner Is Coming Home: Videotaped Experiments and Observations'.
Richard Wiseman's experiments are described here.
R. Sheldrake, 'Commentary on a paper by Wiseman, Smith and Miltonon the 'psychic pet' phenomenon'
R. Wiseman, M. Smith, and J. Milton, 'The "psychic pet" phenomenon: A reply to Rupert Sheldrake'
Richard Wiseman  interview
Skeptico debate between Sheldrake and Wiseman
See also Dean Radin's attempt to correlate the findings to geomagnetism and other local environmental variables and this clip of Sheldrake talking about psychic cats

For a good understanding of psi research there's no substitute for reading the primary research. Look in the archives of the Journal of Scientific Exploration, whose articles can be accessed free.  Other main sources are the Journal of the Society for Psychical Research (see the abstracts catalogue here) and the Journal of Parapsychology.



Ref Source   Paranormalia Blog


Blogger Reference Link http://www.p2pfoundation.net/Multi-Dimensional_Science

 

Higher Stages of Conciousness

$
0
0
From Surface Conciousness to Divinisation

Integral Esotericism - Part 7

By Alan Kazlev


Source Ref
http://www.integralworld.net/



 7-i. Levels of Consciousness - Four stages of inner realisation
The states of existence described in the chapter 4 are not just abstractions, but can be explored and experienced through consciousness-raising exercises and esoteric and spiritual discipline. This constitutes the path of spiritual development, by which one acquires freedom from cosmic forces(sect. 4-xxv) and ultimately becomes an instrument of the Divine actualisation and Divinisation of matter itself, which is also the realisation of Self as the Supreme and vice-versa.
The following very simplistic diagram refers to the first four stages in this ascent or inward movement of consciousness, from the surface consciousness of the outer personality, to the stage of Enlightenment and Liberation. This last is traditionally (both in the perennial philosophy and also in Wilberian theory) the final stage, but in the Integral yoga and transformation only the first of a series of larger and greater enlightenment and transenlightenment.
Fig 19. Stages of Inner Consciousness culminating in Liberation and Enlightenment

Note that the sense of ego and self-emphasis persists right up until the final realisation of enlightenemnet or liberation, when it is transcended. This is important when considering the "Intermediate zone", the region or stage of partial spiritual enlightenment that it is suggested (TLDI 2b) can be used to explain the paradoxical nature of many abusive gurus who still nevertheless seem to have authentic powers and realisation.
The following sections describe each of the above four stages or levels of consciousness and reality in turn.

7-ii. The Mundane level / Mundane Consciousness


Transcendent /
Atzilut
Causal /
Beriah
Subtle /
Yetzirah
Gross / Dense /
Asiyah
This is the level of the "exoteric", the outer being or surface personality - the outer physical, emotional and mental consciousness, and of the external or gross reality. In other words, this is the only sphere of being at which there is an actual Cartesian dichotomy between subject and object, self and other, "exterior" and "interior". Of course, what is exterior to oneself is actually interior to another, so even this dichotomy is invalid.
Cosmologically and ontologically, the Exoteric or Mundane sphere - in Kabbalah and Hermetic occultism referred to as Asiyah - constitutes the most external level or aspect of reality (see table 10). It is at this gross physical level that evolution takes place, supported by the subtle physical. This is why all these forces have come together, it is to manifest in and as the physical universe through the unfolding cosmic reality.
Mundane Consciousness, like all the spheres of being, consists of various sub-levels (physical, affective, mental, etc), of which the most focused and "objective" (pertaining to the exterior material world) and hence repeatable and scientific, is the "physical mind"(sensu Sri Aurobindo - see sect 1-ix). This is interested only in the mundane or outer being and the reality it experiences.
At the same time, the surface aspects of the outer being constitute the essential interface between the mundane individual self and the larger mundane exterior world (other selves). And although this is the most restricted and limited level of human consciousness (apart from the subconscious), by that very reason it is also the starting point for higher development.
There is also a much more limited form of quasi-physicalism, that of the fundamentalist religious believer, who applies a sort of physical mind objectivism to every word and letter of his or her particular sacred scripture, seeking to understand it the way that the scientist understands the external universe. Thus the mundane level corresponds to exoteric religion as well; concepts of an anthropomorphic deity apart from nature, and reliance on the infallibility of a particular scripture, or even of a pope or imam or some sort of priesthood, is just as much limited to the outer reality as objectivist secular knowledge, but much more restrictive. And whereas science and empirical method give a valid understanding of mundane reality - as indicated by its tremendous growth and success over the past few centuries - religious literalism gives an incorrect understanding, because it tries to present scripture as empirical fact, rather than as symbol and metaphor. In other words, religious fundamentalism takes religion, which belongs to "System B" in Gooch's table, and tries to force it into "system A". This is not to criticise those who practice their faith with sincerity, but only to point out that even good religion makes for bad science.
Ideally Integral theory should be the exact opposite - broad, open to criticism and receptive to new paradigms, and inclusive where fundamentalism, literalism and, yes, scientism also, narrow, inflexible, are closed to criticism, and exclusive. As always things are nor so simple, and ironically the largest and most influential part of the Integral movement - Wilberism - is also the most religious and intolerant, with the same inability to grow and develop through constructive criticism (for the reasons behind these claims see TLDI 2d). Thus the movement with the most potential in theory has the least potential in practice.
The following table presents an a rough theoretical description of the sublevels of gross physical reality according to the holarchy of Individual to Infinite-Universal (rows) on various Ontological density levels (columns)
Ontological state / HolarchySpiritual of Physical
(spirituality inasmuch as it pertains to the physical)
Mental of Physical
(Humanities, philosophy, science, understanding - interface with mental plane)
Affective/Emotional of Physical
(Humanities, Art, empathy in part - interface with subtle physical plane)
Physical of Physical
(Dense physical)
(Complexity theory, systems science, chaos theory, mathematics, etc)
Universal-Infinite Universal Spiritual in the physical (= Almaas' Logos?) Mental plane and universal archetypes (Platonic ideas)
("Truth")
Emotional plane and universal felt meaning
("Goodness")
The Infinite Multiverse (dense physical) (described in physics, mathematics, TOE, etc)
(Larger universe or Macrocosm) Cosmic Spiritual Physical deities / cosmic "devas" (Alice Bailey, etc) Mental cosmic archetypes; visionary imagination, large scale changes in history (some effects from subtle physical cosmecological forces) Emotional cosmic feelings; large scale changes in history
(some effects from subtle physical cosmecological forces)
Physical cosmos, Galaxies, etc, the Earth, etc
(described in astronomy, astrophysics, etc, also the Earth as a whole, planetology, Gaia, etc)
Collective
(sphere of collective society; Wilber's lower two quadrants)
Spiritual environment / "devas" (Alice Bailey, etc) Mental environment
(Noosphere; including intersubjective networking, internet, etc; human knowledge) (= AQAL LL), theory, ideas, sciences and arts, human knowledge, Morality (as normative rules of behavior)
Emotional environment, cultures, societies, trends, mass media, the "double"sensu Steven Guth[1]
(described in Sociology, Sociobiology, History, etc; however the descriptions themselves belong to the collective mental) (= AQAL LL)
Physical environment
(described in Geology, Meteorology, Ecology, etc, and where man-made the physical infrastructure of society (= AQAL LR)
Interactive
(I-Thou - ego or self in relation with others and with the world)  
Spiritual inspiration, aspiration, interaction with others (empathy) or with the Supreme (bhakti),
(aspiration in the physical, spiritual development, culminating in the integral transformation),
Mental interaction with others or noosphere as a whole through face to face communication, text, art, poetry, email, blogging, etc Emotional interaction with other through subliminal body language, art, emotional-auric interchange, etc
("Art" as empathic and the connection between artist and audience)
Physical interactions with other beings, or with the environment as a whole,
("Beauty" as appreciation of physical form)
Individual/Egoic
(sphere of individual self; self absorption, microcosm or self as "little universe")
Spiritual consciousness, spiritual discipline, motivation, practice, enlightenment, jivanmukti (Liberated while in the body) Mental consciousness
(Psychology, phenomenology, science, etc also Gooch's "Ego" (table 2 in part); Wilber's IMP as mental-dualistic) (= AQAL UL), I.Q., mental bubble or fortress, mental development and self-development, subjectivity, paranoia
Emotional consciousness, developed sentience and feeling
(Biology, Psychology, etc, also Gooch's "Self" (table 2 in part)
(= AQAL UL); E.Q., sensitivity, feelings, emotional development and self-development, subjectivity, kleshas
Physical/ somatic consciousness / body (= AQAL UL); inanimate and animate (described in Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Physiology, etc)
(= AQAL UR), physical/somatic development and self-development
Table 15: subdivisions of the Gross Physical (including AQAL quadrants)

Here different fields of knowledge and practice can be understood as pertaining to different realities. Physics and mathematics for example would be Universal-Infinite of the dense physical, since they have universal application, astronomy and astrophysics the cosmic, since they apply to large scale phenomenona, geology, meteorology, ecology etc the collective, and other fields of science in the individual dense/gross/asiyatic physical (this latter would be equivalent to Wilber's "upper right" quadrant). Complexity theory, systems science, chaos theory, etc would apply to the Cosmic down to the individual, and not just the lower right as Wilber asserts, since they apply on many levels of scale.. And obviously further holarchical levels could be postulated as well.
Creativity, integral activism and transformation likewise can occur at different levels or realities, in each case according to the aspect of reality at that level. I have included correspondences with Wilber's AQAL quadrants, to give a further idea of the areas of knowledge pertaining to each. Because of the subjectivity and sentience of the body, the left hand quadrants "I" also extend to the physical (the right column here).
The "Big Three" can also fit here. Wilber developed the idea of the Big Three as a simplification of his four quadrants. He draws on Plato, Weber, Habermas, and other philosophers for inspiration, but, obviously, gives the whole thing his own interpretation. These three are:
Beauty, represented by Art, talked about in "I" language (individual subjective), and representing the validity claim of subjective truthfulness,

Goodness, represented by Morality, talked about in "we" language (collective subjective), and representing intersubjective justness); and

Truth, represented by Science, talked about in "it" language (objective), and representing objective truth (upper right quadrant) and interobjective. functional fit (lower right quadrant).

All three - science, art and morals - also apply at the levels, because the four quadrants on which they are based occur at all levels, but each of which has a different methodology and validity claim: i.e. truthfulness, justness, truth and functional fit.
Looking at Wilber's Big Three there seem to me to be two different interpretations of this. First, as pertaining to different holarchic levels. Truth is something that is individually realised, yet universal (I am not just talking about science but truth at any level). Art is co-active in that it is intimate and interpersonal; from the artist to the audience; Morality is required for society as a whole to function and so is collective. These archetypes also pertain to different ontic gradations: Beauty pertains to perfection of form (Physical), Goodness to the Heart and feelings (emotional), although Morality requires the Will (physical?) to put into practice, although law being very intellectual requires the mental being, and Truth pertains to the intellect (the objective truth of empirical method) and beyond (levels of gnosis).

7-iii. Subtle / Occult / Spiritual / Esoteric Consciousness


Transcendent /
Atzilut
Causal /
Beriah
Subtle /
Yetzirah
Gross / Dense /
Asiyah
Beyond the literalist exoteric religious and rationalistic-mental explanations, is the intuitive understanding, experience, and access to the inner being. These are dimensions and states of being some of which are far beyond the mundane level of consciousness. Neither amenable to empirical study, nor able to be accommodated by literalist interpretations of scripture, they simply cannot be accommodated in either the secular scientism or the exoteric religious worldview. They include both sub-physical, intra-physical, and supra-physical realities. The supra-physical realities especially, are quite ontologically distinct from the physical, and hence can neither be proved or disproved by empirical methods.
This in no way means that science (the methodology and body of knowledge) as opposed to scientism (the exclusivist worldview) is wrong, or deficient. Science is one of the most extraordinary and inspiring and creations of the human consciousness, and should be supported and acknowledged as the foundation for any understanding of reality, because any theory or paradigm that contradicts science in its account of the physical world, such as Creation Science does, while not giving any form empirical evidence beyond religious sentiment, is quite simply in error.
Whether scientific methodology of any sort can be applied to the subtle realms is a fascinating question that has yet to be answered. Charles T. Tart[2], Ken Wilber[3], and Robert Searle[4] each in their own ways say it can; Jorge Ferrer in his book Previsioning Transpersonal Theory, and arguing from the postmodernist and participatory perspective, says it can't. I believe that both sides are right to some degree, but clearly this is a subject that needs more study.
The esoteric can be taken further, and presented in terms of levels of insight and transformative practice. Although on the one hand one could suggest this is a sort of progression of development from theory to practice to greater and deeper and more profound practice; a series of stages, which on the one hand can be described in terms of "include and transcend", but on the other hand can equally be described as each equally valid and in a a sense parallel. Also, it is very important to understand that all these levels (and all the sublevels they contain) are connected to and intergrade into each other, so this definitely should not be thought of a simplistic linear sequence in the manner of Theosophy or Wilberism. The further one allows one's consciousness to expand, the greater the insight and gnosis.
At these levels, experience is limited only the highly distorting nature of one's mental bubble or mental fortress. The result of this is that we do not see things as they are, but as we think they are. This is why many esoteric and occult cosmologies are highly subjective, even though they do authentically contact and in their practical form (occultism and some forms of yoga) allow the interaction with subtle realities.
The following shows the relationship between the various Ontological states and primary ontological worlds or density gradations, excluding the higher spiritual and transcendent realities.
Ontological state / gradation: Causal / Beriah Subtle / Yetzirah Gross / Dense / Asiyah
Mental / Ideational Reality Spiritual archetypes and deities, profound transcendent meditative states, cosmic consciosuness Higher spiritual heaven worlds, spiritual hierarchies,creators of forms, thought forms, traveling in the imagination, etc Mental consciousness; sense of "I", totality of thoughts and beliefs, Mind's eye, thoughts, imagination,
Affective / Astral Reality Higher heaven worlds and states, Causal astral cosmic archetypes and hierarchies of light, love, and bliss, mystical experiences, bhakti, compassion and mahakaruna Astral planes and worlds; Daimons, attractors, hierarchies, subjective and objective experiences, (Hermetic Kabbalah, occultism, etc) Emotional/affective consciousness; the Affective in the subtle physical is the Emotional body
Physical Reality Spiritual or yogic body and states, Tantric states and worlds, subtle physical deities etc Etheric, Emotional, and Mental subtle bodies and environment, auras, devas, alternative healing, astrology, cosmecology, "celestial" influences (Neo-Theosophy, Anthroposophy, etc) Gross Reality: Mundane psycho-physical (Physical, Emotional, and Mental) reality (Sciences and Humanities, Conventional Integral theory), Exoteric knowledge and understanding.
Table 16: The Subtle realities - subdivisions of Ontological states and gradation. The lower right cell refers to the Gross Reality, the other eight to the subtle reality
No philosophy can be truly considered integral which does not include these non-exterior-objective realities into account And I mean take them into account on there terms, not try to reduce them to explanations that are non-threatening and acceptable to the materialistic mindset.

7-iv. Intermediate / Pseudo-enlightened Consciousness


Transcendent /
Atzilut
Causal /
Beriah
Subtle /
Yetzirah
Gross / Dense /
Asiyah
Beyond the mental bubble are the far more cosmic and potent dimensions of the immanent/transcendent (indeed such dichotomies are meaningless at this and higher levels) intermediate zone, in which ignorance and delusion are determined not by the conceptual mind but by the levels of egoic pseudo-enlightenment and potent but misleading experiences of great power and knowledge which are however still not of the nature of true enlightenment or liberation. Indeed it seems that the great majority of gurus and teachers that proclaim total enlightenment but still retain narcissistic and abusive behaviour (rationalised as "crazy wisdom" or "necessary to break down the walls of the ego") are false teachers which are trapped in the Intermediate Zone, mistaking that for the final goal. This is explained by Sant Mat (Sikh esotericism) which refers to a number of misleading lesser heavens, by Sri Aurobindo in his important essay on the Intermediate Zone, and by my own comments in the "gurus and spiritual teachers" section of my website[5].
fig.20. Inner and Outer States and the extent of the Intermediate Zone

The various inner states of existence (i.e. anything beyond Gross / Asiyatic) may also be pertinent to an understanding of the Intermediate zone or region (described by Sri Aurobindo), which constitute states of realisation between the true infinite inner divine plane and the more limited and imperfect outer or superficial planes and being. Everything from the subtle to the transcendent, if considered or mistaken for the authentic egoless liberation and enlightenment, could be included under the Intermediate zone. This is explained in the above diagram, which also incorporates the four-fold Vedantic and Theonist division and Aurobindonian Integral psychology and metaphysics
The importance of understanding the dangers of the Intermediate zone and making orientation to Psychicisation (=Soul realisation) central to one's spiritual practice in order to avoid this, has already been explained in TLDI 2-v and 2-vi. Without understanding and recognition of the dangerous allure of the former, and without the absolute necessity of the latter in any integral, and hence any authentic, spiritual practice, genuine spirituality is probably impossible. The reason there are so many abusive gurus, with the beguiling and ambiguous experiences associated with them - experiences, indeed, the very same experience, that can greatly aid and help one person in their spiritual journey, yet totally destroy the life of another - is precisely due to the power of the Intermediate zone.
Note that the Intermediate zone is not an ontological level; it is not a specific zone or universe or reality in the spectrum of manifestation. It is simply a generic and useful label for certain high (to our mundane consciousness) stages of spirituality and self-realisation that the sadhak (spiritual aspirant) passes through, and which are intermediate between the ordinary consciousness and true egoless enlightenment. But many of the phenomena associated with the intermediate zone are ontological real and supra-mundane, because when one attains a certain level of development or realisation, one's being is expansive enough that it is possible to access these realities. The clasisc example is shaktipat, which is often given by gurus stuck at this level, and which constitutes radical transformative and transpersonal experiences that can give bliss to some, and mental breakdown to others. The same experience mind you, can heal one person, and destroy another. That is why so many devotees and disciples swear by their intermediate zone guru. All these experiences however are ultimately traps, because experiences given by a true Guru or Master are always positive; it is never a case with a true realised being that one devotee is helped and another destroyed. That is why, wherever there is any controversy at all, it is assign that the guru in question is trapped in the Intermediate zone, no matter how many devotees swear by him or her.
Intermediate zone subtle, causal, and transcendent level spiritual experiences and associated phenomena are only one (albeit very broad) class of phenomena and experiences that the spiritual aspirant may encounter when entering into the inner and occult realms. Others are classic paranormal phenomena, out of body experience, meetings with multidimensional entities, revelations of gods or archetypes, transpersonal experiences beyond time and space, and so on[6].
Unfortunately, as far as the contemporary New Age / New Consciousness / Integral movement and paradigms go, there is at present very little in the way of either theoretical or practical understanding of the Intermediate zone. This cluster of paradigms, based on watered down and apologetic versions of Vedantic and Buddhistic philosophy and practice, has little understanding beyond the Basic understanding of non-dual enlightenment.

7-iv-b. The Intermediate zone and False Spirituality.


It is a fact that not all paths that proclaim spiritual freedom and enlightenment actually deliver it. Even experiences that we think are spiritual very often are not, and teachers that we think are enlightened are far from it. This is the problem of the abusive guru, so characteristic of the New Age and Integral movement, and the partial enlightenment experiences that result from the abusive or false gurus' partaking of the Intermediate zone. Such false gurus have no more freedom than the average person, in fact they often are far more deluded, because of the overpowering nature of the larger forces, the larger holons if you will, that have swallowed them up. This is why there is so much pathological narcissism among charismatic false gurus and teachers[7]. Their little human personality identifies with the larger vastness of the force in question, and they they think they are God, and/or beyond all morality . The experiences these larger forces provide are worse than no experience at all, because they give the false guru the power to touch others, and the disciple or devotee, touched in this way, and having had a taste of enlightenment, will justify any abusive or narcissistic behaviour on the part of their teacher, and any masochistic response on their own part, as somehow necessary for their own enlightenment, to break down the walls of their ego. For more on this, see TLDI 2-iv . And here again a map of inner space and of supra-physical realities is required, and essential. Because without such understanding it is all too easy to take the false teachings as authentic.
What we are left with is on the one hand the lack of freedom and will of ordinary life, in which one is a slave and puppet to whatever forces come along (sect. 4-xxv), and which defines both the gross and the subtle/occult levels. And on the other the pseudo-spirituality taught by intermediate zoner gurus, in which case not only is the devotee still a slave and puppet of those same forces forces, but now is also prey to the manipulations of their (false) guru as well. And the false guru him or (more rarely) herself is even more of a slave and a puppet than their devotees, because they are so enmeshed in their own little power-trips of narcissism, self-justification, and sadomaschistic "guru"-devotee relationships, all of which come not from their own will or choice but from whatever usually little entities of the subtle regions or intermediate zones choose to work through them to enforce their own field of activity in the cult. Many abusive gurus seem to end up simply self-destructing because the occult forces that feed into them from the intermediate zone, and through them to their disciples and devotees, are inevitably too much for the small human personality to handle[8]. This is how abusive false guru and narcissistic charismatic leadership leads to progressive deterioration and increasingly outrageous behaviour on the part of the guru and as a result the eventual self-implosion of their whole movement or cult.
There is however a third option beyond the unconsciousness of ordinary life, and the slavery and abuse of an intermediate zoner guru. That is authentic spirituality, which simply means us getting in touch, and acting in harmony with, the Supreme, which is after all just our own Transcendent Nature. No rationalistic excuses, no buying into the self-delusion and slickly packaged offerings of "enlightenment" by intermediate zoner gurus. Authentic sp[irituality is always humble, and never makes excuses for the behaviour of others, nor denies the disquiet that one may feel when confronted with someone claiming to be a enlightened guru but acting very differently.

7-v. Enlightened Consciousness


Transcendent /
Atzilut
Causal /
Beriah
Subtle /
Yetzirah
Gross / Dense /
Asiyah
Beyond the intermediate zone is the state of true liberation or enlightenment. It is only at this stage that one finally becomes free of the various cosmic forces that determine the nature and contents of one's consciousness at the exoteric, occult, and intermediate zone levels (sect. 4-xxv).
Gurus and spiritual teachers that are established at this level are the real deal, and are indeed rare pearls to be sought amid the mud and muck of the countless beguiling intermediate zone false gurus. That does not mean that anything and everything an enlightened sage says is true. They are still limited both in their human expression and in the distorting bias and filter of their knowledge, understanding, and experiences up until when they attained enlightenment. An enlightened guru for example does not understand transenlightened states of realisation. But as far spiritual action in the material world goes, they are indeed exemplary, and light years away from the manipulation and deception of the false gurus
In all traditional spiritualities enlightenment is the highest one can go. Sri Aurobindo however refers to even greater states of trans-enlightenment beyond that. The nature of some of these states of liberation or enlightenment has already been referred to at some length in TLDI 3-v and 3-vi, to which the reader is referred.
Thus any integral spirituality would be one in which Liberation/Enlightenment is not limited to only one type of Liberation. Here again we find the weakness of Wilberian integralism, when it comes to application on the spiritual level, as opposed to the merely intellectual synthesis. This imbalance is due to the fact that Wilberian spirituality is based on the Advaitin, Buddhistic, and Daist concepts of non-dual liberation in the impersonal Transcendent, and sees the world-process as illusion. In contrast to this, one finds a more truly integral position in the more fluid approach to enlightenment and self- and God-realisation proposed by Sri Aurobindo and Abraham Maslow, and even the postmodernism-inspired participatory spirituality of Jorge Ferrer.

7-vi. Integral Spirituality


By Integral Spirituality I mean transformative practice leading to the Integral enlightenment and eventually the divinising of the individual nature and the collective and ultimately global evolution. Integral Spirituality seems to be absent from the Wilberian movement, as Wilber's book of the same name actually refers to the newest iteration of his intellectual philosophy. However, integral or integrative spirituality of some form is central to the revelation of authentic teachers like Vivekananda, Sri Aurobindo and The Mother, and more recently A.H. Almaas (however there are other authentic teachings who still taught a more one-sided approach, such as the enlightened sage Ramana Maharshi). I interpret Sri Aurobindo and The Mother's Integral Yoga as the paradigmatic and most comprehensive example of Integral Spirituality, but this is not to deny the validity of other paths as well.
It is important then that we understand that authentic spiritual practice is a truly dedicated, life-changing and indeed lifetime commitment . An Integral Spirituality can only be built on the insights and teachings of actual realised or enlightened beings. We are not talking about some sort of ego-gratification or life-style choice, whether it be the pop-New Age Lifestyle Tantra that derives from Rajneesh (himself an abusive guru, although many people who only know his writings and at best brief darshans have spoken about how they benefited from his teachings) or "Integral cross training" (sect 6-iv) but a complete dedication to a goal that is far beyond the small ego and its narcissistic desires.
An Integral spirituality by its very nature is broad and inclusive. Everything is included; esoteric as well as exoteric, bhakti as well as Jnana, impersonal Divine as well as the Personal Divine (and vice-versa in all these categories). An integral yoga teaching is truly integral, because nothing is excluded. Hence this is also a spirituality and yoga that that acknowledges all traditions and paths Here we have the universalising Sufism of Hazrat Inayat Khan, the four complementary yogas of Swami Vivekananda, and also the syncretic approach of the current "New Age" movement. Unfortunately this sort of approach seems to be lacking in a lot of spiritual teachings, where instead we find things like hang ups and guilt feelings about the body, monotheistic intolerance that denies the insights of monism (for example exoteric abrahamic religions and some eastern groups like the Hare Krishnas), and even the Advaitin-Buddhistic approach where, if not balanced as it is in the teachings of Vivekananda or the tolerant loving-kindness approach of the current Dalai Lama, emphasises the transcendent non-dual witness consciousness to the exclusion of the physical and emotional being and the material world.
Freedom from dogmatism is also very important, if one is to avoid the tendency towards fundamentalism and cultism that is almost universal in humanity. It simply involves taking a common-sense view of things, and not allowing oneself to be caught up in the excitement generated by religious attractors and false gurus, is required if one is to avoid cultic bias. Practice means developing a healthy scepticism towards creeds and dogmas, and letting oneself follow one's own common-sense feelings and inner guidance, not external authority figures. This has been taught by Guatama Buddha, Jiddu Krishnamurti, and The Mother. One might even mention to some extent Atheism and Scepticism, except that they replace conventional religion with their own dogma of scientism and secularism, which ultimately is just another religion.
No matter how sublime a teaching, once you become a fundamentalist you are likely to lose the spiritual connection.
Finally there is the vision of a future, supra-mental, collective posthuman evolutionary state of physical divinisation . If the evolutionary cosmology has a history that takes us up to the present, it also has a future too, an Omega Point or state of Supramentalisation, as described by Teilhard de Chardin and Sri Aurobindo, in Kabbalah it is is referred to as Tikkun olam, "healing the world". This is the cosmic Transformation and divinisation of the individual, collective, and planetary consciousness and being on all levels, Soul- and Self-realisation and beyond; Godheadhood, Supramentalistion, Omega Point, Divinisation of the World and the Cosmos as a whole. It is worth noting that Wilber tends to deconstruct teachings like this, using an Advaito-Buddhistic approach to concepts such as ignorance and transcendence; for example his comments on Teilhard's omega point in SES[9]. In this respect then, as elsewhere, the current thesis differs radically from the Wilberian paradigm.
.

7-vii. Four dimensions of Enlightenment and Divinisation


In TLDI 3-viii a contrast was made between conventional or traditional spirituality which as as its aim transcendence of the world and phenomenal reality, and the attainment of an unmanifest state of liberation, nirvana, union with God, etc (and these various states are not necessarily the same, see TLDI 3-vi), and the Integral Spirituality or Integral Yoga of Sri Aurobindo and The Mother, which is based instead on transformation and divinisation of the body, physical life, and the World.
A more detailed approach might have four stages of liberation and transformation, each higher of which includes but also transcends (to use Wilber's useful phrase) the preceding. This is indicated by the following diagram, which continues from the preceding one.
fig.21. Four stages of Liberation and Divinisation

Here we have again further stages; and in this case the highest of the preceding diagram (fig.19, sect. 7-i) is actually the lowest stage here; individual divinisation and liberation (also the innermost circle is the lowest, not the highest). There is also the stage of liberation or enlightenment which involves the individual divinisation of the body. Beyond this are the stages of Preliminary and Complete Supramentalisation (divinisation).

fig.22. Stages towards supramentalisation

As shown in fig 22, above, liberation could be partial (non integral). But for an integral divinisation, Liberation has to involve not just the liberation of a single faculty or identification with the Self as Absolute (Atman, Brahman, Buddha Nature, Godhead, etc), and not just the option and possibility of many different goals of realisation (Ferrer's "Ocean of many shores") but an integral transformation of Soul-Realisation in addition to Self-Realisation. This can be represented as follows:
In this diagram, arrows represent direction of development. There are two dead-end stages; Intermediate zone ensnarement and Static Liberation. At the lower left are the faculties of the physical, emotional/affective, and mental being. Realisation of the infinite inner being (table 9) and self-realisation can be had with any of these individually or with all together (in order to avoid too many overlapping arrows I separated the physical inner being and self-realisation (bottom middle left of the chart) from the affective and mental equivalent (upper middle left, and these could equally be portrayed in two separate boxes)).
Thus we have the first basic principle of any authentic integral spirituality - addressing all faculties of the outer being: Integral spirituality involves not just the enlightenment of the mind as in conventional liberation, but also the rejection of world-negating and ascetic spiritualities. In conventional Eastern nondual philosophy it is the mind that is stilled, leading to nirvana or liberation. The other faculties are ignored or suppressed, until they just drop away. In contrast, an integral Spirituality and an Integral Yoga has to equally transform all the faculties. Not just the liberation of Mind in Witness consciousness, but the Liberation of Feeling in the Divine Heart consciousness, of body in activities like alchemical Taoist and Tantric transformation. Hence the concept of Embodied spirituality , the rejection of world-negating and ascetic spiritualities. In contrast to the world-denying spiritualities concerned only with the higher faculties, and refusing to consider anything below the heart center, embodied spirituality regards the body as a source of spiritual insight, a microcosm of the universe as a whole, and pivotal and necessary for an enduring spiritual transformation. This is summed up in a good on-line essay by Jorge Ferrer, to which the reader is referred[10]. Wilberian Integral theorists might argue that "embodied" unnecessarily restricts spirituality to the Upper Right Quadrant of Wilber's AQAL diagram. Ignoring the fact that the upper right quadrant here represents an impersonalised dualistic misinterpretation of the body (sect ), the idea here is not to reject the other aspects of consciousness, but to redress the current imbalance of spiritualities that reject the body. This wholesome attitude to the body is an important part of the New Age movement, Neopaganism, and even pop Tantra[11]. In various forms of ecospirituality it is also extended to the world as a whole (see "a synergetic and organic society" above). A recent development along this line is Integral Transformative Practice, or ITP, a spiritual practice that attempts to integrate body, mind, heart, and soul, and is advocated by Michael Murphy and George Leonard. Within the orthodox Wilberian Integral Movement however there seems to be a lack not of spirituality as such but of any serious integral spirituality (Wilber refers to ITP but his attitude seems to be dismissive[12]), and esoteric-occult and integral yogic insight.
Spiritual development, whether referring to one faculty or to all of them, can lead either to Liberation or to ensnarement in the Intermediate zone. The latter appears to be the far more common outcome, if the ratio of abusive to genuine gurus is anything to go by (alternatively it could be argued that genuine gurus are just as common but are more secretive, this begs the question of why they should feel the need to stay hidden, and why those who are public chose not to hide) .
However where there is soul realisation - the coming forth of the Divine Center to guide and transform the physical, emotional/affective, and mental being, separately or together, there is no danger of ensnarement. This is because the Sincerity and Aspiration of the Divine Soul counters and dissolves the narcissistic ego and false sense of pride that leads to sadhaks and gurus believing themselves to have attained the supreme and setting themselves up as teachers on that basis.
Therefore actualisation of the inner being has to involve not just Self-realisation (Liberation or Enlightenment) as in conventional spiritual teachings, and involving the various planes and aspects of the Inner Being (see table 6), but Soul-realisation (The Divine Center) as well. It is only through the latter that one pass through the Intermediate zone without harm. Although in the initial stages consciousness may or may not still be limited to the physical, and the practitioner may be solitary or may interact via positive morality with others or with society, the goal remains transcendence of limited desire-ego, enabling the transformation and transmutation of the entire personality and surface individuality through Self and Soul-realisation
Soul realisation and Self realisation together lead to further progressive stages of transenlightenment. And in addition an enlightened or self-realised being who chooses not to enter into static liberation may choose to return to the Earth to participate in the supramental transformation, hence the arrows from Liberation to Transenlightenement.
A further development, not mentioned by Sri Aurobindo and The Mother but described in other traditions, such as the Taoist immortals and the Tantric nathas and siddhas is the concept of an immortal physical body; although clearly it is the subtle physical that is being referred to. The Fourth Way of Gurdjieff and Ouspensky also teaches the creation of a subtle body, although the Gurdjieffian symbolism and metaphysics tends to obscure things somewhat.
Beyond these stages there is what The Mother refers to as Surhomme. Georges von Vreckem translates this as "Overman" rather than the conventional but misleading translation of "Superman" that is given in the English edition of the Agenda. This Overman consciousness constitutes the preliminary stage of Supramentalisation, and is transition between the old consciousness and true, tikkunic, Supramentalisation.
The Integral Transformation thus culminates in the process by which the entire individual and eventually the larger collectivity is transformed and ultimately divinised. This process of Supramentalisation, and the way in which it differs from both conventional enlightenment and liberation and the understanding of the current Integral movement has already been described in TLDI 3; especially sections 3-viii and 3-ix, to which the reader is referred.

REFERENCES

[1] Steven Guth, The Double - a new paradigm for understanding the human psyche, http://www.kheper.net/topics/double/index.html 2003
[2] See e.g. Charles T Tart, States of Consciousness and State-Specific Sciences, Science 1972, Vol. 176, 1203-1210. online http://www.paradigm-sys.com/cttart/sci-docs/ctt72-socas.html, "Science, states of consciousness, and spiritual experiences: The need for state-specific sciences". In C. Tart (Ed.), Transpersonal Psychologies. New York: Harper & Row, 1975 pp. 11-58
[3] Wilber is a strong believer in scientific studies like measuring the brain waves of meditating Zen or Tibetan monks; an approach that goes back to the 1960s, regarding which see Charles T. Tart, Altered States of Consciousness, Doubleday Anchor (1969, 1972), section 8, and more recently has been popularised by TM, a controversial cult-like organisation that has worked very hard to try to appear mainstream. Wilber's methodology has been criticised by Andrew P. Smith ("The Intersubjective Meditator: A Critical Look at Ken Wilber's Integral Spirituality", April 2006 http://www.integralworld.net/smith21.html ), and his theories and methodology regarding meditation in general, and TM in particular, have been strongly criticised by Jim Andrews ("Ken Wilber on Meditation: A Baffling Babbling of Unending Nonsense", http://www.strippingthegurus.com/stgsamplechapters/kenwilberonmeditation.asp Updated July 28, 2006)
[4] Robert Searle "Multi-Dimensional Science", http://www.kheper.net/essays/Multi-Dimensional_Science.html
[5]"The Intermediate Zone guru"http://www.kheper.net/topics/gurus/IZ_guru.html and other webpages in this section
[6] Mention might also be made here of the discoveries by Stan Grof, perhaps the greatest living phenomenologist of the inner realms of consciousness.
[7] For a purely exoteric analysis, see Len Oakes, Prophetic Charisma, Syracuse University Press, 1997. Although containing many valuable insights, observations, and cases studies, Oakes' analysis does not take into account the intermediate zone and the power of the larger forces therein, and hence has to resort to rather unconvincing psuchological explanations to explain the power of the charismatic teacher or guru.
[8] See Oakes, Prophetic Charisma, chapter 10
[9]Sex, Ecology, Spirituality, pp.319-25
[10] Embodied Spirituality - Now and Then http://www.integralworld.net/ferrer2.html"Embodied spirituality...views all human dimensions-body, vital, heart, mind, and consciousness-as equal partners in bringing self, community, and world into a fuller alignment with the Mystery out of which everything arises. Far from being an obstacle, this approach sees the engagement of the body and its vital/primary energies as crucial for not only a thorough spiritual transformation, but also the creative exploration of expanded forms of spiritual freedom. The consecration of the whole person leads naturally to the cultivation of a "full-chakra" spirituality that seeks to make all human attributes permeable to the presence of both immanent and transcendent spiritual energies.... " Curiously, Ferrer is critical of the Aurobindonian approach; perhaps because he is talking about realising what is already there, but not the concept of divinising and transforming the being into something greater.
[11] By "pop Tantra" I mean the popularised and vulgarised Tantra of the West; which seems to be mostly the result of Rajneesh and others associated with that way of thinking. Rajneesh in fact was unique in being open about this sort of thing, despite his abusive behaviour (see e.g. Christopher Calder, "Osho, Bhagwan Rajneesh, and the Lost Truth"http://home.att.net/~meditation/Osho.html ; and Hugh Milne, Bhagwan: The God that Failed, St Martins Press, 1987), which indicates he was not truly enlightened. But this does not mean that Pop Tantra itself is bad; the ideal is to take the best of their message and discard the authoritarian cult of personality that one finds in all such movements.
[12] Although Wilber speaks about Integral Transformative Practice in the 10 CD interview Kosmic Consciousness, his comments, and those of his friend Andrew Cohen, are rather dismissive and from the perspective of the Advaito-Zen "Two Truths" form of world-negating spirituality. See "Integral Transformative Practice: In This World or Out of It?" by Ken Wilber in What is Enlightenment? no.18, online at http://www.wie.org/j18/wilber.asp

William Blake

$
0
0
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Jump to: navigation, search
William Blake
William Blake by Thomas Phillips.jpg
William Blake in a portrait
by Thomas Phillips (1807)
Born(1757-11-28)28 November 1757
Soho, London, Great Britain
Died12 August 1827(1827-08-12) (aged 69)
Soho, London, Great Britain
OccupationPoet, painter, printmaker
GenresVisionary, poetry
Literary movementRomanticism
Notable work(s)Songs of Innocence and of Experience, The Marriage of Heaven and Hell, The Four Zoas, Jerusalem, Milton a Poem, And did those feet in ancient time
Spouse(s)Catherine Boucher (1782–1827, his death)

Signature
William Blake (28 November 1757 – 12 August 1827) was an English poet, painter and printmaker. Largely unrecognised during his lifetime, Blake is now considered a seminal figure in the history of the poetry and visual arts of the Romantic Age. His prophetic poetry has been said to form "what is in proportion to its merits the least read body of poetry in the English language".[1] His visual artistry led one contemporary art critic to proclaim him "far and away the greatest artist Britain has ever produced".[2] In 2002, Blake was placed at number 38 in the BBC's poll of the 100 Greatest Britons.[3] Although he lived in London his entire life (except for three years spent in Felpham),[4] he produced a diverse and symbolically rich corpus, which embraced the imagination as "the body of God"[5] or "human existence itself".[6]
Considered mad by contemporaries for his idiosyncratic views, Blake is held in high regard by later critics for his expressiveness and creativity, and for the philosophical and mystical undercurrents within his work. His paintings and poetry have been characterised as part of the Romantic movement and "Pre-Romantic",[7] for its large appearance in the 18th century. Reverent of the Bible but hostile to the Church of England (indeed, to all forms of organised religion), Blake was influenced by the ideals and ambitions of the French and American Revolutions.[8] Though later he rejected many of these beliefs he maintained an amiable relationship with Thomas Paine; he was also influenced by thinkers such as Emanuel Swedenborg.[9] Despite these known influences, the singularity of Blake's work makes him difficult to classify. The 19th-century scholar William Rossetti characterised him as a "glorious luminary",[10] and "a man not forestalled by predecessors, nor to be classed with contemporaries, nor to be replaced by known or readily surmisable successors".[11]


Early life[edit]

28 Broad Street (now Broadwick Street) in an illustration of 1912. Blake was born here and lived here until he was 25. The house was demolished in 1965.[12]
William Blake was born on 28 November 1757 at 28 Broad Street (now Broadwick St.) in Soho, London. He was the third of seven children,[13][14] two of whom died in infancy. Blake's father, James, was a hosier.[14] He attended school only long enough to learn reading and writing, leaving at the age of ten, and was otherwise educated at home by his mother Catherine Wright Armitage Blake.[15] The Blakes were dissenters,[16] and believed to have belonged to the Moravian Church[citation needed]. Blake was baptised at St James's Church, designed by Sir Christopher Wren, Piccadilly, London. The Bible was an early and profound influence on Blake, and remained a source of inspiration throughout his life.
Blake started engraving copies of drawings of Greek antiquities purchased for him by his father, a practice that was preferred to actual drawing. Within these drawings Blake found his first exposure to classical forms through the work of Raphael, Michelangelo, Marten Heemskerk and Albrecht Dürer. The amount of prints and bound books that James and Catherine were able to purchase for young William suggests that the Blakes enjoyed, at least for a time, a comfortable wealth.[16] His parents knew enough of his headstrong temperament that he was not sent to school but instead enrolled in drawing classes. He read avidly on subjects of his own choosing. During this period, Blake made explorations into poetry; his early work displays knowledge of Ben Jonson, Edmund Spenser, and the Psalms.

Apprenticeship to Basire[edit]

The archetype of the Creator is a familiar image in Blake's work. Here, the demiurgic figure Urizen prays before the world he has forged. The Song of Los is the third in a series of illuminated books painted by Blake and his wife, collectively known as the Continental Prophecies.
On 4 August 1772, Blake was apprenticed to engraverJames Basire of Great Queen Street, at the sum of £52.10, for a term of seven years.[14] At the end of the term, aged 21, he became a professional engraver. No record survives of any serious disagreement or conflict between the two during the period of Blake's apprenticeship, but Peter Ackroyd's biography notes that Blake later added Basire's name to a list of artistic adversaries – and then crossed it out.[17] This aside, Basire's style of line-engraving was of a kind held at the time to be old-fashioned compared to the flashier stipple or mezzotint styles.[18] It has been speculated that Blake's instruction in this outmoded form may have been detrimental to his acquiring of work or recognition in later life.
After two years, Basire sent his apprentice to copy images from the Gothic churches in London (perhaps to settle a quarrel between Blake and James Parker, his fellow apprentice). His experiences in Westminster Abbey helped form his artistic style and ideas. The Abbey of his day was decorated with suits of armour, painted funeral effigies and varicoloured waxworks. Ackroyd notes that "...the most immediate [impression] would have been of faded brightness and colour".[19] In the long afternoons Blake spent sketching in the Abbey, he was occasionally interrupted by boys from Westminster School, one of whom "tormented" him so much that he knocked the boy off a scaffold to the ground, "upon which he fell with terrific Violence".[20] Blake experienced visions in the Abbey, of a great procession of monks and priests, while he heard "the chant of plain-song and chorale".

Royal Academy[edit]

On 8 October 1779, Blake became a student at the Royal Academy in Old Somerset House, near the Strand. While the terms of his study required no payment, he was expected to supply his own materials throughout the six-year period. There, he rebelled against what he regarded as the unfinished style of fashionable painters such as Rubens, championed by the school's first president, Joshua Reynolds. Over time, Blake came to detest Reynolds' attitude towards art, especially his pursuit of "general truth" and "general beauty". Reynolds wrote in his Discourses that the "disposition to abstractions, to generalising and classification, is the great glory of the human mind"; Blake responded, in marginalia to his personal copy, that "To Generalize is to be an Idiot; To Particularize is the Alone Distinction of Merit".[21] Blake also disliked Reynolds' apparent humility, which he held to be a form of hypocrisy. Against Reynolds' fashionable oil painting, Blake preferred the Classical precision of his early influences, Michelangelo and Raphael.
David Bindman suggests that Blake's antagonism towards Reynolds arose not so much from the president's opinions (like Blake, Reynolds held history painting to be of greater value than landscape and portraiture), but rather "against his hypocrisy in not putting his ideals into practice."[22] Certainly Blake was not averse to exhibiting at the Royal Academy, submitting works on six occasions between 1780 and 1808.
Blake became a friend of John Flaxman, Thomas Stothard and George Cumberland during his first year at the Royal Academy. They shared radical views, with Stothard and Cumberland joining the Society for Constitutional Information.[23]

Gordon Riots[edit]

Blake's first biographer, Alexander Gilchrist, records that in June 1780 Blake was walking towards Basire's shop in Great Queen Street when he was swept up by a rampaging mob that stormed Newgate Prison.[24] The mob attacked the prison gates with shovels and pickaxes, set the building ablaze, and released the prisoners inside. Blake was reportedly in the front rank of the mob during the attack. The riots, in response to a parliamentary bill revoking sanctions against Roman Catholicism, became known as the Gordon Riots and provoked a flurry of legislation from the government of George III, and the creation of the first police force.
Despite Gilchrist's insistence that Blake was "forced" to accompany the crowd, some biographers have argued that he accompanied it impulsively, or supported it as a revolutionary act.[25] In contrast, Jerome McGann argues that the riots were reactionary, and that events would have provoked "disgust" in Blake.[26]
Oberon, Titania and Puck with Fairies Dancing (1786)

Marriage and early career[edit]

Blake met Catherine Boucher in 1782 when he was recovering from a relationship that had culminated in a refusal of his marriage proposal. He recounted the story of his heartbreak for Catherine and her parents, after which he asked Catherine, "Do you pity me?" When she responded affirmatively, he declared, "Then I love you." Blake married Catherine – who was five years his junior – on 18 August 1782 in St. Mary's Church, Battersea. Illiterate, Catherine signed her wedding contract with an X. The original wedding certificate may be viewed at the church, where a commemorative stained-glass window was installed between 1976 and 1982.[27] Later, in addition to teaching Catherine to read and write, Blake trained her as an engraver. Throughout his life she proved an invaluable aid, helping to print his illuminated works and maintaining his spirits throughout numerous misfortunes.
Blake's first collection of poems, Poetical Sketches, was printed around 1783.[28] After his father's death, Blake and former fellow apprentice James Parker opened a print shop in 1784, and began working with radical publisher Joseph Johnson.[29] Johnson's house was a meeting-place for some leading English intellectual dissidents of the time: theologian and scientist Joseph Priestley, philosopher Richard Price, artist John Henry Fuseli,[30] early feminist Mary Wollstonecraft and Anglo-American revolutionary Thomas Paine. Along with William Wordsworth and William Godwin, Blake had great hopes for the French and American revolutions and wore a Phrygian cap in solidarity with the French revolutionaries, but despaired with the rise of Robespierre and the Reign of Terror in France. In 1784 Blake composed his unfinished manuscript An Island in the Moon.
Blake illustrated Original Stories from Real Life (1788; 1791) by Mary Wollstonecraft. They seem to have shared some views on sexual equality and the institution of marriage, but there is no evidence proving without doubt that they actually met. In 1793's Visions of the Daughters of Albion, Blake condemned the cruel absurdity of enforced chastity and marriage without love and defended the right of women to complete self-fulfilment.

Relief etching[edit]

In 1788, aged 31, Blake experimented with relief etching, a method he used to produce most of his books, paintings, pamphlets and poems. The process is also referred to as illuminated printing, and the finished products as illuminated books or prints. Illuminated printing involved writing the text of the poems on copper plates with pens and brushes, using an acid-resistant medium. Illustrations could appear alongside words in the manner of earlier illuminated manuscripts. He then etched the plates in acid to dissolve the untreated copper and leave the design standing in relief (hence the name).
This is a reversal of the usual method of etching, where the lines of the design are exposed to the acid, and the plate printed by the intaglio method. Relief etching (which Blake referred to as "stereotype" in The Ghost of Abel) was intended as a means for producing his illuminated books more quickly than via intaglio. Stereotype, a process invented in 1725, consisted of making a metal cast from a wood engraving, but Blake's innovation was, as described above, very different. The pages printed from these plates were hand-coloured in water colours and stitched together to form a volume. Blake used illuminated printing for most of his well-known works, including Songs of Innocence and Experience, The Book of Thel, The Marriage of Heaven and Hell and Jerusalem.[31]

Engravings[edit]

Although Blake has become most famous for his relief etching, his commercial work largely consisted of intaglio engraving, the standard process of engraving in the 18th century in which the artist incised an image into the copper plate, a complex and laborious process, with plates taking months or years to complete, but as Blake's contemporary, John Boydell, realised, such engraving offered a "missing link with commerce", enabling artists to connect with a mass audience and became an immensely important activity by the end of the 18th century.[32]
Blake employed intaglio engraving in his own work, most notably for the illustrations of the Book of Job, completed just before his death. Most critical work has concentrated on Blake's relief etching as a technique because it is the most innovative aspect of his art, but a 2009 study drew attention to Blake's surviving plates, including those for the Book of Job: they demonstrate that he made frequent use of a technique known as "repoussage", a means of obliterating mistakes by hammering them out by hitting the back of the plate. Such techniques, typical of engraving work of the time, are very different to the much faster and fluid way of drawing on a plate that Blake employed for his relief etching, and indicates why the engravings took so long to complete.[33]

Later life and career[edit]

The cottage in Felpham where Blake lived from 1800 till 1803.
Blake's marriage to Catherine was close and devoted until his death. Blake taught Catherine to write, and she helped him colour his printed poems.[34] Gilchrist refers to "stormy times" in the early years of the marriage.[35] Some biographers have suggested that Blake tried to bring a concubine into the marriage bed in accordance with the beliefs of the more radical branches of the Swedenborgian Society,[36] but other scholars have dismissed these theories as conjecture.[37] William and Catherine's first daughter and last child might be Thel described in The Book of Thel who was conceived as dead.[38]
The Night of Enitharmon's Joy, 1795. Blake's vision of Hecate, Greek goddess of black magic and the underworld

Felpham[edit]

In 1800, Blake moved to a cottage at Felpham, in Sussex (now West Sussex), to take up a job illustrating the works of William Hayley, a minor poet. It was in this cottage that Blake began Milton a Poem (the title page is dated 1804, but Blake continued to work on it until 1808). The preface to this work includes a poem beginning "And did those feet in ancient time", which became the words for the anthem "Jerusalem". Over time, Blake began to resent his new patron, believing that Hayley was uninterested in true artistry, and preoccupied with "the meer drudgery of business" (E724). Blake's disenchantment with Hayley has been speculated to have influenced Milton: a Poem, in which Blake wrote that "Corporeal Friends are Spiritual Enemies". (4:26, E98)
Blake's trouble with authority came to a head in August 1803, when he was involved in a physical altercation with a soldier, John Schofield.[39] Blake was charged not only with assault, but with uttering seditious and treasonable expressions against the king. Schofield claimed that Blake had exclaimed "Damn the king. The soldiers are all slaves."[40] Blake was cleared in the Chichesterassizes of the charges. According to a report in the Sussex county paper, "[T]he invented character of [the evidence] was ... so obvious that an acquittal resulted".[41] Schofield was later depicted wearing "mind forged manacles" in an illustration to Jerusalem.[42]

Return to London[edit]

Sketch of Blake from circa 1804 by John Flaxman
Blake returned to London in 1804 and began to write and illustrate Jerusalem (1804–1820), his most ambitious work. Having conceived the idea of portraying the characters in Chaucer's Canterbury Tales, Blake approached the dealer Robert Cromek, with a view to marketing an engraving. Knowing Blake was too eccentric to produce a popular work, Cromek promptly commissioned Blake's friend Thomas Stothard to execute the concept. When Blake learned he had been cheated, he broke off contact with Stothard. He set up an independent exhibition in his brother's haberdashery shop at 27 Broad Street in Soho. The exhibition was designed to market his own version of the Canterbury illustration (titled The Canterbury Pilgrims), along with other works. As a result, he wrote his Descriptive Catalogue (1809), which contains what Anthony Blunt called a "brilliant analysis" of Chaucer and is regularly anthologised as a classic of Chaucer criticism.[43] It also contained detailed explanations of his other paintings. The exhibition was very poorly attended, selling none of the temperas or watercolours. Its only review, in The Examiner, was hostile.[44]
Blake's The Great Red Dragon and the Woman Clothed with Sun (1805) is one of a series of illustrations of Revelation 12.
Also around this time (circa 1808), Blake gave vigorous expression of views on art in an extensive series of polemical annotations to the Discourses of Sir Joshua Reynolds, denouncing the British Academy as a fraud and proclaiming, "To Generalize is to be an Idiot".[45]
In 1818 he was introduced by George Cumberland's son to a young artist named John Linnell.[46] A blue plaque commemorates Blake and Linnell at Old Wyldes' at North End, Hampstead.[47] Through Linnell he met Samuel Palmer, who belonged to a group of artists who called themselves the Shoreham Ancients. The group shared Blake's rejection of modern trends and his belief in a spiritual and artistic New Age. Aged 65, Blake began work on illustrations for the Book of Job, later admired by Ruskin, who compared Blake favourably to Rembrandt, and by Vaughan Williams, who based his ballet Job: A Masque for Dancing on a selection of the illustrations.
In later life Blake began to sell a great number of his works, particularly his Bible illustrations, to Thomas Butts, a patron who saw Blake more as a friend than a man whose work held artistic merit; this was typical of the opinions held of Blake throughout his life.

Dante's Divine Comedy[edit]

William Blake's image of the Minotaur to illustrate Inferno, Canto XII,12–28, The Minotaur XII
"Head of William Blake" by James De Ville. Life mask taken in plaster cast in September 1823, Fitzwilliam Museum
The commission for Dante's Divine Comedy came to Blake in 1826 through Linnell, with the aim of producing a series of engravings. Blake's death in 1827 cut short the enterprise, and only a handful of watercolours were completed, with only seven of the engravings arriving at proof form. Even so, they have evoked praise:
'[T]he Dante watercolours are among Blake's richest achievements, engaging fully with the problem of illustrating a poem of this complexity. The mastery of watercolour has reached an even higher level than before, and is used to extraordinary effect in differentiating the atmosphere of the three states of being in the poem'.[48]
Blake's The Lovers' Whirlwind illustrates Hell in Canto V of Dante's Inferno
Blake's illustrations of the poem are not merely accompanying works, but rather seem to critically revise, or furnish commentary on, certain spiritual or moral aspects of the text.
Because the project was never completed, Blake's intent may be obscured. Some indicators bolster the impression that Blake's illustrations in their totality would take issue with the text they accompany: In the margin of Homer Bearing the Sword and His Companions, Blake notes, "Every thing in Dantes Comedia shews That for Tyrannical Purposes he has made This World the Foundation of All & the Goddess Nature & not the Holy Ghost." Blake seems to dissent from Dante's admiration of the poetic works of ancient Greece, and from the apparent glee with which Dante allots punishments in Hell (as evidenced by the grim humour of the cantos).
At the same time, Blake shared Dante's distrust of materialism and the corruptive nature of power, and clearly relished the opportunity to represent the atmosphere and imagery of Dante's work pictorially. Even as he seemed to near death, Blake's central preoccupation was his feverish work on the illustrations to Dante's Inferno; he is said to have spent one of the very last shillings he possessed on a pencil to continue sketching.[49]

Death[edit]

Monument near Blake's unmarked grave at Bunhill Fields in London
On the day of his death, Blake worked relentlessly on his Dante series. Eventually, it is reported, he ceased working and turned to his wife, who was in tears by his bedside. Beholding her, Blake is said to have cried, "Stay Kate! Keep just as you are – I will draw your portrait – for you have ever been an angel to me." Having completed this portrait (now lost), Blake laid down his tools and began to sing hymns and verses.[50] At six that evening, after promising his wife that he would be with her always, Blake died. Gilchrist reports that a female lodger in the house, present at his expiration, said, "I have been at the death, not of a man, but of a blessed angel."[51]
George Richmond gives the following account of Blake's death in a letter to Samuel Palmer:
He died ... in a most glorious manner. He said He was going to that Country he had all His life wished to see & expressed Himself Happy, hoping for Salvation through Jesus Christ– Just before he died His Countenance became fair. His eyes Brighten'd and he burst out Singing of the things he saw in Heaven.[52]
Catherine paid for Blake's funeral with money lent to her by Linnell. He was buried five days after his death – on the eve of his 45th wedding anniversary – at the Dissenter's burial ground in Bunhill Fields, where his parents were interred. Present at the ceremonies were Catherine, Edward Calvert, George Richmond, Frederick Tatham and John Linnell. Following Blake's death, Catherine moved into Tatham's house as a housekeeper. She believed she was regularly visited by Blake's spirit. She continued selling his illuminated works and paintings, but entertained no business transaction without first "consulting Mr. Blake".[53] On the day of her death, in October 1831, she was as calm and cheerful as her husband, and called out to him "as if he were only in the next room, to say she was coming to him, and it would not be long now".[54]
On her death, Blake's manuscripts were inherited by Frederick Tatham, who burned some he deemed heretical or politically radical. Tatham was an Irvingite, one of the many fundamentalist movements of the 19th century, and opposed to any work that smacked of blasphemy.[55] John Linnell erased sexual imagery from a number of Blake's drawings.[56]
Since 1965, the exact location of William Blake's grave had been lost and forgotten as gravestones were taken away to create a lawn. Blake’s grave is commemorated by a stone that reads "Near by lie the remains of the poet-painter William Blake 1757–1827 and his wife Catherine Sophia 1762–1831". The memorial stone is situated approximately 20 metres away from the actual grave, which is not marked. Members of the group Friends of William Blake have rediscovered the location and intend to place a permanent memorial at the site.[57][58]
Blake is recognised as a saint in the Ecclesia Gnostica Catholica. The Blake Prize for Religious Art was established in his honour in Australia in 1949. In 1957 a memorial to Blake and his wife was erected in Westminster Abbey.[59]

Politics[edit]

Blake was not active in any well-established political party. His poetry consistently embodies an attitude of rebellion against the abuse of class power as documented in David Erdman's large study Blake: Prophet Against Empire: A Poet's Interpretation of the History of His Own Times. Blake was concerned about senseless wars and the blighting effects of the industrial revolution. Much of his poetry recounts in symbolic allegory the effects of the French and American revolutions. Erdman claims Blake was disillusioned with them, believing they had simply replaced monarchy with irresponsible mercantilism and notes Blake was deeply opposed to slavery, and believes some of his poems read primarily as championing "free love" have had their anti-slavery implications short-changed.[60] A more recent (and very short) study, William Blake: Visionary Anarchist by Peter Marshall (1988), classified Blake and his contemporary William Godwin as forerunners of modern anarchism.[61] British Marxist historian E. P. Thompson's last finished work, Witness Against the Beast: William Blake and the Moral Law (1993), shows how far he was inspired by dissident religious ideas rooted in the thinking of the most radical opponents of the monarchy during the English Civil War.

Development of Blake's views[edit]

Because Blake's later poetry contains a private mythology with complex symbolism, his late work has been less published than his earlier more accessible work. The Vintage anthology of Blake edited by Patti Smith focuses heavily on the earlier work, as do many critical studies such as William Blake by D. G. Gillham.
The earlier work is primarily rebellious in character and can be seen as a protest against dogmatic religion especially notable in The Marriage of Heaven and Hell in which the figure represented by the "Devil" is virtually a hero rebelling against an imposter authoritarian deity. In later works such as Milton and Jerusalem, Blake carves a distinctive vision of a humanity redeemed by self-sacrifice and forgiveness, while retaining his earlier negative attitude towards what he felt was the rigid and morbid authoritarianism of traditional religion. Not all readers of Blake agree upon how much continuity exists between Blake's earlier and later works.
Psychoanalyst June Singer has written that Blake's late work displayed a development of the ideas first introduced in his earlier works, namely, the humanitarian goal of achieving personal wholeness of body and spirit. The final section of the expanded edition of her Blake study The Unholy Bible suggests the later works are the "Bible of Hell" promised in The Marriage of Heaven and Hell. Regarding Blake's final poem "Jerusalem", she writes: "[T]he promise of the divine in man, made in The Marriage of Heaven and Hell, is at last fulfilled."[62]
John Middleton Murry notes discontinuity between Marriage and the late works, in that while the early Blake focused on a "sheer negative opposition between Energy and Reason", the later Blake emphasised the notions of self-sacrifice and forgiveness as the road to interior wholeness. This renunciation of the sharper dualism of Marriage of Heaven and Hell is evidenced in particular by the humanisation of the character of Urizen in the later works. Middleton characterises the later Blake as having found "mutual understanding" and "mutual forgiveness".[63]

Sexuality[edit]

19th-century "free love" movement[edit]

Since his death, William Blake has been claimed by various movements who apply his complex and often elusive use of symbolism and allegory to the issues that concern them.[64] In particular, Blake is sometimes considered (along with Mary Wollstonecraft and her husband William Godwin) a forerunner of the 19th-century "free love" movement, a broad reform tradition starting in the 1820s that held that marriage is slavery, and advocated the removal of all state restrictions on sexual activity such as homosexuality, prostitution, and adultery, culminating in the birth control movement of the early 20th century. Blake scholarship was more focused on this theme in the earlier 20th century than today, although it is still mentioned notably by the Blake scholar Magnus Ankarsjö who moderately challenges this interpretation. The 19th-century "free love" movement was not particularly focused on the idea of multiple partners, but did agree with Wollstonecraft that state-sanctioned marriage was "legal prostitution" and monopolistic in character. It has somewhat more in common with early feminist movements[65] (particularly with regard to the writings of Mary Wollstonecraft, whom Blake admired).
Blake was critical of the marriage laws of his day, and generally railed against traditional Christian notions of chastity as a virtue.[66] At a time of tremendous strain in his marriage, in part due to Catherine's apparent inability to bear children, he directly advocated bringing a second wife into the house.[67] His poetry suggests that external demands for marital fidelity reduce love to mere duty rather than authentic affection, and decries jealousy and egotism as a motive for marriage laws. Poems such as "Why should I be bound to thee, O my lovely Myrtle-tree?" and "Earth's Answer" seem to advocate multiple sexual partners. In his poem "London" he speaks of "the Marriage-Hearse" plagued by "the youthful Harlot's curse", the result alternately of false Prudence and/or Harlotry. Visions of the Daughters of Albion is widely (though not universally) read as a tribute to free love since the relationship between Bromion and Oothoon is held together only by laws and not by love. For Blake, law and love are opposed, and he castigates the "frozen marriage-bed". In Visions, Blake writes:
Till she who burns with youth, and knows no fixed lot, is bound
In spells of law to one she loathes? and must she drag the chain
Of life in weary lust? (5.21-3, E49)
In the 19th century, poet and free love advocate Algernon Charles Swinburne wrote a book on Blake drawing attention to the above motifs in which Blake praises "sacred natural love" that is not bound by another's possessive jealousy, the latter characterised by Blake as a "creeping skeleton".[68] Swinburne notes how Blake's Marriage of Heaven and Hell condemns the hypocrisy of the "pale religious letchery" of advocates of traditional norms.[69] Another 19th-century free love advocate, Edward Carpenter (1844–1929), was influenced by Blake's mystical emphasis on energy free from external restrictions.[70]
In the early 20th century, Pierre Berger described how Blake's views echo that of Mary Wollstonecraft celebrating joyful authentic love rather than love born of duty,[71] the former being the true measure of purity.[72] Irene Langridge notes that "in Blake's mysterious and unorthodox creed the doctrine of free love was something Blake wanted for the edification of 'the soul'."[73] Michael Davis's 1977 book William Blake a New Kind of Man suggests that Blake thought jealousy separates man from the divine unity, condemning him to a frozen death.[74]
As a theological writer, Blake has a sense of human "fallenness". S. Foster Damon noted that for Blake the major impediments to a free love society were corrupt human nature, not merely the intolerance of society and the jealousy of men, but the inauthentic hypocritical nature of human communication.[75] Thomas Wright's 1928 book Life of William Blake (entirely devoted to Blake's doctrine of free love) notes that Blake thinks marriage should in practice afford the joy of love, but notes that in reality it often does not,[76] as a couple's knowledge of being chained often diminishes their joy. Pierre Berger also analyses Blake's early mythological poems such as Ahania as declaring marriage laws to be a consequence of the fallenness of humanity, as these are born from pride and jealousy.[77]
Some scholars have noted that Blake's views on "free love" are both qualified and may have undergone shifts and modifications in his late years. Some poems from this period warn of dangers of predatory sexuality such as The Sick Rose. Magnus Ankarsjö notes that while the hero of Visions of the Daughters of Albion is a strong advocate of free love, by the end of the poem she has become more circumspect as her awareness of the dark side of sexuality has grown, crying "Can this be love which drinks another as a sponge drinks water?"[78] Ankarsjö also notes that a major inspiration to Blake, Mary Wollstonecraft, similarly developed more circumspect views of sexual freedom late in life. In light of Blake's aforementioned sense of human 'fallenness' Ankarsjö thinks Blake does not fully approve of sensual indulgence merely in defiance of law as exemplified by the female character of Leutha,[79] since in the fallen world of experience all love is enchained.[80] Ankarsjö records Blake as having supported a commune with some sharing of partners, though David Worrall read The Book of Thel as a rejection of the proposal to take concubines espoused by some members of the Swedenborgian church.[81]
Blake's later writings show a renewed interest in Christianity, and although he radically reinterprets Christian morality in a way that embraces sensual pleasure, there is little of the emphasis on sexual libertarianism found in several of his early poems, and there is advocacy of "self-denial", though such abnegation must be inspired by love rather than through authoritarian compulsion.[82] Berger (more so than Swinburne) is especially sensitive to a shift in sensibility between the early Blake and the later Blake. Berger believes the young Blake placed too much emphasis on following impulses,[83] and that the older Blake had a better formed ideal of a true love that sacrifices self. Some celebration of mystical sensuality remains in the late poems (most notably in Blake's denial of the virginity of Jesus's mother). However, the late poems also place a greater emphasis on forgiveness, redemption, and emotional authenticity as a foundation for relationships.

Religious views[edit]

Blake's Ancient of Days. The "Ancient of Days" is described in Chapter 7 of the Book of Daniel. This image depicts Copy D of the illustration currently held at the British Museum.[84]
Although Blake's attacks on conventional religion were shocking in his own day, his rejection of religiosity was not a rejection of religion per se. His view of orthodoxy is evident in The Marriage of Heaven and Hell, a series of texts written in imitation of Biblical prophecy. Therein, Blake lists several Proverbs of Hell, among which are the following:
  • Prisons are built with stones of Law, Brothels with bricks of Religion.
  • As the catterpiller [sic] chooses the fairest leaves to lay her eggs on, so the priest lays his curse on the fairest joys. (8.21, 9.55, E36)
In The Everlasting Gospel, Blake does not present Jesus as a philosopher or traditional messianic figure, but as a supremely creative being, above dogma, logic and even morality:
If he had been Antichrist Creeping Jesus,
He'd have done anything to please us:
Gone sneaking into Synagogues
And not us'd the Elders & Priests like Dogs,
But humble as a Lamb or Ass,
Obey'd himself to Caiaphas.
God wants not Man to Humble himself (55–61, E519-20)
Jesus, for Blake, symbolises the vital relationship and unity between divinity and humanity: "All had originally one language, and one religion: this was the religion of Jesus, the everlasting Gospel. Antiquity preaches the Gospel of Jesus." (Descriptive Catalogue, Plate 39, E543)
Blake designed his own mythology, which appears largely in his prophetic books. Within these he describes a number of characters, including "Urizen", "Enitharmon", "Bromion" and "Luvah". His mythology seems to have a basis in the Bible as well as Greek and Norse mythology,[85][86] and it accompanies his ideas about the everlasting Gospel.
"I must Create a System, or be enslav'd by another Man's. I will not Reason & Compare; my business is to Create."
Words uttered by Los in Blake's Jerusalem The Emanation of the Giant Albion.
One of Blake's strongest objections to orthodox Christianity is that he felt it encouraged the suppression of natural desires and discouraged earthly joy. In A Vision of the Last Judgment, Blake says that:
Men are admitted into Heaven not because they have curbed and governd their Passions or have No Passions but because they have Cultivated their Understandings. The Treasures of Heaven are not Negations of Passion but Realities of Intellect from which All the Passions Emanate Uncurbed in their Eternal Glory. (E564)
One may also note his words concerning religion in The Marriage of Heaven and Hell:
All Bibles or sacred codes have been the causes of the following Errors.
1. That Man has two real existing principles Viz: a Body & a Soul.
2. That Energy, called Evil, is alone from the Body, & that Reason, called Good, is alone from the Soul.
3. That God will torment Man in Eternity for following his Energies.
But the following Contraries to these are True
1. Man has no Body distinct from his Soul for that calld Body is a portion of Soul discernd by the five Senses, the chief inlets of Soul in this age.
2. Energy is the only life and is from the Body and Reason is the bound or outward circumference of Energy.
3. Energy is Eternal Delight. (Plate 4, E34)
The Body of Abel Found by Adam and Eve, c. 1825. Watercolour on wood.
Blake does not subscribe to the notion of a body distinct from the soul that must submit to the rule of the soul, but sees the body as an extension of the soul, derived from the 'discernment' of the senses. Thus, the emphasis orthodoxy places upon the denial of bodily urges is a dualistic error born of misapprehension of the relationship between body and soul. Elsewhere, he describes Satan as the 'state of error', and as beyond salvation.[87]
Blake opposed the sophistry of theological thought that excuses pain, admits evil and apologises for injustice. He abhorred self-denial,[88] which he associated with religious repression and particularly sexual repression:[89]"Prudence is a rich ugly old maid courted by Incapacity. / He who desires but acts not, breeds pestilence." (7.4–5, E35) He saw the concept of 'sin' as a trap to bind men's desires (the briars of Garden of Love), and believed that restraint in obedience to a moral code imposed from the outside was against the spirit of life:
Abstinence sows sand all over
The ruddy limbs & flaming hair
But Desire Gratified
Plants fruits & beauty there. (E474)
He did not hold with the doctrine of God as Lord, an entity separate from and superior to mankind;[90] this is shown clearly in his words about Jesus Christ: "He is the only God ... and so am I, and so are you." A telling phrase in The Marriage of Heaven and Hell is "men forgot that All deities reside in the human breast". This is very much in line with his belief in liberty and social equality in society and between the sexes.

Enlightenment philosophy[edit]

Blake had a complex relationship with Enlightenment philosophy. Due to his visionary religious beliefs, he opposed the Newtonian view of the universe. This mindset is reflected in an excerpt from Blake's Jerusalem:
Blake's Newton (1795) demonstrates his opposition to the "single-vision" of scientific materialism: Newton fixes his eye on a compass (recalling Proverbs 8:27, an important passage for Milton)[91] to write upon a scroll that seems to project from his own head.[92]
I turn my eyes to the Schools & Universities of Europe
And there behold the Loom of Locke whose Woof rages dire
Washd by the Water-wheels of Newton. black the cloth
In heavy wreathes folds over every Nation; cruel Works
Of many Wheels I view, wheel without wheel, with cogs tyrannic
Moving by compulsion each other: not as those in Eden: which
Wheel within Wheel in freedom revolve in harmony & peace. (15.14–20, E159)
Blake believed the paintings of Sir Joshua Reynolds, which depict the naturalistic fall of light upon objects, were products entirely of the "vegetative eye", and he saw Locke and Newton as "the true progenitors of Sir Joshua Reynolds' aesthetic".[93] The popular taste in the England of that time for such paintings was satisfied with mezzotints, prints produced by a process that created an image from thousands of tiny dots upon the page. Blake saw an analogy between this and Newton's particle theory of light.[94] Accordingly, Blake never used the technique, opting rather to develop a method of engraving purely in fluid line, insisting that:
a Line or Lineament is not formed by Chance a Line is a Line in its Minutest Subdivision[s] Strait or Crooked It is Itself & Not Intermeasurable with or by any Thing Else Such is Job. (E784)
Despite his opposition to Enlightenment principles, Blake arrived at a linear aesthetic that was in many ways more similar to the Neoclassical engravings of John Flaxman than to the works of the Romantics, with whom he is often classified.
Blake has been viewed as an enlightenment poet and artist, in the sense that he was in accord with that movement's rejection of received ideas, systems, authorities and traditions. On the other hand, he was critical of what he perceived as the elevation of reason to the status of an oppressive authority. In his criticism of reason, law and uniformity Blake has been taken to be opposed to the enlightenment, but it has also been argued that, in a dialectical sense, he used the enlightenment spirit of rejection of external authority to criticise narrow conceptions of the enlightenment.[95]

Assessment[edit]

Creative mindset[edit]

Northrop Frye, commenting on Blake's consistency in strongly held views, notes Blake "himself says that his notes on [Joshua] Reynolds, written at fifty, are 'exactly Similar' to those on Locke and Bacon, written when he was 'very Young'. Even phrases and lines of verse will reappear as much as forty years later. Consistency in maintaining what he believed to be true was itself one of his leading principles ... Consistency, then, foolish or otherwise, is one of Blake's chief preoccupations, just as 'self-contradiction' is always one of his most contemptuous comments".[96]
Blake's "A Negro Hung Alive by the Ribs to a Gallows", an illustration to J. G. Stedman'sNarrative, of a Five Years' Expedition, against the Revolted Negroes of Surinam (1796).
Blake abhorred slavery and believed in racial and sexual equality. Several of his poems and paintings express a notion of universal humanity: "As all men are alike (tho' infinitely various)". In one poem, narrated by a black child, white and black bodies alike are described as shaded groves or clouds, which exist only until one learns "to bear the beams of love":
When I from black and he from white cloud free,
And round the tent of God like lambs we joy:
Ill shade him from the heat till he can bear,
To lean in joy upon our fathers knee.
And then I'll stand and stroke his silver hair,
And be like him and he will then love me. (23-8, E9)
Blake retained an active interest in social and political events throughout his life, and social and political statements are often present in his mystical symbolism. His views on what he saw as oppression and restriction of rightful freedom extended to the Church. His spiritual beliefs are evident in Songs of Experience (1794), in which he distinguishes between the Old Testament God, whose restrictions he rejected, and the New Testament God whom he saw as a positive influence.

Visions[edit]

From a young age, William Blake claimed to have seen visions. The first may have occurred as early as the age of four when, according to one anecdote, the young artist "saw God" when God "put his head to the window", causing Blake to break into screaming.[97] At the age of eight or ten in Peckham Rye, London, Blake claimed to have seen "a tree filled with angels, bright angelic wings bespangling every bough like stars."[97] According to Blake's Victorian biographer Gilchrist, he returned home and reported the vision and only escaped being thrashed by his father for telling a lie through the intervention of his mother. Though all evidence suggests that his parents were largely supportive, his mother seems to have been especially so, and several of Blake's early drawings and poems decorated the walls of her chamber. On another occasion, Blake watched haymakers at work, and thought he saw angelic figures walking among them.[97]
The Ghost of a Flea, 1819–1820. Having informed painter-astrologer John Varley of his visions of apparitions, Blake was subsequently persuaded to paint one of them.[98] Varley's anecdote of Blake and his vision of the flea's ghost became well-known.[98]
Blake claimed to experience visions throughout his life. They were often associated with beautiful religious themes and imagery, and may have inspired him further with spiritual works and pursuits. Certainly, religious concepts and imagery figure centrally in Blake's works. God and Christianity constituted the intellectual centre of his writings, from which he drew inspiration. Blake believed he was personally instructed and encouraged by Archangels to create his artistic works, which he claimed were actively read and enjoyed by the same Archangels. In a letter of condolence to William Hayley, dated 6 May 1800, four days after the death of Hayley's son,[99] Blake wrote:
I know that our deceased friends are more really with us than when they were apparent to our mortal part. Thirteen years ago I lost a brother, and with his spirit I converse daily and hourly in the spirit, and see him in my remembrance, in the region of my imagination. I hear his advice, and even now write from his dictate.
In a letter to John Flaxman, dated 21 September 1800, Blake wrote:
[The town of] Felpham is a sweet place for Study, because it is more spiritual than London. Heaven opens here on all sides her golden Gates; her windows are not obstructed by vapours; voices of Celestial inhabitants are more distinctly heard, & their forms more distinctly seen; & my Cottage is also a Shadow of their houses. My Wife & Sister are both well, courting Neptune for an embrace... I am more famed in Heaven for my works than I could well conceive. In my Brain are studies & Chambers filled with books & pictures of old, which I wrote & painted in ages of Eternity before my mortal life; & those works are the delight & Study of Archangels. (E710)
In a letter to Thomas Butts, dated 25 April 1803, Blake wrote:
Now I may say to you, what perhaps I should not dare to say to anyone else: That I can alone carry on my visionary studies in London unannoy'd, & that I may converse with my friends in Eternity, See Visions, Dream Dreams & prophecy & speak Parables unobserv'd & at liberty from the Doubts of other Mortals; perhaps Doubts proceeding from Kindness, but Doubts are always pernicious, Especially when we Doubt our Friends.
In A Vision of the Last Judgement Blake wrote:
Error is Created Truth is Eternal Error or Creation will be Burned Up & then & not till then Truth or Eternity will appear It is Burnt up the Moment Men cease to behold it I assert for My self that I do not behold the Outward Creation & that to me it is hindrance & not Action it is as the Dirt upon my feet No part of Me. What it will be Questiond When the Sun rises do you not see a round Disk of fire somewhat like a Guinea O no no I see an Innumerable company of the Heavenly host crying Holy Holy Holy is the Lord God Almighty I question not my Corporeal or Vegetative Eye any more than I would Question a Window concerning a Sight I look thro it & not with it. (E565-6)
Aware of Blake's visions, William Wordsworth commented, "There was no doubt that this poor man was mad, but there is something in the madness of this man which interests me more than the sanity of Lord Byron and Walter Scott."[100] In a more deferential vein, writing in A Short Biographical Dictionary of English Literature, John William Cousins wrote that Blake was "a truly pious and loving soul, neglected and misunderstood by the world, but appreciated by an elect few", who "led a cheerful and contented life of poverty illumined by visions and celestial inspirations."[101]

Cultural influence[edit]

William Blake's portrait in profile, by John Linnell. This larger version was painted to be engraved as the frontispiece of Alexander Gilchrist's Life of Blake (1863).
Blake's work was neglected for a generation after his death and almost forgotten when Alexander Gilchrist began work on his biography in the 1860s. The publication of the Life of William Blake rapidly transformed Blake's reputation, in particular as he was taken up by Pre-Raphaelites and associated figures, in particular Dante Gabriel Rossetti and Algernon Charles Swinburne. In the twentieth century, however, Blake's work was fully appreciated and his influence increased. Important early and mid twentieth-century scholars involved in enhancing Blake's standing in literary and artistic circles included S. Foster Damon, Geoffrey Keynes, Northrop Frye, David V. Erdman and G. E. Bentley, Jr.
While Blake had a significant role to play in the art and poetry of figures such as Rossetti, it was during the Modernist period that this work began to influence a wider set of writers and artists. William Butler Yeats, who edited an edition of Blake's collected works in 1893, drew on him for poetic and philosophical ideas,[102] while British surrealist art in particular drew on Blake's conceptions of non-mimetic, visionary practice in the painting of artists such as Paul Nash and Graham Sutherland.[103] His poetry came into use by a number of British classical composers such as Benjamin Britten and Ralph Vaughan Williams, who set his works. Modern British composer John Tavener set several of Blake's poems, including The Tyger and The Lamb.
Many such as June Singer have argued that Blake's thoughts on human nature greatly anticipate and parallel the thinking of the psychoanalyst Carl Jung, although Jung dismissed Blake's works as "an artistic production rather than an authentic representation of unconscious processes."[104] Similarly, although less popularly, Diana Hume George claimed that Blake can be seen as a precursor to the ideas of Sigmund Freud.[105]
Blake had an enormous influence on the beat poets of the 1950s and the counterculture of the 1960s, frequently being cited by such seminal figures as beat poet Allen Ginsberg, songwriters Bob Dylan, Jim Morrison,[106]Van Morrison,[107][108] and English writer Aldous Huxley. Much of the central conceit of Phillip Pullman's fantasy trilogy His Dark Materials is rooted in the world of Blake's The Marriage of Heaven and Hell. After World War II, Blake's role in popular culture came to the fore in a variety of areas such as popular music, film, and the graphic novel, leading Edward Larrissy to assert that "Blake is the Romantic writer who has exerted the most powerful influence on the twentieth century."[109]

Bibliography[edit]

Illuminated books[edit]

Non-illuminated[edit]

Illustrated by Blake[edit]

On Blake[edit]

Peter Ackroyd (1995). Blake. Sinclair-Stevenson. ISBN 1-85619-278-4.
Donald Ault (1974). Visionary Physics: Blake's Response to Newton. University of Chicago. ISBN 0-226-03225-6.
——— (1987). Narrative Unbound: Re-Visioning William Blake's The Four Zoas. Station Hill Press. ISBN 1-886449-75-9.
Stephen C. Behrendt (1992). Reading William Blake. London: Macmillan Press. ISBN 0-312-06835-2 .
G.E. Bentley (2001). The Stranger From Paradise: A Biography of William Blake. Yale University Press. ISBN 0-300-08939-2.
——— (2006). Blake Records. Second edition. Yale University Press. ISBN 0-300-09685-2.
——— (1977). Blake Books. Clarendon Press. ISBN 0-19-818151-5.
——— (1995). Blake Books Supplement. Clarendon Press.
Harold Bloom (1963). Blake's Apocalypse. Doubleday.
Jacob Bronowski (1972). William Blake and the Age of Revolution. Routledge & K. Paul. ISBN 0-7100-7277-5 (hardback), ISBN 0-7100-7278-3 (pbk.)
——— (1944). William Blake, 1757–1827. A man without a mask. Secker and Warburg, London. Reprints: Penguin 1954; Haskell House 1967.
Helen P. Bruder (1997). William Blake and the Daughters of Albion. Basingstoke: Macmillan Press, and New York: St. Martin’s Press. ISBN 0-333-64036-5.
G. K. Chesterton, William Blake. Duckworth, London, n.d. [1910]. Reprint: House of Stratus, Cornwall, 2008. ISBN 0-7551-0032-8.
Steve Clark and David Worrall, eds (2006). Blake, Nation and Empire. Basingstoke: Macmillan Press, and New York: St. Martin’s Press.
Tristanne J. Connolly (2002). William Blake and the Body. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
S. Foster Damon (1979). A Blake Dictionary. Revised edition. University of New England. ISBN 0-87451-436-3.
Michael Davis (1977) William Blake. A new kind of man. University of California, Berkeley.
Morris Eaves (1992). The Counter-Arts Conspiracy: Art and Industry in the Age of Blake. Cornell University Press. ISBN 0-8014-2489-5.
David V. Erdman (1977). Blake: Prophet Against Empire: A Poet's Interpretation of the History of His Own Times. Princeton University Press. ISBN 0-486-26719-9.
——— (1988). The Complete Poetry & Prose of William Blake. Anchor. ISBN 0-385-15213-2.
R. N. Essick (1980). William Blake: Printmaker. Princeton University Press. ISBN 0-691-03954-2.
——— (1989). William Blake and the Language of Adam. Clarendon Press. ISBN 0-19-812985-8.
R. N. Essick & D. Pearce, eds. (1978). Blake in his time. Indiana University Press.
Michael Ferber, The Social Vision of William Blake. Princeton University Press, Princeton, 1985.
Irving Fiske (1951). Bernard Shaw's Debt to William Blake. London: The Shaw Society [19-page phamphlet].
Northrop Frye (1947). Fearful Symmetry. Princeton University Press. ISBN 0-691-06165-3.
——— ed. (1966). Blake. A collection of critical essays. Prentice-Hall.
Alexander Gilchrist, Life and Works of William Blake, (2d ed., London, 1880). Reissued by Cambridge Univ., 2009. ISBN 978-1-108-01369-7.
Jean H. Hagstrom, William Blake. Poet and Painter. An introduction to the illuminated verse, University of Chicago, 1964.
Hoeveler, Diane Long (1979). "Blake's Erotic Apocalypse: The Androgynous Ideal in "Jerusalem"" (PDF). Essays in Literature (Western Illinois University) 6 (1): 29–41. Retrieved 31 January 2013. "To become androgynous, to overcome the flaws inherent in each sex, emerges as the central challenge for all Blake's characters." 
James King (1991). William Blake: His Life. St. Martin's Press. ISBN 0-312-07572-3.
Saree Makdisi (2003). William Blake and the Impossible History of the 1790s. University of Chicago Press.
Benjamin Heath Malkin (1806). A Father's Memoirs of his Child Longsmans, Hurst, Rees, and Orme, Paternoster Row, London. {See : : Arthur Symons, William Blake (1907, 1970) at 307–329.}
Peter Marshall (1988). William Blake: Visionary Anarchist. Freedom Press. ISBN 0-900384-77-8
Emma Mason, "Elihu's Spiritual Sensation: William Blake's Illustrations to the Book of Job," in Michael Lieb, Emma Mason and Jonathan Roberts (eds), The Oxford Handbook of the Reception History of the Bible (Oxford, OUP, 2011), 460–475.
W.J.T. Mitchell (1978). Blake's Composite Art: A Study of the Illuminated Poetry. Yale University Press. ISBN 0-691-01402-7.
Victor N. Paananen (1996). William Blake. New York: Twayne Publishers. ISBN 0-8057-7053-4.
Laura Quinney (2010). William Blake on Self and Soul. Harvard University Press. ISBN 978-0-674-03524-9.
Kathleen Raine (1970). William Blake. Oxford University.
George Anthony Rosso Jr. (1993). Blake's Prophetic Workshop: A Study of The Four Zoas. Associated University Presses. ISBN 0-8387-5240-3.
Gholam Reza Sabri-Tabrizi (1973). The ‘Heaven’ and ‘Hell’ of William Blake. New York: International Publishers.
Mark Schorer (1946). William Blake: The Politics of Vision. New York: H. Holt and Co.
Basil de Sélincourt (1909). William Blake. London.
June Singer, The Unholy Bible: Blake, Jung, and the Collective Unconscious (New York: Putnam 1970). Reprinted as: Blake, Jung, and the Collective Unconscious (Nicolas-Hays 1986).
Sheila A. Spector (2001). Wonders Divine: the Development of Blake's Kabbalistic Myth. Bucknell Univ. Pr. ISBN 978-0838754689
Algernon Charles Swinburne, William Blake: A Critical Essay. John Camden Hotten, Piccadilly, London, 2d. ed., 1868.
Arthur Symons, William Blake. A. Constable, London 1907. Reprint: Cooper Square, New York 1970. {Includes documents of contemporaries about Wm. Blake, at 249–433.}
E.P. Thompson (1993). Witness Against the Beast. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-22515-9.
Joseph Viscomi (1993). Blake and the Idea of the Book (Princeton University Press). ISBN 0-691-06962-X.
David Weir (2003). Brahma in the West: William Blake and the Oriental Renaissance (SUNY Press).
Mona Wilson (1927). The Life of William Blake. London: The Nonesuch Press.
Jason Whittaker (1999). William Blake and the Myths of Britain (London: Macmillan).
W. B. Yeats (1903). Ideas of Good and Evil (London and Dublin: A. H. Bullen). {Two essays on Blake at 168–175, 176–225}.
A Comparative Study of Three Anti-Slavery Poems Written by William Blake, Hannah More and Marcus Garvey: Black Stereotyping by Jérémie Kroubo Dagnini for GRAAT On-Line, January 2010.
ALSO:
W. M. Rossetti, ed., Poetical Works of William Blake, (London, 1874)
A. G. B. Russell (1912). Engravings of William Blake.
Blake, William, William Blake's Works in Conventional Typography, edited by G. E. Bentley, Jr., 1984. Facsimile ed., Scholars' : Facsimiles & Reprints, ISBN 978-0-8201-1388-3.

See also[edit]

References[edit]

  1. Jump up ^Frye, Northrop and Denham, Robert D. Collected Works of Northrop Frye. 2006, pp 11–12.
  2. Jump up ^Jones, Jonathan (25 April 2005). "Blake's heaven". The Guardian. UK. 
  3. Jump up ^"BBC – Great Britons – Top 100". Internet Archive. Retrieved 12 April 2013. 
  4. Jump up ^Thomas, Edward. A Literary Pilgrim in England. 1917, p. 3.
  5. Jump up ^Yeats, W. B.The Collected Works of W. B. Yeats. 2007, p. 85.
  6. Jump up ^Wilson, Mona. The Life of William Blake. The Nonesuch Press, 1927. p. 167.
  7. Jump up ^The New York Times Guide to Essential Knowledge. 2004, p. 351.
  8. Jump up ^Blake, William. Blake's "America, a Prophecy"; And, "Europe, a Prophecy". 1984, p. 2.
  9. Jump up ^Kazin, Alfred (1997). "An Introduction to William Blake". Retrieved 23 September 2006. 
  10. Jump up ^Blake, William and Rossetti, William Michael. The Poetical Works of William Blake: Lyrical and Miscellaneous. 1890, p. xi.
  11. Jump up ^Blake, William and Rossetti, William Michael. The Poetical Works of William Blake: Lyrical and Miscellaneous. 1890, p. xiii.
  12. Jump up ^"Blake & London". The Blake Society. Retrieved 18 January 2013. 
  13. Jump up ^poets.org/William Blake, retrieved online 13 June 2008
  14. ^ Jump up to: abcBentley, Gerald Eades and Bentley Jr., G. William Blake: The Critical Heritage. 1995, p. 34-5.
  15. Jump up ^Raine, Kathleen (1970). World of Art: William Blake. Thames & Hudson. ISBN 0-500-20107-2. 
  16. ^ Jump up to: abThe Stranger From Paradise: A Biography of William Blake, Bentley (2001)
  17. Jump up ^43, Blake, Peter Ackroyd, Sinclair-Stevenson, 1995.
  18. Jump up ^Blake, William. The Poems of William Blake. 1893, p. xix.
  19. Jump up ^44, Blake, Ackroyd
  20. Jump up ^Blake, William and Tatham, Frederick. The Letters of William Blake: Together with a Life. 1906, page 7.
  21. Jump up ^E691. All quotations from Blake's writings are from Erdman, David V. The Complete Poetry and Prose of William Blake (2nd ed.). ISBN 0-385-15213-2.  Subsequent references follow the convention of providing plate and line numbers where appropriate, followed by "E" and the page number from Erdman, and correspond to Blake's often unconventional spelling and punctuation.
  22. Jump up ^Bindman, D. "Blake as a Painter" in The Cambridge Companion to William Blake, ed. Morris Eaves. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003, p. 86.
  23. Jump up ^Ackroyd, Peter, Blake, Sinclair-Stevenson, 1995, pp. 69–76.
  24. Jump up ^Gilchrist, A., The Life of William Blake, London, 1842, p. 30.
  25. Jump up ^Erdman, David, Prophet Against Empire, p. 9.
  26. Jump up ^McGann, J. "Did Blake Betray the French Revolution", Presenting Poetry: Composition, Publication, Reception, Cambridge University Press, 1995, p. 128.
  27. Jump up ^"St. Mary's Church Parish website". "St Mary's Modern Stained Glass" 
  28. Jump up ^Reproduction of 1783 edition: Tate Publishing, London, ISBN 978-1-85437-768-5
  29. Jump up ^Ackroyd, Peter, Blake, Sinclair-Stevenson, 1995, p. 96
  30. Jump up ^Biographies of William Blake and Henry Fuseli, retrieved on 31 May 2007.
  31. Jump up ^Viscomi, J. Blake and the Idea of the Book. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1993; Phillips, M. William Blake: The Creation of the Songs, London: The British Library, 2000.
  32. Jump up ^Eaves, Morris. The Counter Arts Conspiracy: Art and Industry in the Age of Blake. Ithaca and London: Cornell University Press, 1992. Pp. 68–9.
  33. Jump up ^Sung, Mei-Ying. William Blake and the Art of Engraving. London: Pickering and Chatto, 2009.
  34. Jump up ^Bentley, G. E, Blake Records, p 341
  35. Jump up ^Gilchrist, Life of William Blake, 1863, p. 316
  36. Jump up ^Schuchard, MK, Why Mrs Blake Cried, Century, 2006, p. 3
  37. Jump up ^Ackroyd, Peter, Blake, Sinclair-Stevenson, 1995, p. 82
  38. Jump up ^Damon, Samuel Foster (1988). A Blake Dictionary
  39. Jump up ^Wright, Thomas. Life of William Blake. 2003, page 131.
  40. Jump up ^The Gothic Life of William Blake: 1757–1827
  41. Jump up ^Lucas, E.V. (1904). Highways and byways in Sussex. Macmillan. ASIN B-0008-5GBS-C. 
  42. Jump up ^Peterfreund, Stuart, The Din of the City in Blake's Prophetic Books, ELH – Volume 64, Number 1, Spring 1997, pp. 99–130
  43. Jump up ^Blunt, Anthony, The Art of William Blake, p 77
  44. Jump up ^Peter Ackroyd, "Genius spurned: Blake's doomed exhibition is back", The Times Saturday Review, 4 April 2009
  45. Jump up ^Lorenz Eitner, ed., Neoclassicism and Romanticism, 1750–1850: An Anthology of Sources and Documents (New York: Harper & Row/Icon Editions, 1989), p. 121.
  46. Jump up ^Bentley, G.E., The Stranger from Paradise, Yale University Press, 2001, pp. 366–367
  47. Jump up ^"BLAKE, WILLIAM (1757–1827) & LINNELL, JOHN (1792–1882)". English Heritage. Retrieved 5 August 2012. 
  48. Jump up ^Bindman, David. "Blake as a Painter" in The Cambridge Companion to William Blake, Morris Eaves (ed.), Cambridge, 2003, p. 106
  49. Jump up ^Blake Records, p. 341
  50. Jump up ^Ackroyd, Blake, 389
  51. Jump up ^Gilchrist, The Life of William Blake, London, 1863, 405
  52. Jump up ^Grigson, Samuel Palmer, p. 38
  53. Jump up ^Ackroyd, Blake, 390
  54. Jump up ^Blake Records, p. 410
  55. Jump up ^Ackroyd, Blake, p. 391
  56. Jump up ^Marsha Keith Schuchard, Why Mrs Blake Cried: Swedenborg, Blake and the Sexual Basis of Spiritual Vision, pp. 1–20
  57. Jump up ^"Friends of Blake homepage". Friends of Blake. Retrieved 31 July 2008. 
  58. Jump up ^"Coming up – William Blake". BBC Inside Out. 9 February 2007. Retrieved 1 August 2008. 
  59. Jump up ^Tate UK. "William Blake's London". Retrieved 26 August 2006. 
  60. Jump up ^Erdman William Blake: Prophet Against Empire p. 228
  61. Jump up ^Marshall, Peter (1 January 1994). William Blake: Visionary Anarchist (Revised ed.). Freedom Press. ISBN 0-900384-77-8. 
  62. Jump up ^The Unholy Bible, June Singer, p. 229.
  63. Jump up ^William Blake, Murry, p. 168.
  64. Jump up ^Tom Hayes, "William Blake's AndrogYnous EGO-Ideal,"ELH, 71(1), 141–165 (2004).
  65. Jump up ^MSU.edu
  66. Jump up ^Poetry Foundation's bio of William Blake
  67. Jump up ^Hamblen, Emily (1995). On the Minor Prophecies of William Blake. Kessinger Publishing. p. 10. Berger, Pierre (1915). William Blake: Poet and Mystic. E. P. Dutton & Company. p. 45. 
  68. Jump up ^Swinburne p. 260
  69. Jump up ^Swinburne, p. 249.
  70. Jump up ^Sheila Rowbotham's Edward Carpenter: A Life of Liberty and Love, p. 135.
  71. Jump up ^Berger pp. 188–190
  72. Jump up ^Berger sees Blake's views as most embodied in the Introduction to the collected version of Songs of Innocence and Experience.
  73. Jump up ^William Blake: a study of his life and art work, by Irene Langridge, p. 11 &131.
  74. Jump up ^Davis, p. 55.
  75. Jump up ^S. Foster Damon William Blake: His Philosophy and Symbols (1924), p. 105.
  76. Jump up ^Wright, p. 57.
  77. Jump up ^Berger, p. 142.
  78. Jump up ^Quoted by Ankarsjö on p. 68 of Bring Me My Arrows of Desire and again in his William Blake and Gender
  79. Jump up ^William Blake and gender (2006) by Magnus Ankarsjö, p. 129.
  80. Jump up ^Ankarsjö, p. 64
  81. Jump up ^David Worrall, "Thel in Africa: William Blake and the Post-colonial, Post-Swedenborgian Female Subject", in The Reception of Blake in the Orient, eds. Steve Clark and Masashi Suzuki. London: Continuum, 2006, pp. 17–29.
  82. Jump up ^See intro to Chapter 4 of Jerusalem.
  83. Jump up ^Berger, p. 112, 284
  84. Jump up ^Morris Eaves, Robert N. Essick, and Joseph Viscomi (ed.). "Europe a Prophecy, copy D, object 1 (Bentley 1, Erdman i, Keynes i) "Europe a Prophecy"". WIlliam Blake Archive. Retrieved 25 September 2013. 
  85. Jump up ^"a personal mythology parallel to the Old Testament and Greek mythology"; Bonnefoy, Yves. Roman and European Mythologies. 1992, p. 265.
  86. Jump up ^"Then comes the question of how he read some of his other essential sources, Ovid's Metamorphosis, for instance, or the Prose Edda, and how he related their symbolism to his own."; Fry, Northrop. "Fearful Symmetry: A Study of William Blake". 1947, p 11.
  87. Jump up ^Damon, Samuel Foster (1988). A Blake Dictionary (Revised Edition). Brown University Press. p. 358. ISBN 0-87451-436-3. 
  88. Jump up ^Makdisi, Saree. William Blake and the Impossible History of the 1790s. 2003, page 226-7.
  89. Jump up ^Altizer, Thomas J. J. The New Apocalypse: The Radical Christian Vision of William Blake. 2000, p. 18.
  90. Jump up ^Blake, Gerald Eades Bentley (1975). William Blake: The Critical Heritage. London: Routledge & K. Paul. p. 30. ISBN 0-7100-8234-7. 
  91. Jump up ^Baker-Smith, Dominic. Between Dream and Nature: Essays on Utopia and Dystopia. 1987, p. 163.
  92. Jump up ^Kaiser, Christopher B. Creational Theology and the History of Physical Science. 1997, p. 328.
  93. Jump up ^*Ackroyd, Peter (1995). Blake. London: Sinclair-Stevenson. p. 285. ISBN 1-85619-278-4. 
  94. Jump up ^Essick, Robert N. (1980). William Blake, Printmaker. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press. p. 248. 
  95. Jump up ^Colebrook, C. Blake 1: The Enlightenment William Blake Retrieved on 1 October 2008
  96. Jump up ^Northrop Frye, Fearful Symmetry: A Study of William Blake, 1947, Princeton University Press
  97. ^ Jump up to: abcBentley, Gerald Eades and Bentley Jr., G. William Blake: The Critical Heritage. 1995, page 36-7.
  98. ^ Jump up to: abLangridge, Irene. William Blake: A Study of His Life and Art Work. 1904, pp. 48–9.
  99. Jump up ^Johnson, John (1823). Memoirs of the Life and Writings of William Haley, ESQ Vol II. London: S. and R. Bentley, Dorset-Street. p. 506. 
  100. Jump up ^John Ezard (6 July 2004). "Blake's vision on show". The Guardian. UK. Retrieved 24 March 2008. 
  101. Jump up ^Cousin, John William (1933). A Short Biographical Dictionary of English literature. Plain Label Books. p. 81. ISBN 1-60303-696-2, 9781603036962Check |isbn= value (help). 
  102. Jump up ^Hazard Adams. Blake and Yeats: The Contrary Vision, Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1955.
  103. Jump up ^Shirley Dent and Jason Whittaker. Radical Blake: Influence and Afterlife from 1827. Houndmills: Palgrave, 2002.
  104. Jump up ^Letter to Nanavutty, 11 Nov 1948, quoted by Hiles, David. Jung, William Blake and our answer to Job 2001. DMU.ac.uk. Retrieved 13 December 2009.
  105. Jump up ^Diana Hume George. Blake and Freud. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1980.
  106. Jump up ^zoamorphosis.com, How much did Jim Morrison know about William Blake Retrieved 16 September 2011
  107. Jump up ^Neil Spencer, The Guardian, October 2000, Into the Mystic,Visions of paradise to words of wisdom... an homage to the written work of William Blake. Retrieved 16 September 2011
  108. Jump up ^Robert Palmer, NY Times, March 1985, The Pop Life Retrieved 16 September 2011
  109. Jump up ^Edward Larrissy. Blake and Modern Literature. Houndmills: Palgrave, 2006. p.1.
  110. Jump up ^Wilson, Mona. The Life of William Blake, 1948, London: Rupert Hart-Davis, page 77.

External links[edit]

Profiles
Archives

'Now they will realise that I am a genius'

$
0
0

 

In 1956 The Outsider made him an overnight sensation, but ever since Colin Wilson has been an outsider himself - a knicker fetishist, a social misfit and the author of 110 books that even his publisher didn't want. He hopes his new autobiography will finally convince the world of his greatness
 
 
This is the first time I have interviewed a self-declared genius, also the first time I have interviewed a self-declared panty fetishist, so Colin Wilson is quite a catch. He has been declaring his genius ever since The Outsider came out in 1956 and he awoke to find himself famous. He wrote it in the Reading Room of the British Museum while living in a sleeping bag on Hampstead Heath. He was a Leicester factory worker's son who had left school at 16 and avoided National Service by claiming to be homosexual. He supported himself in odd jobs while reading seemingly every book ever written, and writing The Outsider, which was hailed as England's answer to Albert Camus.
But he went from literary lion to pariah in less than a year. His immediate crime was too much party-going, too much name-dropping, too much publicity, but his subsequent, much worse, crime was writing too many books - 110 at the latest count - on subjects ranging from serial killers to alien abductions to The Lost City of Atlantis. The critics at first attacked him then ignored him - he has not had a serious review for years. But now, at 73, he has written an autobiography, Dreaming to Some Purpose, of considerable charm. It is jaw-droppingly - one might say cringe-makingly - honest and often unintentionally hilarious.
I particularly enjoyed his account of how, as a panty-fetishist and visiting lecturer at an American university, he contrived to look up his students' skirts with the aid of a glass-bottomed mug. But the story of his struggle to become a writer, and the tenacity with which he stayed one - despite the fact that even his publisher advised him to give up - is heroic and strangely moving.
I go to meet him at his home in Cornwall, where he has lived for almost 50 years. He picks me up from St Austell in his ancient Jaguar and seems like the sort of amiable tweed-jacketed cove you see in glucosamine sulphate ads. But as we tootle along the lanes his con versation became increasingly odd - he periodically throws out the word 'fucker' with extraordinary venom, accompanied by a sly sideways glance to see if I am shocked. The fucker in question was Humphrey Carpenter, who had been to interview him and then betrayed him: 'We got on terribly well, I thought, though I did notice that Humphrey fell asleep when I was explaining what I meant by non-pessimistic existentialism.'
'How awful,' I murmur, resolving to avoid the subject of non-pessimistic existentialism at all costs.
It is a relief to arrive at his bungalow and meet his wife, Joy, who is reassuringly normal, friendly and in no way likely to say 'fucker'. She bustles round making coffee and apologising for the parrot hopping round the room. The room - like the whole bungalow - is so densely encrusted with books you feel you could peel the pebble-dashed walls away and still leave the house standing.
He has never thrown a book away - he reckons he has about 30,000. They are all carefully arranged by subject, then author, and the paperbacks are sent away to be library-bound in plastic. Some sections are stored in sheds in the garden - a crime shed, a UFO shed, a biography shed - and the complete works of Colin Wilson shed. He wants to have another shed in the orchard but Joy is putting her foot down. When he dies, he says, he hopes the bungalow and sheds will be kept as a museum 'because people will probably turn up wanting to see it, like Dylan Thomas's cottage'.
'Although of course,' he adds, seeing my expression, 'it's not inevitable.'
The obvious time to have produced his autobiography would have been in 2006 - the 50th anniversary of The Outsider - but, as always, he was pressed for money, so he did it at the first whiff of a publisher's advance. The virtue of an autobiography, he explains, is that it will enable critics to see how his work is all intertwined. He admits he's written too many books on too many subjects, which has confused people. 'But now people can see there is one central point. William Faulkner in about 1947 let his work be anthologised in The Portable Faulkner and he suddenly became famous, a bestseller, and won the Nobel prize. So my volume of autobiography is The Portable Wilson!'
Hmm. The most engaging part of his book is the factual stuff, about his early struggle to be a writer and his relationship with Joy and their children. Where it drags is when he gets on to his ideas. His philosophy is basically existentialism with non-rational excrescences and characterised by bizarre nomenclature - Faculty X, Upside Downness, Peak Experiences, Right Men, The Dominant Five Per Cent, King Rats. It seems to constitute an attempt to classify human feelings and behaviour as written by a Martian who has never met an Earthling. This is, of course, Wilson's weakness and also, in a way, his charm - he has no understanding of other people whatever. When I ask if he would say he is low in emotional intelligence, he readily agrees: 'That is fair, yes.'
As a child he was so introverted, so uninterested in other people, he might have been diagnosed today with Asperger's syndrome. 'I wouldn't be surprised. I wasn't cut off from other people, but, as I keep saying in The Outsider, other people were the trouble. They kept intruding into my world whether I wanted them to or not, because what they did was to drag me away from the world of ideas and abstractions I wanted to be in. When I was a teenager I was a total romantic escapist. My world was books. I felt as Axel did in the Villiers de L'Isle-Adam play - 'As for living, our servants can do that for us.' But that all changed when I was 16 and discovered Rabelais. Suddenly I had that wonderful feeling - my God, life is good after all!'
In a way, sex was his salvation - he wanted to sleep with girls so was forced to talk to them. And he was lucky in that, at 18, he met a 14-year-old seductress who gave him a considerable sexual education. Then he met his first wife, Betty, and became a father when he was 19. He found to his surprise that he loved being married, but wasn't so keen on fatherhood (he is now - he has four children and five grandchildren - but thinks then he was too young) and never quite saw the point of baby Roderick.
There is an unintentionally funny scene in the autobiography when he decides to spend Christmas Day meditating and is furious when Betty interrupts to ask him to hold the baby. They separated soon afterwards. She reappeared when The Outsider came out, but by then he was in love with Joy. He admits that Betty is 'the one thing that often worries my conscience'.
He met Joy on one of his countless temporary jobs - he was a Christmas shop assistant and she was in charge of the cash registers. He fell for her immediately, partly because she was middle-class. 'I knew I could never bear a girl who talked with a Leicester accent or with any kind of local accent. And when I heard Joy, I thought "Oh marvellous, that's what I want." And when I asked her, "What books have you got on your shelf?" and she said she'd got Yeats and Ulysses, and Proust in French, I thought, "My God, that's the girl I really want!" Betty didn't read at all.'
He thought Joy was unattainable because she was wearing an engagement ring. 'But to my amazement, six weeks later there I was in bed with her. Couldn't get into her, mind - she was a totally impenetrable virgin - but just to lie there kissing and cuddling and feeling her bum through her pants was tremendously exciting. I was absolutely astounded - that was the greatest Peak Experience of my life.'
At this point Joy walks through the room and he tells her amiably: 'I was just saying how difficult it was the first time I got into bed with you.' Joy smiles her sweet smile and says: 'Well I'm just taking the rubbish out.'
He claims to adore women - though he thinks they are as different from men as horses from cows - but also admits to being a devoted panty fetishist. As a boy he used to try on his mother's knickers. He once stole panties from a washing-line: 'I mean, if somebody left her panties behind, certainly I would make use of them. I could masturbate with panties once, whereas now I couldn't masturbate anyway because I don't have the sexual energy but I make love to Joy virtually every day.'
Well that's nice to know. I keep praying Joy won't walk through the room again, but I suppose she must be embarrassment-proof by now. She is everything to him - his only point of contact with the real world. He has few or no close friends, especially now he has given up drinking (after a mini-stroke a year ago) and no longer goes to the pub. He used to have a sort of local fan club who met on Saturdays and produced a newsletter called The Colin Wilson Quarterly, but he no longer attends. Occasionally 'disciples' arrive - there was a girl called Kathy who turned up on the doorstep. 'We had this terrible fortnight when she kept undoing my flies and taking out my prick every time Joy left the room.' But he didn't like to evict her because he was afraid she would commit suicide.
He is exceptionally tolerant of nutters and happy to engage in long correspondence with people who have theories about, say, alien abduction - or with Ian Brady, the Moors murderer, with whom he corresponded for 10 years till Brady dumped him. But ordinary social contact - apart from with his family - seems completely missing from his life. Missing, but not missed. He says that about 10 years ago Joy insisted on going out for a drink on New Year's Eve. 'We finished off drinking champagne at midnight in our local pub and it took me a year to shake off all the people that I'd met!'
He used to say he planned to live to 300 but after his mini-stroke he now says he hopes to make 93, the age at which his hero George Bernard Shaw died. What does he expect his obituaries to say? 'I don't really care. I said at the end of Voyage to a Beginning [his first autobiography, written 40 years ago] that I regarded myself as the most important writer of the 20th century and I'd be a fool if I didn't know it, and a coward if I didn't say it. And I still feel that. With a little luck, the world will agree with me by the time I die.'
Does he think he's had much influence as a philosopher? 'Oh no. None at all. Daphne Du Maurier, who I knew when we first moved here, said to me that everyone who has a great success finds that the next 10 years are very difficult - they have a period when people take no notice of them. And I thought, No, not 10 years, I couldn't bear it! But I've been forgotten for almost 50 years. It's been a bit discouraging but I've learnt to swim against the current. But when I'd done this new autobiography, I looked at it and thought my God, this is a bloody good book! Now they'll see what I'm getting at! Now they'll see the overall view, because everything's in here - this is my life!'

The Outsider (Colin Wilson)

$
0
0

 

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to: navigation, search
The Outsider
The Outsider (Colin Wilson).jpg
1st US edition
AuthorColin Wilson
CountryUnited KingdomUnited Kingdom
LanguageEnglish
SubjectPhilosophy
GenreExistentialism
PublisherGollancz (UK)
Houghton Mifflin (US)
Publication date1956
Media typePrint
Pages302
ISBN0-87477-206-0
Followed byReligion and the Rebel
The Outsider is a non-fiction book by Colin Wilson first published in 1956.[1]
Through the works and lives of various artists – including H. G. Wells (Mind at the End of its Tether), Franz Kafka, Albert Camus, Jean-Paul Sartre, T. S. Eliot, Ernest Hemingway, Harley Granville-Barker (The Secret Life), Hermann Hesse, T. E. Lawrence, Vincent van Gogh, Vaslav Nijinsky, George Bernard Shaw, William Blake, Friedrich Nietzsche, Fyodor Dostoevsky and G. I. Gurdjieff– Wilson explores the psyche of the Outsider, his effect on society, and society's effect on him.
Wilson wrote The Outsider in the Reading Room of the British Museum, and during this period was living in a sleeping bag on Hampstead Heath.[2] He was inspired to send the book to Victor Gollancz of publishers Victor Gollancz Ltd after he found a copy of the publisher's own book A Year of Grace in a second-hand bookshop, which led him to believe that he had found a sympathetic publisher. Gollancz reacted enthusiastically to Wilson and published the book.[3]

Summary[edit]

The book is still published with enthusiastic comments from the likes of Edith Sitwell and Cyril Connolly adorning its cover (Connolly later admitted he hadn't read it)[citation needed]. This reception – of his first book at the age of 24 – was a high critical watermark for Wilson, a reputation that sank as fast as it had rocketed.[4] It is still, however, an insightful work of literary and philosophical criticism – a timeless preoccupation which perhaps garners more mainstream attention than his subsequent writings on the occult and crime[citation needed]. The book is structured in such a way as to mirror the Outsider's[clarification needed] experience: a sense of dislocation, or of being at odds with society. These are figures like Dostoevsky's "Underground-Man" who seem to be lost to despair and non-transcendence with no way out.
More successful – or at least hopeful – characters are then brought to the fore (including the title character from Hermann Hesse’s novel Steppenwolf). These are presented as examples of those who have insightful moments of lucidity in which they feel as though things are worthwhile/meaningful amidst their shared, usual, experience of nihilism and gloom. Sartre's Nausea is herein the key text – and the moment when the hero listens to a song in a cafe which momentarily lifts his spirits is the outlook on life to be normalized. Wilson then engages in some detailed case studies of artists who failed in this task and tries to understand their weakness – which is either intellectual, of the body or of the emotions. The final chapter is Wilson's attempt at a "great synthesis" in which he justifies his belief that western philosophy is afflicted with a needless "pessimistic fallacy"– a narrative he continues throughout his oeuvre under various names (St. Neot Margin for example) and illustrated in several metaphors ("every day is Christmas day").
Blurb from the inside cover of a late 1990s edition of The Outsider: "The Outsider is the seminal work on alienation, creativity and the modern mind-set. First published over thirty years ago, it made its youthful author England's most controversial intellectual. Many of Wilson's critics were angry that a 24-year-old non-academic had put out a piece of work that describes 'human alienation' in populist society so well, even offering up creating one's own religion or reinventing one's spirituality as a solution to one's own malaise. The book is still published in hardback and paperback, is still a staple in many bookstores' sociology section. The book is sometimes shelved in the psychology sections, religion sections as well."

Chapters[edit]

  • The Country of the Blind
  • World Without Values
  • The Romantic Outsider
  • The Attempt To Gain Control
  • The Pain Threshold
  • The Question of Identity
  • The Great Synthesis . . .
  • The Outsider As Visionary
  • Breaking the Circuit

References[edit]

  1. Jump up ^"The Outsider". J.P. Tarcher. Retrieved 22 March 2009. 
  2. Jump up ^Barber, Lynn (30 May 2004). "Colin Wilson: Now they will realise that I am a genius". The Guardian (London). 
  3. Jump up ^The angry years: the rise and fall of the angry young men by Colin Wilson, pps. 15–16 Robson, 2007, ISBN 1-86105-972-8
  4. Jump up ^Wilson, Colin (2005). "Backlash". Dreaming to Some Purpose. Arrow Books. ISBN 0-09-947147-7. 

The research of George W. Meek

$
0
0
 
 


 Founder, Metascience Foundation

by Mark Macy


George Meek
George W. Meek was a retired industrialist who had revolutionized the air-conditioning industry and had made a small fortune on a series of patents. With a commanding presence at six-foot-three, he possessed a powerful intentionality that was apparent whether watching him march straight to the podium for a speech or whether observing him quickly chunk down a complex research project into tasks that he could delegate to his staff. Like all men of good character, George had learned to still that little inner voice that advocates bad choices from day to day, until the voice had become weak and ineffective. He had learned to make the right choices again and again until they had become habit. Over the years his intentionality had shaped a comfortable and pleasant lifestyle for his family. It had also spurred the creation of the Metascience Foundation, Meek’s highly regarded, nonprofit enterprise to analyze the human spirit from a scientific angle.

As he had planned for many years, George retired on his sixtieth birthday to fulfill a life-long dream. He began traveling the world with his wife Jeannette to explore the deepest and richest spiritual truths hidden along the backroads of the Twentieth Century world.

George and Jeannette Meek
Something inside him was driving him to get to the bottom of life’s mysteries. He organized and funded research teams of medical doctors and scientists to travel to the forests of Southeast Asia, to crowded hospitals in China, and elsewhere in the world to observe such phenomena as energy healing and the use of acupuncture as a sole painkiller during major surgery.

 

Filipino healer Josefina Sisson

This is one of the pictures George brought back from his many trips to observe spiritual healing and other phenomena around the world. Here, George captured on film a red-orange blast of healing energy released from the fingers of healer Josefina Sisson, who was living among the rice fields in the Philippines. The patient had come from the outback of Australia to be healed by Ms Sisson. George's five-man team of specialists observed the healing, and although they didn't see any such blast of healing light during the session, it was captured in the emulsion of the photographic film in George's camera.

George was intrigued by the life energies that bristled and surged below the surface of our physical world, beyond the range of our five physical senses… and for the most part beyond the range of our scientific and technical instruments.

Psychic energy fields at a Christmas party
George knew that these invisible energies played a major part in our lives and in our world, but most people didn't even know they existed. Even science didn't acknowledge their existence, and that made George uncomfortable. He committed himself to proving the existence of life energies—of spiritual reality—to a skeptical world. Over the years he collected many pictures such as the one at the left, taken at a Christmas party in Connecticut attended by many mediumistic people so that the air was charged by psychic energy fields.

The Meeks moved to Franklin, North Carolina, from Fort Myers, Florida, in the 1980s. George purchased a large tract of land on the side of a forested hill and developed it into a small housing subdivision. He dreamed that the research of his Metascience Foundation would burgeon in the coming years, and the cozy neighborhood would become a thriving community inhabited by his staff of scientists, spiritual adepts, engineers and researchers, all collaborating to uncover the mysteries of the human spirit.
George and Jeannette continued their world travels together, and whenever they returned home from those trips, George would spend a lot of time in his lab doing experiments, for example capturing on film spiritual energies emanating from his physical body, or observing how his emotions could affect the growth of plants. The results of his plant experiments were especially fascinating. Plants which he lavished with love would flourish. Other plants were not so lucky. Early in their growth cycle he would threaten them with angry shouts while holding a hissing blowtorch menacingly in the air above his head. Those plants would grow weak and small.
The basement of his house was converted into an office and lab. The picture below shows a darkroom in the corner of his lab which George used for special photographic experiments. Here, the incandescent lights in the lab show the equipment set up for the special experiments.

George's special lab for
photographic experiments
George had a large custom made 18A ratten light filter which would fit over the fluorescent light fixture in the ceiling, so when the incandescent lights were turned off and the filtered fluorescent lighting was turned on, light between 400 and 700 nanometers in bandwidth could not enter the lab. Since that light is the range of human vision, the room appeared dark to anyone standing in it. For one series of experiments, George mounted a 35mm Minolta camera on a tripod. The camera had an attached film magazine loaded with a large roll of 400 ASA Fuji color print film. The camera took 100 pictures in rapid succession while George sat in the chair in the "dark."

 

George's first OBE captured on film
During one sitting, all the frames came out dark except the one at the left, in which the camera captured a spontaneous out-of-body experience (OBE). George's astral body had left his physical body and could be seen attached to him by the etheric cord. If you look closely, you can see that George's body is partially transparent as the result of the special lighting and the projection of his energy body.


During another sitting, again, all frames came out dark except one, in which George's astral body was again captured on film, this time in a more spectacular fashion, again with the silver cord attaching the two bodies. George's physical body was almost completely transparent. In the two pictures below, the first shows a normal print made from the original negative. For the second print, less light was used to expose the photographic paper, so you can see the astral body in more detail, and the physical body almost disappears completely.
 

George's second OBE captured on film
Meek spent many hours in his large basement office piecing together roadmaps of the spirit worlds from the vast knowledge he had gained from his research. He had discovered that the actual locations of Heaven and Hell were not somewhere out there in distant space nor hidden away deep inside the Earth, but right here, all around us. He knew that mystics over the centuries have had an intimate knowledge of the fact that many universes interpenetrate our own physical universe, but they didn’t know how to explain it to the world; humanity until now had always lacked the technological background to understand how this interpenetration worked. Mystics would say simply that the path to God and higher spirit lies within, which makes no sense to most people, who would argue that the path within leads only to organs and tissues, blood and bones. Now George could employ our understanding of radio technologies and electromagnetic energies to explain the true location of the spirit worlds in a way that human beings alive today could easily understand.
I met George Meek in 1991 and had this discussion with him in his living room in Franklin.
"Now, you know this room is filled with radio signals, right?" George quizzed me.
"Of course," I muttered. Just about everyone was aware nowadays that wherever you went in the world, hundreds of radio stations in the region were constantly broadcasting hundreds of radio signals through large transmitting antennas, and the signals in the form of vibrating energy were filling the air, getting all jumbled together, and passing through houses, trees, and other solid structures.
"And you know that each signal remains distinct by its frequency. That’s why this radio can tune separately to each signal," he added, pointing to the clock radio on the table beside him.
"That’s right."
"Well, all the spiritual universes—and there are hundreds of them—they’re all sharing this space with our physical universe, like radio signals sharing this room."
I nodded silently, not wishing to interrupt.
In a similar way, he explained, all the universes are "broadcast" by a central source which religions typically call "God" or "Allah" or "Yahweh" or "Brahman." These universes are all jumbled together in the same space as they are sent out by God, yet each universe remains distinct by its frequency or rate of vibration. The frequencies of the spirit worlds are much finer than the energies we are familiar with here on Earth, such as electricity, radio signals, and light. Most of these spirit-world energies are imperceptible not only by our physical senses, but also by modern scientific equipment.

The worlds of spirit, according to George Meek

"Hence Jesus’s passage in the Bible, ‘My Father’s house has many mansions,’" George continued. "I learned about these interpenetrating worlds about thirty years ago. My first thought was, if we can use a radio to tune into each radio signal, maybe we could find a device that would let us tune into the spirit worlds and talk to their inhabitants." That thinking led to Meek's best-known invention.
In 1979, he and his colleague Bill O'Neil developed the Spiricom device, a set of 13 tone generators spanning the range of the adult male voice. O'Neil was psychically gifted, and he collaborated with his spirit friends while developing the large radio-like apparatus, which gave off a droning buzz that filled the room. When O'Neil spoke in its presence, you could hear his voice getting wrapped up in the buzzing noises of the Spiricom machine. He worked on the machine for months, and then a most amazing thing happened. Another voice began to get wrapped up in the radio sounds too—a voice belonging to someone who was present in the room, but invisible. The voice of a spirit.
The spirit collaborator soon identified himself as Dr George Jeffries Mueller, a college physics teacher who had died in 1967 and had now come close to the vibration of the Earth to assist Meek and O'Neil in opening a communication bridge between the two worlds. O'Neil and Mueller went on to record more than 20 hours of dialog between 1979 and 1982. 
In one dialog, Doc Mueller was giving O’Neil technical advice on how to improve the Spiricom equipment: "William, I think the problem is an impedance mismatch into that third transistor."

O’Neil replied slowly, as though studying the circuitry. "Third transistor."
"Yes, the transistor that follows the input."

"I don’t understand," replied O’Neil.

"The pre-amp, the pre-amp!"Doc Mueller stated emphatically.
"Oh, the pre-amp."
"Yes, I think that can be corrected by introducing a one-hundred-fifty-ohm, half-watt resistor in parallel with a point-double-oh-four-seven microfarad ceramic capacitor. I think we can overcome that impedance mismatch."

Obviously baffled, O’Neil lamented, "Oh boy, I’ll have to get the schematics."
click to enlarge

Bill O'Neil and the Spiricom device

In the winter of 1988 George Meek and physicist Ernst Senkowski of Germany, both in their seventies, traveled to Luxembourg to visit the miracles being reported from the home of Maggy and Jules Harsch-Fischbach, who claimed to be enjoying long, clear dialogs with spirit friends through their radios. As the two elderly researchers entered the small flat, the couple told them they would be using a TV for experiments for the first time, and it would be an old TV that once had belonged to Jules’s grandfather, even though it had been sitting on a shelf in the closet for years, collecting dust.
The spirit team had suggested they use that TV and a video camera during Meek’s visit. Jules and Maggy at first had been incredulous. The TV had no antenna and didn’t function at all. The couple didn’t own a video camera, couldn’t afford to buy one, and wouldn’t know how to use it anyway. Still, Timestream had told them to acquire a video camera, so they had borrowed money from the bank and bought one the day before the two researchers arrived.
Under the circumstances, by all rational thought, the couple should have been skeptical about getting any results with their visitors present that day, but they were accustomed to the miracles which their spirit friends were able to accomplish. They had come to realize that almost anything is possible if you keep your mind and heart open, have faith, and tap into the finer spiritual forces.
The TV was plugged into the wall current, and when Jules turned it on, it worked. A screen full of "snow," or static, appeared. The video camera was pointed at the TV. Moments after it was turned on, a three-second sequence of images flashed by on the screen: Mountains, a forest, a building, and most impressive, a couple walking hip-deep out into a lake or ocean—holding hands, then releasing hands, then joining hands again. A high-pitched voice, which Maggy said was the voice of an ethereal being, broke through the TV static to announce the end of this successful experiment—the transmission of pictures "live" from the astral realm.
The exciting events of that day led to a close friendship between George Meek and the Harsch-Fischbach couple.
Jeannette Meek died in the spring of 1990, and George soon received a letter from her, via computer, which she had sent from her new home in the spirit worlds. The letter was sent to our world by the Timestream spirit group, a collaboration of hundreds of dedicated people in spirit working hard to open communication channels with the Earth, and they delivered it through the Harsch-Fischbach computer in Luxembourg while George was home in North Carolina. Jeannette told George she missed him and awaited his arrival in the coming years, but emphasized that there was no hurry. Life there was absolutely beautiful, and she had much to keep her busy. It seemed that she had just arrived, and she was already acting as a guardian angel of kindness for victims of war—men, women and children who were coming across the veil in terror from the Persian Gulf Crisis. Jeannette’s job was to calm them and get them settled into their new lives. This was not just channeled information; it was the result of objective reports from a woman who had died, then found a way to deliver clear, unfiltered messages to her husband through a computer on Earth.
Within a year, Timestream sent a picture of Jeannette in the higher or subtler reaches of the astral realm. She was posing in a stunning landscape, along with their daughter Nancy Carol, who had died at the age of two weeks and was reunited with Jeannette shortly after Jeannette's death. Also in the picture was the film producer Hal Roach.

Jeannette sends a picture of herself in the spirit worlds

George himself died in the winter of 1999, after circling the globe many times, acquiring undeniable proof of afterlife, and writing two pioneering books that opened up new markets and blazed the way for a new breed of writers on spiritual matters. George Meek’s two break-out books were Healers and the Healing Process, published in the 1970s, and After We Die, What Then?, published in the 1980s.

 You are visiting our website: Wrld ITC.org       To reach our homepage click here please.

Sister Blog to Thoughts, and Visions...Esoteric Other Worlds

Journal of Consciousness Studies

$
0
0
  Blogger Ref Link http://www.p2pfoundation.net/Multi-Dimensional_Science










Journal of Consciousness Studies


For current TOCs/Abstracts, use our Ingenta site


Journal of Consciousness Studies


  • How does the mind relate to the brain?
  • Can computers ever be conscious?
  • What do we mean by subjectivity and the self?
  • These questions are being keenly debated in fields as diverse as cognitive science, neurophysiology and philosophy. JCS is a peer-reviewed journal which examines these issues in plain EnglishSPECIAL SUBSCRIPTION OFFER
    Full text also available from:

    ContentsEditorsFull TextSubscriptionsAuthorsReviewsOnlineBooks


    Critical Reviews

    The complete text from which these are extracted is available.
  • "Do we need this journal? . . . Yes, we do: there is no other journal quite like it, and one day we shall, I think, look back to its appearance as a defining moment . . . and at the price, it's a snip!"Jeffrey Gray, Nature
  • "With JCS, consciousness studies has arrived."

  • Susan Greefield, Times Higher Education Supplement
  • "There is a need for a journal that will publish high-quality work on consciousness while being at the same time less tied down by rigid views as to the suitability of material than most journals. One hopes that the promise of this first issue will be fulfilled."

  • Brian Josephson, Times Higher Education Supplement.
  • "It is pleasant that we are promised discussions in the humanities as well as in science, with papers on culture and on the philosophy of mind slated for future issues. It will continue to have something for everybody."

  • David Chalmers, Times Literary Supplement.
  • "A volatile mixture of refereed articles, interviews and conference reports from all camps (reductionist to mystical) in one of the most exciting areas of research and theory-making."

  • Gene Feder, The Lancet.
  • "Its advisory board is a roll-call of the biggest names in consciousness publishing."

  • John Cornwell, The Tablet.
  • "You guys have a marvelous magazine. You publish a lot of things that would not be published in routine philosophical and scientific journals, and that seems to me exactly right at our present state of the investigation of consciousness. We don't know how it works and we need to try all kinds of different ideas."

  • John Searle (Interview with Anthony Freeman).
  • "In my forty years of experimental research and commentary in the area of conscious experience, I have not encountered a journal as uniquely helpful and stimulating as the JCS. If I had to choose only one journal to read on the topic of consciousness, the JCS would be it."

  • Benjamin Libet
    "There is clearly a need -- or a demand -- for an interdisciplinary journal devoted to the subject, and in its first five years the Journal of Consciousness Studies has done an admirable job of meeting the need. Though focused on just one topic, it has the widest range of contributors of any academic journal I have read"
    Ray MonkTimes Higher Education Supplement (February 12, 1999)


    A New Multi-Disciplinary Subject?

    See also Editorial: The Future of Consciousness Studies
    Over the last few years, research into consciousness has at last become accepted within the academic community. As John Searle puts it, raising the subject of consciousness in cognitive science discussions is no longer considered to be ``bad taste'', causing graduate students to ``roll their eyes at the ceiling and assume expressions of mild disgust.''
    But why are we interested in consciousness? Most people are interested not just because of the academic and interdisciplinary challenges, but because of their personal experience - we have consciousness, we experience it; perhaps we even think that we ``are'' it. But, if we are to make progress in studying consciousness, we will have to think about it very clearly, and engage in serious constructive dialogues between a variety of viewpoints. And that is the purpose of this journal.
    The field of consciousness studies is at a very early stage, characterized by crude theories, most of which are unlikely to stand the test of time. We prefer a broad, diverse and open conceptualization - including political consciousness, and ecological consciousness (for example in the sense of Bateson's ``ecology of mind''), but we do not wish to define for our authors exactly what any of these terms mean. We seek to provoke a spirited debate by actively seeking serious opposing views, for example from cognitive science, biology and philosophy.
    The Journal of Consciousness Studies covers this broad field by:
    • Presenting serious peer-reviewed scientific and humanistic papers in non-technical language
    • Including philosophical critiques of contemporary research
    • Considering submissions from all disciplines and viewpoints
    • Encouraging a robust and lively debate on the full range of issues involved
    • A good mix of submitted papers and special issues

    Full Text of Selected Articles

    JCS is a traditional printed publication -- most of our subscribers like to read every article and we pride ourselves in the quality of our editing, printing and binding. However we have a thriving email discussion group, jcs-online which is sampled here and have included links to the full text of a representative sample of refereed articles, editorials and reviews from JCS itself:
    Some full text is stored in pdf format, for which you may need to download the free Acrobat reader from Adobe Systems.
    For colour brochure and cumulative contents email sandra@imprint.co.uk

    Transcendentalism

    $
    0
    0


    From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
    Jump to: navigation, search
    Transcendentalism was a religious and philosophical movement that was developed during the late 1820s and 1830s[1] in the Eastern region of the United States as a protest against the general state of spirituality and, in particular, the state of intellectualism at Harvard University and the doctrine of the Unitarian church taught at Harvard Divinity School. Among the transcendentalists' core beliefs was the inherent goodness of both people and nature.
    Transcendentalists believed that society and its institutions—particularly organized religion and political parties—ultimately corrupted the purity of the individual. They had faith that people are at their best when truly "self-reliant" and independent. It is only from such real individuals that true community could be formed.


    History[edit]

    Origins[edit]

    Transcendentalism first arose among New Englandcongregationalists,[2] who differed from orthodox Calvinism on two issues.[2] They rejected predestination, and they emphasized the unity instead of the trinity of God.[2] Following the skepticism of David Hume, the transcendentalists took the stance that empirical proofs of religion were not possible.[2]
    Transcendentalism developed as a reaction against 18th century rationalism, John Locke's philosophy of Sensualism, and the predestinationism of New England Calvinism. It is fundamentally composed of a variety of diverse sources, including Hindu texts like the Vedas, the Upanishads and the Bhagavad Gita,[3] various religions, and German idealism.[4]

    Emerson's Nature[edit]

    The publication of Ralph Waldo Emerson's 1836 essay Nature is usually considered the watershed moment at which transcendentalism became a major cultural movement. Emerson wrote in his 1837 speech "The American Scholar": "We will walk on our own feet; we will work with our own hands; we will speak our own minds... A nation of men will for the first time exist, because each believes himself inspired by the Divine Soul which also inspires all men." Emerson closed the essay by calling for a revolution in human consciousness to emerge from the brand new idealist philosophy:
    So shall we come to look at the world with new eyes. It shall answer the endless inquiry of the intellect, — What is truth? and of the affections, — What is good? by yielding itself passive to the educated Will. ...Build, therefore, your own world. As fast as you conform your life to the pure idea in your mind, that will unfold its great proportions. A correspondent revolution in things will attend the influx of the spirit.

    The Transcendental Club[edit]

    In the same year, transcendentalism became a coherent movement with the founding of the Transcendental Club in Cambridge, Massachusetts, on September 8, 1836, by prominent New England intellectuals including George Putnam (1807–78; the Unitarian minister in Roxbury),[5] Ralph Waldo Emerson, and Frederic Henry Hedge. From 1840, the group published frequently in their journal The Dial, along with other venues.

    Second wave of transcendentalists[edit]

    By the late 1840s, Emerson believed the movement was dying out, and even more so after the death of Margaret Fuller in 1850. "All that can be said", Emerson wrote, "is that she represents an interesting hour and group in American cultivation".[6] There was, however, a second wave of transcendentalists, including Moncure Conway, Octavius Brooks Frothingham, Samuel Longfellow and Franklin Benjamin Sanborn.[7] Notably, the transgression of the spirit, most often evoked by the poet's prosaic voice, is said to endow in the reader a sense of purposefulness. This is the underlying theme in the majority of transcendentalist essays and papers—all of which are centered on subjects which assert a love for individual expression.[8]

    Beliefs[edit]

    Transcendentalists were strong believers in the power of the individual and divine messages. Their beliefs are closely linked with those of the Romantics.

    Transcendental knowledge[edit]

    The transcendentalists desired to ground their religion and philosophy in transcendental principles: principles not based on, or falsifiable by, physical experience, but deriving from the inner spiritual or mental essence of the human.[citation needed]
    It was rooted in English and German Romanticism, the Biblical criticism of Herder and Schleiermacher, and the skepticism of Hume,[2] and the transcendental philosophy of Immanuel Kant (and of German Idealism more generally), interpreting Kant's a priori categories as a priori knowledge.[citation needed] The transcendentalists were largely unacquainted with German philosophy in the original, and relied primarily on the writings of Thomas Carlyle, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Victor Cousin, Germaine de Staël, and other English and French commentators for their knowledge of it.
    In contrast, they were intimately familiar with the English Romantics, and the transcendental movement may be partially described as a slightly later American outgrowth of Romanticism. Another major influence was the mystical spiritualism of Emanuel Swedenborg.

    Individualism[edit]

    Transcendentalists believed that society and its institutions—particularly organized religion and political parties—ultimately corrupted the purity of the individual. They had faith that people are at their best when truly "self-reliant" and independent. It is only from such real individuals that true community could be formed.

    Asian religions[edit]

    Transcendentalism has been influenced by Asian religions.[9][3][note 1] Thoreau in Walden spoke of the Transcendentalists' debt to Indian religions directly:
    In the morning I bathe my intellect in the stupendous and cosmogonal philosophy of the Bhagavat Geeta, since whose composition years of the gods have elapsed, and in comparison with which our modern world and its literature seem puny and trivial; and I doubt if that philosophy is not to be referred to a previous state of existence, so remote is its sublimity from our conceptions. I lay down the book and go to my well for water, and lo! there I meet the servant of the Brahmin, priest of Brahma, and Vishnu and Indra, who still sits in his temple on the Ganges reading the Vedas, or dwells at the root of a tree with his crust and water-jug. I meet his servant come to draw water for his master, and our buckets as it were grate together in the same well. The pure Walden water is mingled with the sacred water of the Ganges.[10]

    Idealism[edit]

    The transcendentalists varied in their interpretations of the practical aims of will. Some among the group linked it with utopian social change; Brownson connected it with early socialism, while others considered it an exclusively individualist and idealist project. Emerson believed the latter. In his 1842 lecture "The Transcendentalist", Emerson suggested that the goal of a purely transcendental outlook on life was impossible to attain in practice:
    You will see by this sketch that there is no such thing as a transcendental party; that there is no pure transcendentalist; that we know of no one but prophets and heralds of such a philosophy; that all who by strong bias of nature have leaned to the spiritual side in doctrine, have stopped short of their goal. We have had many harbingers and forerunners; but of a purely spiritual life, history has afforded no example. I mean, we have yet no man who has leaned entirely on his character, and eaten angels' food; who, trusting to his sentiments, found life made of miracles; who, working for universal aims, found himself fed, he knew not how; clothed, sheltered, and weaponed, he knew not how, and yet it was done by his own hands. ...Shall we say, then, that transcendentalism is the Saturnalia or excess of Faith; the presentiment of a faith proper to man in his integrity, excessive only when his imperfect obedience hinders the satisfaction of his wish.

    Influence on other movements[edit]

    Part of a series on
    New Thought
    Religion portal
    Transcendentalism was in many aspects the first notable American intellectual movement. It certainly was the first to inspire succeeding generations of American intellectuals, as well as a number of literary monuments.[11]
    The movement directly influenced the growing movement of "Mental Sciences" of the mid-19th century, which would later become known as the New Thought movement. New Thought considers Emerson its intellectual father.[12]Emma Curtis Hopkins"the teacher of teachers", Ernest Holmes, founder of Religious Science, the Fillmores, founders of Unity, and Malinda Cramer and Nona L. Brooks, the founders of Divine Science, were all greatly influenced by Transcendentalism.[13]
    In the 19th century, under the influence of Ralph Waldo Emerson (who had been a Unitarian minister)[14] and other transcendentalists, Unitarianism began its long journey from liberal Protestantism to its present more pluralist form.[citation needed]
    Transcendentalism also influenced Hinduism. Ram Mohan Roy (1772-1833), the founder of the Brahmo Samaj, rejected Hindu mythology, but also the Christian trinity.[15] He found that Unitarianism came closest to true Christianity,[15] and had a strong sympathy for the Unitarians,[16] who were closely connected to the Transcendentalists.[9] Ram Mohan Roy founded a missionary committee in Calcutta, and in 1828 asked for support for missionary activities from the American Unitarians.[17] By 1829, Roy had abandoned the Unitarian Committee,[18] but after Roy's death, the Brahmo Samaj kept close ties to the Unitarian Church,[19] who strived towards a rational faith, social reform, and the joining of these two in a renewed religion.[16] Its theology was called "neo-Vedanta" by Christian commentators,[20][21] and has been highly influential in the modern popular understanding of Hinduism,[22] but also of modern western spirituality, which re-imported the Unitarian influences in the disguise of the seemingly age-old Neo-Vedanta.[22][23][24]

    Major figures[edit]

    The major figures in the movement were Ralph Waldo Emerson, Henry David Thoreau, John Muir, Margaret Fuller and Amos Bronson Alcott. Other prominent transcendentalists included Louisa May Alcott, Charles Timothy Brooks, Orestes Brownson, William Ellery Channing, William Henry Channing, James Freeman Clarke, Christopher Pearse Cranch, Walt Whitman, John Sullivan Dwight, Convers Francis, William Henry Furness, Frederic Henry Hedge, Sylvester Judd, Theodore Parker, Elizabeth Palmer Peabody, George Ripley, Thomas Treadwell Stone, Emily Dickinson, and Jones Very.[25]

    Criticism[edit]

    Early in the movement's history, the term "Transcendentalists" was used as a pejorative term by critics, who were suggesting their position was beyond sanity and reason.[26]
    Nathaniel Hawthorne wrote a novel, The Blithedale Romance (1852), satirizing the movement, and based it on his experiences at Brook Farm, a short-lived utopian community founded on transcendental principles.[27]Edgar Allan Poe wrote a story, "Never Bet the Devil Your Head", in which he embedded elements of deep dislike for transcendentalism, calling its followers "Frogpondians" after the pond on Boston Common.[28] The narrator ridiculed their writings by calling them "metaphor-run" lapsing into "mysticism for mysticism's sake".[29] and called it a "disease." The story specifically mentions the movement and its flagship journal The Dial, though Poe denied that he had any specific targets.[30]
    In Poe's essay "The Philosophy of Composition" he offers criticism denouncing "the excess of the suggested meaning... which turns into prose (and that of the very flattest kind) the so-called poetry of the so-called transcendentalists."[31]

    Other meanings[edit]

    Transcendental idealism[edit]

    The term "transcendentalism" sometimes serves as shorthand for transcendental idealism, which is the philosophy of Immanuel Kant and later Kantian and German Idealist philosophers. Immanuel Kant had called "all knowledge transcendental which is concerned not with objects but with our mode of knowing objects."[32]

    Transcendental theology[edit]

    Another alternative meaning for "transcendentalism" is the classical philosophy that God transcends the manifest world. As John Scotus Erigena put it to Frankish king Charles the Bald in the year 840 AD,
    We know not what God is. God himself doesn't know what He is because He is not anything. Literally God is not, because He transcends being.

    See also[edit]

    Notes[edit]

    1. Jump up ^Versluis: "In American Transcendentalism and Asian religions, I detailed the immense impact that the Euro-American discovery of Asian religions had not only on European Romanticism, but above all, on American Transcendentalism. There I argued that the Transcendentalists' discovery of the Bhagavad Gita, the Vedas, the Upanishads, and other world scriptures was critical in the entire movement, pivotal not only for the well-known figures like Emerson and Thoreau, but also for lesser known figures like Samuel Johnson and William Rounsville Alger. That Transcendentalism emerged out of this new knowledge of the world's religious tarditions I have no doubt."[3]

    References[edit]

    1. Jump up ^Finseth, Ian. "American Transcendentalism". Excerpted from "Liquid Fire Within Me": Language, Self and Society in Transcendentalism and Early Evangelicalism, 1820-1860, - M.A. Thesis, 1995. Retrieved 18 April 2013. 
    2. ^ Jump up to: abcdeStanford Encyclopdeia of Philosophy, Transcendentalism
    3. ^ Jump up to: abcVersluis 2001, p. 3.
    4. Jump up ^"Transcendentalism".The Oxford Companion to American Literature. James D. Hart ed.Oxford University Press, 1995. Oxford Reference Online. Web. 24 Oct.2011
    5. Jump up ^"George Putnam", Heralds, Harvard Square Library .
    6. Jump up ^Rose, Anne C (1981), Transcendentalism as a Social Movement, 1830–1850, New Haven, CT: Yale University Press, p. 208, ISBN 0-300-02587-4 .
    7. Jump up ^Gura, Philip F (2007), American Transcendentalism: A History, New York: Hill and Wang, p. 8, ISBN 0-8090-3477-8 .
    8. Jump up ^Stevenson,Martin K. "Empirical Analysis of the American Transcendental movement". New York, NY: Penguin, 2012:303.
    9. ^ Jump up to: abVersluis 1993.
    10. Jump up ^Thoreau, Henry David. Walden. Boston: Ticknor&Fields, 1854.p.279. Print.
    11. Jump up ^Coviello, Peter. "Transcendentalism"The Oxford Encyclopedia of American Literature. Oxford University Press, 2004. Oxford Reference Online. Web. 23 Oct. 2011
    12. Jump up ^"New Thought", MSN Encarta, Microsoft, retrieved Nov 16, 2007 .
    13. Jump up ^INTA New Thought History Chart, Websyte .
    14. Jump up ^Ralph Waldo Emerson. Harvardsquarelibrary.org. Retrieved on 2010-09-29.
    15. ^ Jump up to: abHarris 2009, p. 268.
    16. ^ Jump up to: abKipf 1979, p. 3.
    17. Jump up ^Kipf 1979, p. 7-8.
    18. Jump up ^Kipf 1979, p. 15.
    19. Jump up ^Harris 2009, p. 268-269.
    20. Jump up ^Halbfass 1995, p. 9.
    21. Jump up ^Rinehart 2004, p. 192.
    22. ^ Jump up to: abKing 2002.
    23. Jump up ^Sharf 1995-B.
    24. Jump up ^Sharf 2000.
    25. Jump up ^Gura, Philip F. American Transcendentalism: A History. New York: Hill and Wang, 2007: 7–8. ISBN 0-8090-3477-8
    26. Jump up ^Loving, Jerome (1999), Walt Whitman: The Song of Himself, University of California Press, p. 185, ISBN 0-520-22687-9 .
    27. Jump up ^McFarland, Philip (2004), Hawthorne in Concord, New York: Grove Press, p. 149, ISBN 0-8021-1776-7 .
    28. Jump up ^Royot, Daniel (2002), "Poe's humor", in Hayes, Kevin J, The Cambridge Companion to Edgar Allan Poe, Cambridge University Press, pp. 61–2, ISBN 0-521-79727-6 .
    29. Jump up ^Ljunquist, Kent (2002), "The poet as critic", in Hayes, Kevin J, The Cambridge Companion to Edgar Allan Poe, Cambridge University Press, p. 15, ISBN 0-521-79727-6 
    30. Jump up ^Sova, Dawn B (2001), Edgar Allan Poe: A to Z, New York: Checkmark Books, p. 170, ISBN 0-8160-4161-X .
    31. Jump up ^Baym, Nina, ed. (2007), The Norton Anthology of American LiteratureB (6th ed.), New York: Norton .
    32. Jump up ^Kant, Immanual. Critique of practical reason. Trans. T.K. Abbott. Amherst, N.Y:Prometheus, 1996, p.25.Print.

    Sources[edit]

    Further reading[edit]

    • Dillard, Daniel, “The American Transcendentalists: A Religious Historiography,” 49th Parallel (Birmingham, England), 28 (Spring 2012), online
    • Gura, Philip F. American Transcendentalism: A History (2007)
    • Rose, Anne C. Transcendentalism as a Social Movement, 1830–1850 (Yale University Press, 1981)
    • Versluis, Arthur (2001), The Esoteric Origins of the American Renaissance, Oxford University Press 

    External links[edit]

    Topic sites
    Encyclopediae

    Magic (paranormal)

    $
    0
    0


    From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
    Jump to: navigation, search
    Magic or sorcery is an attempt to understand, experience and influence the world using rituals, symbols, actions, gestures and language.[1][2][3][4] Modern Western magicians generally state magic's primary purpose to be personal spiritual growth.[5] Modern theories of magic may see it as the result of a universal sympathy where some act can produce a result somewhere else, or as a collaboration with spirits who cause the effect.[6]
    The belief in and the practice of magic has been present since the earliest human cultures and continues to have an important religious and medicinal role in many cultures today.[7][8] Magic is often viewed with suspicion by the wider community, and is sometimes practiced in isolation and secrecy.[4]
    The concept of magic as a category separate from religion first appeared in Judaism, which derided as magic the practices of pagan worship designed to appease and receive benefits from gods other than Yahweh.[2] Hanegraaff argues that magic is in fact "...a largely polemical concept that has been used by various religious interest groups either to describe their own religious beliefs and practices or – more frequently – to discredit those of others".[3]


    Etymology[edit]

    The word "magic" derives via Latin magicus from the Greek adjective magikos (μαγικός) used in reference to the "magical" arts of the PersianMagicians (Greek: magoi, singular mágos, μάγος), the Zoroastrian astrologer priests of the ancient Persian Empire. Greek mágos is first attested in Heraclitus (6th century BC, apud. ClementProtrepticus 12) who curses the Magians and others for their "impious rites".
    Likewise, sorcery was taken in ca. 1300 from Old French sorcerie, which is from Vulgar Latin*sortiarius, from sors"fate", apparently meaning "one who influences fate".

    Common features of magical practice[edit]

    Rituals[edit]

    Magical rituals are the precisely defined actions (including speech) used to work magic. Bronisław Malinowski describes ritual language as possessing a high "coefficient of weirdness", by which he means that the language used in ritual is archaic and out of the ordinary, which helps foster the proper mindset to believe in the ritual.[9] S. J. Tambiah notes, however, that even if the power of the ritual is said to reside in the words, "the words only become effective if uttered in a very special context of other action."[10] These other actions typically consist of gestures, possibly performed with special objects at a particular place or time. Object, location, and performer may require purification beforehand. This caveat draws a parallel to the felicity conditions J. L. Austin requires of performative utterances.[11] By "performativity" Austin means that the ritual act itself achieves the stated goal. For example, a wedding ceremony can be understood as a ritual, and only by properly performing the ritual does the marriage occur. Émile Durkheim stresses the importance of rituals as a tool to achieve "collective effervescence", which serves to help unify society. On the other hand, some psychologists compare such rituals to obsessive-compulsive rituals, noting that attentional focus falls on the lower level representation of simple gestures.[12] This results in goal demotion, as the ritual places more emphasis on performing the ritual just right than on the connection between the ritual and the goal.

    Magical symbols[edit]

    Helm of Awe (ægishjálmr) - magical symbol worn by Vikings for invincibility. Modern day use by Ásatrú followers for protection.
    Magic often utilizes symbols that are thought to be intrinsically efficacious. Anthropologists, such as Sir James Frazer (1854–1938), have characterized the implementation of symbols into two primary categories: the "principle of similarity", and the "principle of contagion." Frazer further categorized these principles as falling under "sympathetic magic", and "contagious magic." Frazer asserted that these concepts were "general or generic laws of thought, which were misapplied in magic."[13]

    Principle of similarity[edit]

    The principle of similarity, also known as the "association of ideas", which falls under the category of sympathetic magic, is the thought that if a certain result follows a certain action, then that action must be responsible for the result. Therefore, if one is to perform this action again, the same result can again be expected. One classic example of this mode of thought is that of the rooster and the sunrise. When a rooster crows, it is a response to the rising of the sun. Based on sympathetic magic, one might interpret these series of events differently. The law of similarity would suggest that since the sunrise follows the crowing of the rooster, the rooster must have caused the sun to rise.[14]Causality is inferred where it might not otherwise have been. Therefore, a practitioner might believe that if he is able to cause the rooster to crow, he will be able to control the timing of the sunrise. Another use of the principle of similarity is the construction and manipulation of representations of some target to be affected (e.g. voodoo dolls), believed to bring about a corresponding effect on the target (e.g. breaking a limb of a doll will bring about an injury in the corresponding limb of someone depicted by the doll).

    Principle of contagion[edit]

    Another primary type of magical thinking includes the principle of contagion. This principle suggests that once two objects come into contact with each other, they will continue to affect each other even after the contact between them has been broken. One example that Tambiah gives is related to adoption. Among some American Indians, for example, when a child is adopted his or her adoptive mother will pull the child through some of her clothes, symbolically representing the birth process and thereby associating the child with herself.[15] Therefore, the child emotionally becomes hers even though their relationship is not biological. As Claude Lévi-Strauss would put it: the birth "would consist, therefore, in making explicit a situation originally existing on the emotional level and in rendering acceptable to the mind pains which the body refuses to tolerate...the woman believes in the myth and belongs to a society which believes in it."[16]
    Symbols, for many cultures that use magic, are seen as a type of technology. Natives might use symbols and symbolic actions to bring about change and improvements, much like Western cultures might use advanced irrigation techniques to promote soil fertility and crop growth. Michael Brown discusses the use of nantag stones among the Aguaruna as being similar to this type of "technology."[17] These stones are brought into contact with stem cuttings of plants like manioc before they are planted in an effort to promote growth. Nantag are powerful tangible symbols of fertility, so they are brought into contact with crops to transmit their fertility to the plants.
    Others argue that ritualistic actions are merely therapeutic. Tambiah cites the example of a native hitting the ground with a stick. While some may interpret this action as symbolic (i.e. the man is trying to make the ground yield crops through force), others would simply see a man unleashing his frustration at poor crop returns. Ultimately, whether or not an action is symbolic depends upon the context of the situation as well as the ontology of the culture. Many symbolic actions are derived from mythology and unique associations, whereas other ritualistic actions are just simple expressions of emotion and are not intended to enact any type of change.

    Magical language[edit]

    The performance of magic almost always involves the use of language. Whether spoken out loud or unspoken, words are frequently used to access or guide magical power. In "The Magical Power of Words" (1968) S. J. Tambiah argues that the connection between language and magic is due to a belief in the inherent ability of words to influence the universe. Bronisław Malinowski, in Coral Gardens and their Magic (1935), suggests that this belief is an extension of man's basic use of language to describe his surroundings, in which "the knowledge of the right words, appropriate phrases and the more highly developed forms of speech, gives man a power over and above his own limited field of personal action."[18] Magical speech is therefore a ritual act and is of equal or even greater importance to the performance of magic than non-verbal acts.[19]
    Not all speech is considered magical. Only certain words and phrases or words spoken in a specific context are considered to have magical power.[20] Magical language, according to C. K. Ogden and I. A. Richards's (1923) categories of speech, is distinct from scientific language because it is emotive and it converts words into symbols for emotions; whereas in scientific language words are tied to specific meanings and refer to an objective external reality.[21] Magical language is therefore particularly adept at constructing metaphors that establish symbols and link magical rituals to the world.[22]
    Malinowski argues that "the language of magic is sacred, set and used for an entirely different purpose to that of ordinary life."[23] The two forms of language are differentiated through word choice, grammar, style, or by the use of specific phrases or forms:spells, songs, blessings, or chants, for example. Sacred modes of language often employ archaic words and forms in an attempt to invoke the purity or "truth" of a religious or a cultural "golden age". The use of Hebrew in Judaism is an example.[24]
    Another potential source of the power of words is their secrecy and exclusivity. Much sacred language is differentiated enough from common language that it is incomprehensible to the majority of the population and it can only be used and interpreted by specialized practitioners (magicians, priests, shamans, even mullahs).[25][26] In this respect, Tambiah argues that magical languages violate the primary function of language: communication.[27] Yet adherents of magic are still able to use and to value the magical function of words by believing in the inherent power of the words themselves and in the meaning that they must provide for those who do understand them. This leads Tambiah to conclude that "the remarkable disjunction between sacred and profane language which exists as a general fact is not necessarily linked to the need to embody sacred words in an exclusive language."[24]

    Magicians[edit]

    The "Magician" card from a 15th-century tarot deck.
    A magician is any practitioner of magic, even if they are specialists or common practitioners who do not consider themselves to be magicians.[28]
    The possession of magical knowledge alone may be insufficient to grant magical power; often a person must also possess certain magical objects, traits or life experiences in order to be a magician. Among the Azande, for example, in order to question an oracle a man must have both the physical oracle (poison, or a washboard, for example) and knowledge of the words and the rites needed to make the object function.[29]
    A variety of personal traits may be credited with giving magical power, and frequently they are associated with an unusual birth into the world.[30] For example, in 16th century Friuli, babies born with the caul were believed to be benandanti or "Good Walkers" who would battle evil witches in night time battles over the bounty of the next year's crops. They did not particularly think of themselves as witches, though the term was only later applied to them by the Catholic Church as the Italian Inquisition came under way.[31]
    Certain post-birth experiences are also be believed to convey magical power. For example a person's survival of a near-death illness may be taken as evidence of their power as a healer: in Bali a medium's survival is proof of her association with a patron deity and therefore her ability to communicate with other gods and spirits.[32] Initiations are perhaps the most commonly used ceremonies to establish and to differentiate magicians from common people. In these rites the magician's relationship to the supernatural and his entry into a closed professional class is established, often through rituals that simulate death and rebirth into a new life.[33]
    Given the exclusivity of the criteria needed to become a magician, much magic is performed by specialists.[34] Laypeople will likely have some simple magical rituals for everyday living, but in situations of particular importance, especially when health or major life events are concerned, a specialist magician will often be consulted.[35] The powers of both specialist and common magicians are determined by culturally accepted standards of the sources and the breadth of magic. A magician may not simply invent or claim new magic; the magician is only as powerful as his peers believe him to be.[36]
    In different cultures, various types of magicians may be differentiated based on their abilities, their sources of power, and on moral considerations, including divisions into different categories like sorcerer, witch, healer and others.

    Witchcraft[edit]

    In non-scientific societies, perceived magical attack is an idea sometimes employed to explain personal or societal misfortune.[37] In anthropological and historical contexts this is often termed witchcraft or sorcery, and the perceived attackers 'witches' or 'sorcerers'. Their maleficium is often seen as a biological trait or an acquired skill.[38] Known members of the community may be accused as witches, or the witches may be perceived as supernatural, non-human entities.[39] In early modern Europe and Britain such accusations led to the executions of tens of thousands of people, who were seen to be in league with Satan. Those accused of being satanic 'witches' were often practitioners of (usually benign) folk magic,[40] and the English term 'witch' was also sometimes used without its pejorative sense to describe such practitioners.[41]

    Theories[edit]

    Anthropological and psychological origins[edit]

    Definitions of relevant terminology[edit]

    The foremost perspectives on magic in anthropology are functionalist, symbolist and intellectualist. These three perspectives are used to describe how magic works in a society. The functionalist perspective, usually associated with Bronisław Malinowski, maintains that all aspects of society are meaningful and interrelated.[42] In the functionalist perspective, magic performs a latent function in the society. The symbolist perspective researches the subtle meaning in rituals and myths that define a society[43] and deals with questions of theodicy—"why do bad things happen to good people?" Finally the intellectualist perspective, associated with Edward Burnett Tylor and Sir James Frazer, regard magic as logical, but based on a flawed understanding of the world.

    Magical thinking[edit]

    The term 'magical thinking' in anthropology, psychology, and cognitive science refers to causal reasoning often involving associative thinking, such as the ability of the mind to affect the physical world (see the philosophical problem of mental causation) or correlation mistaken for materialist causation. Perceived causal associations between actions or events may derive from symbolic associations such as metaphor, metonym, "As above, so below" from Hermeticism and apparent synchronicity (coincidental magic).

    Psychological theories of magic[edit]

    Psychological theories treat magic as a personal phenomenon intended to meet individual needs, as opposed to a social phenomenon serving a collective purpose. The explanatory power of magic should not be underestimated, however. Both in the past and in the modern world magical belief systems can provide explanations for otherwise difficult or impossible to understand phenomena while providing a spiritual and metaphysical grounding for the individual. Furthermore, as both Brian Feltham and Scott E. Hendrix argue, magical beliefs need not represent a form of irrationality, nor should they be viewed as incompatible with modern views of the world.[44][45]

    Intellectualist perspectives[edit]

    The belief that one can influence supernatural powers, by prayer, sacrifice or invocation goes back to prehistoric religion and is present in early records such as the Egyptian pyramid texts and the Indian Vedas.[46]
    James George Frazer asserted that magical observations are the result of an internal dysfunction: "Men mistook the order of their ideas for the order of nature, and hence imagined that the control which they have, or seem to have, over their thoughts, permitted them to exercise a corresponding control over things."[47]
    Others, such as N. W. Thomas[48] and Sigmund Freud have rejected this explanation. Freud explains that "the associated theory of magic merely explains the paths along which magic proceeds; it does not explain its true essence, namely the misunderstanding which leads it to replace the laws of nature by psychological ones".[49] Freud emphasizes that what led primitive men to come up with magic is the power of wishes: "His wishes are accompanied by a motor impulse, the will, which is later destined to alter the whole face of the earth in order to satisfy his wishes. This motor impulse is at first employed to give a representation of the satisfying situation in such a way that it becomes possible to experience the satisfaction by means of what might be described as motor hallucinations. This kind of representation of a satisfied wish is quite comparable to children's play, which succeeds their earlier purely sensory technique of satisfaction. [...] As time goes on, the psychological accent shifts from the motives for the magical act on to the measures by which it is carried out—that is, on to the act itself. [...] It thus comes to appear as though it is the magical act itself which, owing to its similarity with the desired result, alone determines the occurrence of that result."[50]

    Theories on the relationship of magic, science, art and religion[edit]

    Magic and religion are categories of beliefs and systems of knowledge used within societies. While generally considered distinct categories in western cultures, the interactions, similarities, and differences have been central to the study of magic for many theorists in sociology and anthropology, including Frazer, Mauss, S. J. Tambiah, Malinowski, Michael Nevin and Isabelle Sarginson. From the intellectualist and functionalist perspectives, magic is often considered most analogous to science and technology.

    Marcel Mauss[edit]

    In A General Theory of Magic,[51]Marcel Mauss classifies magic as a social phenomenon, akin to religion and science, but yet a distinct category. In practice, magic bears a strong resemblance to religion. Both use similar types of rites, materials, social roles and relationships to accomplish aims and engender belief. They both operate on similar principles, in particular those of consecration and sanctity of objects and places, interaction with supernatural powers mediated by an expert, employment of symbolism, sacrifice, purification and representation in rites, and the importance of tradition and continuation of knowledge. Magic and religion also share a collective character and totality of belief. The rules and powers of each are determined by the community's ideals and beliefs and so may slowly evolve. Additionally neither supports partial belief. Belief in one aspect of the phenomena necessitates belief in the whole, and each incorporates structural loopholes to accommodate contradictions.
    The distinction Mauss draws between religion and magic is both of sentiment and practice. He portrays magic as an element of pre-modern societies and in many respects an antithesis of religion. Magic is secretive and isolated, and rarely performed publicly in order to protect and to preserve occult knowledge. Religion is predictable and prescribed and is usually performed openly in order to impart knowledge to the community. While these two phenomena do share many ritual forms, Mauss concludes that "a magical rite is any rite that does not play a part in organized cults. It is private, secret, mysterious and approaches the limit of prohibited rite."[4] In practice, magic differs from religion in desired outcome. Religion seeks to satisfy moral and metaphysical ends, while magic is a functional art which often seeks to accomplish tangible results. In this respect magic resembles technology and science. Belief in each is diffuse, universal, and removed from the origin of the practice. Yet, the similarity between these social phenomena is limited, as science is based in experimentation and development, whereas magic is an "a priori belief."[52] Mauss concludes that though magical beliefs and rites are most analogous to religion, magic remains a social phenomenon distinct from religion and science with its own characteristic rules, acts and aims.

    S. J. Tambiah[edit]

    According to Stanley Tambiah, magic, science, and religion all have their own "quality of rationality", and have been influenced by politics and ideology.[53] Tambiah also believes that the perceptions of these three ideas have evolved over time as a result of Western thought. The lines of demarcation between these ideas depend upon the perspective of a variety of anthropologists, but Tambiah has his own opinions regarding magic, science, and religion.
    According to Tambiah, religion is based on an organized community, and it is supposed to encompass all aspects of life. In religion, man is obligated to an outside power and he is supposed to feel piety towards that power. Religion is effective and attractive because it is generally exclusive and strongly personal. Also, because religion affects all aspects of life, it is convenient in the sense that morality and notions of acceptable behavior are imposed by God and the supernatural. Science, on the other hand, suggests a clear divide between nature and the supernatural, making its role far less all-encompassing than that of religion.
    As opposed to religion, Tambiah suggests that mankind has a much more personal control over events. Science, according to Tambiah, is "a system of behavior by which man acquires mastery of the environment."[54] Whereas in religion nature and the supernatural are connected and essentially interchangeable, in science, nature and the supernatural are clearly separate spheres. Also, science is a developed discipline; a logical argument is created and can be challenged. The base of scientific knowledge can be extended, while religion is more concrete and absolute. Magic, the less accepted of the three disciplines in Western society, is an altogether unique idea.
    Tambiah states that magic is a strictly ritualistic action that implements forces and objects outside the realm of the gods and the supernatural. These objects and events are said to be intrinsically efficacious, so that the supernatural is unnecessary. To some, including the Greeks, magic was considered a "proto-science." Magic has other historical importance as well.
    Much of the debate between religion and magic originated during the Protestant Reformation. The Catholic Church was attacked for its doctrine of transubstantiation because it was considered a type of sacramental magic. Furthermore, the possibility of anything happening outside of God's purpose was denied. Spells[55] were viewed as ineffective and blasphemous, because religion required belief in "a conscious agent who could be deflected from this purpose by prayer and supplication."[56] Prayer was the only way to effectively enact positive change. The Protestant Reformation was a significant moment in the history of magical thought because Protestantism provided the impetus for a systematic understanding of the world. In this systematic framework, there was no room for magic and its practices. Besides the Reformation, the Renaissance was an influential epoch in the history of thought concerning magic and science.
    During the Renaissance, magic was less stigmatized even though it was done in secret and therefore considered "occult". Renaissance magic was based on cosmology, and its powers were said to be derived from the stars and the alignment of the planets. Newton himself began his work in mathematics because he wanted to see "whether judicial astrology had any claim to validity."[57]
    The lines of demarcation between science, magic, and religion all have origins dating to times when established thought processes were challenged. The rise of Western thought essentially initiated the differentiation between the three disciplines. Whereas science could be revised and developed through rational thought, magic was seen as less scientific and systematic than science and religion, making it the least respected of the three.

    Bronisław Malinowski[edit]

    In his essay "Magic, Science and Religion", Bronisław Malinowski contends that every person, no matter how primitive, uses both magic and science. To make this distinction he breaks up this category into the "sacred" and the "profane"[58] or "magic/religion" and science. He theorizes that feelings of reverence and awe rely on observation of nature and a dependence on its regularity. This observation and reasoning about nature is a type of science. Magic and science both have definite aims to help "human instincts, needs and pursuits."[59] Both magic and science develop procedures that must be followed to accomplish specific goals. Magic and science are both based on knowledge; magic is knowledge of the self and of emotion, while science is knowledge of nature.
    According to Malinowski, magic and religion are also similar in that they often serve the same function in a society. The difference is that magic is more about the personal power of the individual and religion is about faith in the power of God. Magic is also something that is passed down over generations to a specific group while religion is more broadly available to the community.
    To end his essay, Malinowski poses the question, "why magic?" He writes, "Magic supplies primitive man with a number of ready-made rituals, acts and beliefs, with a definite mental and practical technique which serves to bridge over the dangerous gaps in every important pursuit or critical situation."[60]

    Robin Horton[edit]

    In "African Traditional Thought and Western Science,"[61]Robin Horton compares the magical and religious thinking of non-modernized cultures with western scientific thought. He argues that both traditional beliefs and western science are applications of "theoretical thinking." The common form, function, and purpose of these theoretical idioms are therefore structured and explained by eight main characteristics of this type of thought:
    1. In all cultures the majority of human experience can be explained by common sense. The purpose then of theory is to explain forces that operate behind and within the commonsense world. Theory should impose order and reason on everyday life by attributing cause to a few select forces.[62]
    2. Theories also help place events in a causal context that is greater than common sense alone can provide, because commonsense causation is inherently limited by what we see and experience. Theoretical formulations are therefore used as intermediaries to link natural effects to natural causes.[63]
    3. "Common sense and theory have complementary roles in everyday life."[64] Common sense is more handy and useful for a wide range of everyday circumstances, but occasionally there are circumstances that can only be explained using a wider causal vision, so a jump to theory is made.
    4. "Levels of theory vary with context."[65] There are widely and narrowly encompassing theories, and the individual can usually chose which to use in order to understand and explain a situation as is deemed appropriate.
    5. All theory breaks up aspects of commonsense events, abstracts them and then reintegrates them into the common usage and understanding.[66]
    6. Theory is usually created by analogy between unexplained and familiar phenomena.[67]
    7. When theory is based on analogy between explained and unexplained observations, "generally only a limited aspect of the familiar phenomena is incorporated into (the) explanatory model".[68] It is this process of abstraction that contributes to the ability of theories to transcend commonsense explanation. For example, gods have the quality of spirituality by omission of many common aspects of human life.
    8. Once a theoretical model has been established, it is often modified to explain contradictory data so that it may no longer represent the analogy on which is was based.[69]
    While both traditional beliefs and western science are based on theoretical thought, Horton argues that the differences between these knowledge systems in practice and form are due to their states in open and closed cultures.[70] He classifies scientifically oriented cultures as ‘open’ because they are aware of other modes of thought, while traditional cultures are ‘closed’ because they are unaware of alternatives to the established theories. The varying sources of information in these systems results in differences in form which, Horton asserts, often blinds observers from seeing the similarities between the systems as two applications of theoretical thought.

    Alan Moore[edit]

    Alan Moore says that magic is indistinguishable from art whether it be writing, music, sculpture, or any other form. He supports his proposition by stating that magic is referred to in early texts simply as 'the art'. Also books of spells were referred to as 'grimoires' in the past which is another way of saying 'grammar' and to cast a spell means simply to spell. He states that magic is simply the manipulation of symbols, words, or images, to achieve changes in consciousness.[71][72]

    History[edit]

    Ancient Egypt[edit]

    Egyptians believed that with Heka, the activation of the Ka, an aspect of the soul of both gods and humans, (and divine personification of magic), they could influence the gods and gain protection, healing and transformation. Health and wholeness of being were sacred to Heka. There is no word for religion in the ancient Egyptian language as mundane and religious world views were not distinct; thus, Heka was not a secular practice but rather a religious observance. Every aspect of life, every word, plant, animal and ritual was connected to the power and authority of the gods.[73]
    In ancient Egypt, magic consisted of four components; the primeval potency that empowered the creator-god was identified with Heka, who was accompanied by magical rituals known as Seshaw held within sacred texts called Rw. In addition Pekhret, medicinal prescriptions, were given to patients to bring relief. This magic was used in temple rituals as well as informal situations by priests. These rituals, along with medical practices, formed an integrated therapy for both physical and spiritual health. Magic was also used for protection against the angry deities, jealous ghosts, foreign demons and sorcerers who were thought to cause illness, accidents, poverty and infertility.[74] Temple priests used wands during magical rituals.[citation needed]

    Mesopotamia[edit]

    In parts of Mesopotamian religion, magic was believed in and actively practiced. At the city of Uruk, archaeologists have excavated houses dating from the 5th and 4th centuries BCE in which cuneiform clay tablets have been unearthed containing magical incantations.[75]

    Classical antiquity[edit]

    Hecate, the ancient Greek goddess of magic.
    In ancient Greece magic was involved in practice of religion, medicine, and divination.[76][not in citation given]
    The Greek mystery religions had strongly magical components,[citation needed] and in Egypt, a large number of magical papyri, in Greek, Coptic, and Demotic, have been recovered.[citation needed] They contain early instances of:
    The practice of magic was banned in the Roman world, and the Codex Theodosianus states:[78]
    If any wizard therefore or person imbued with magical contamination who is called by custom of the people a magician...should be apprehended in my retinue, or in that of the Caesar, he shall not escape punishment and torture by the protection of his rank.

    Middle Ages[edit]

    Several medieval scholars were considered to be magicians in popular legend, notably Gerbert d'Aurillac and Albertus Magnus: both men were active in the scientific research of their day as well as in ecclesiastical matters, which was enough to attach to them a nimbus of the occult.
    Magical practice was actively discouraged by the church, but it remained widespread in folk religion throughout the medieval period. The demonology and angelology contained in the earliest grimoires assume a life surrounded by Christian implements and sacred rituals. The underlying theology in these works of Christian demonology encourages the magician to fortify himself with fasting, prayers, and sacraments, so that by using the holy names of God in the sacred languages, he could use divine powers to coerce demons into appearing and serving his usually lustful or avaricious magical goals.[79]
    13th century astrologers include Johannes de Sacrobosco and Guido Bonatti.

    Renaissance[edit]

    Renaissancehumanism saw resurgence in hermeticism and Neo-Platonic varieties of ceremonial magic. The Renaissance, on the other hand, saw the rise of science, in such forms as the dethronement of the Ptolemaic theory of the universe, the distinction of astronomy from astrology, and of chemistry from alchemy.[80]
    The seven artes magicae or artes prohibitae or arts prohibited by canon law by Johannes Hartlieb in 1456 were: nigromancy (which included "black magic" and "demonology"), geomancy, hydromancy, aeromancy, pyromancy, chiromancy, and scapulimancy and their sevenfold partition emulated the artes liberales and artes mechanicae. Both bourgeoisie and nobility in the 15th and 16th century showed great fascination with these arts, which exerted an exotic charm by their ascription to Arabic, Jewish, Gypsy and Egyptian sources, and the popularity of white magic increased. However, there was great uncertainty in distinguishing practices of superstition, occultism, and perfectly sound scholarly knowledge or pious ritual. The intellectual and spiritual tensions erupted in the Early Modern witch craze, further reinforced by the turmoil of the Protestant Reformation, especially in Germany, England, and Scotland.[80]

    Baroque[edit]

    A talisman from the Black Pullet, a late grimoire containing instructions on how a magician might cast rings and craft amulets for various magical applications, culminating in the Hen that Lays Golden Eggs.
    Study of the occult arts remained intellectually respectable well into the 17th century, and only gradually divided into the modern categories of natural science, occultism, and superstition. The 17th century saw the gradual rise of the "age of reason", while belief in witchcraft and sorcery, and consequently the irrational surge of Early Modern witch trials, receded, a process only completed at the end of the Baroque period circa 1730. Christian Thomasius still met opposition as he argued in his 1701 Dissertatio de crimine magiae that it was meaningless to make dealing with the devil a criminal offence, since it was impossible to really commit the crime in the first place. In Britain, the Witchcraft Act of 1735 established that people could not be punished for consorting with spirits, while would-be magicians pretending to be able to invoke spirits could still be fined as con artists.
    [The] wonderful power of sympathy, which exists throughout the whole system of nature, where everything is excited to beget or love its like, and is drawn after it, as the loadstone draws iron... There is ... such natural accord and discord, that some will prosper more luxuriantly in another's company; while some, again, will droop and die away, being planted near each other. The lily and the rose rejoice by each other's side; whilst ... fruits will neither ripen nor grow in aspects that are inimical to them. In stones likewise, in minerals, ... the same sympathies and antipathies are preserved. Animated nature, in every clime, in every corner of the globe, is also pregnant with similar qualities... Thus we find that one particular bone ... in a hare's foot instantly mitigates the most excruciating tortures of the cramp; yet no other bone nor part of that animal can do the like... From what has been premised, we may readily conclude that there are two distinct species of magic; one whereof, being inherent in the occult properties of nature, is called natural magic; and the other, being obnoxious and contrary to nature, is termed infernal magic, because it is accomplished by infernal agency or compact with the devil...[81]


    Under the veil of natural magic, it hath pleased the Almighty to conceal many valuable and excellent gifts, which common people either think miraculous, or next to impossible. And yet in truth, natural magic is nothing more than the workmanship of nature, made manifest by art; for, in tillage, as nature produceth corn and herbs, so art, being nature's handmaid, prepareth and helpeth it forward... And, though these things, while they lie hid in nature, do many of them seem impossible and miraculous, yet, when they are known, and the simplicity revealed, our difficulty of apprehension ceases, and the wonder is at an end; for that only is wonderful to the beholder whereof he can conceive no cause nor reason... Many philosophers of the first eminence, as Plato, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Democritus, &c. travelled through every region of the known world for the accomplishment of this kind of knowledge; and, at their return, they publicly preached and taught it. But above all, we learn from sacred and profane history, that Solomon was the greatest proficient in this art of any either before or since his time; as he himself hath declared in Ecclesiastes and the Book of Wisdom, where he saith,
    "God hath given me the true science of things, so as to know how the world was made, and the power of the elements, the beginning, and the end, and the midst of times, the change of seasons, the courses of the year, and the situation of the stars, the nature of human beings, and the quality of beasts, the power of winds, and the imaginations of the mind; the diversities of plants, the virtues of roots, and all things whatsoever, whether secret or known, manifest or invisible."[82]

    And hence it was that the magi, or followers of natural magic, were accounted wise, and the study honourable; because it consists in nothing more than the most profound and perfect part of natural philosophy, which defines the nature, causes, and effects, of things.[82]

    How far such inventions as are called charms, amulets, periapts, and the like, have any foundation in natural magic, may be worth our enquiry; because, if cures are to be effected through their medium, and that without any thing derogatory to the attributes of the Deity, or the principles of religion, I see no reason why they should be rejected with that inexorable contempt which levels the works of God with the folly and weakness of men. Not that I would encourage superstition, or become an advocate for a ferrago of absurdities; but, when the simplicity of natural things, and their effects, are rejected merely to encourage professional artifice and emolument, it is prudent for us to distinguish between the extremes of bigoted superstition and total unbelief.[83]

    It was the opinion of many eminent physicians, of the first ability and learning, that such kind of charms or periapts as consisted of certain odoriferous herbs, balsamic roots, mineral concretions, and metallic substances, might have, and most probably possessed, by means of their strong medicinal properties, the virtue of curing... though without the least surprise or admiration; because the one appears in a great measure to be the consequence of manual operation, which is perceptible and visible to the senses, whilst the other acts by an innate or occult power, which the eye cannot see, nor the mind so readily comprehend; yet, in both cases, perhaps, the effect is produced by a similar cause; and consequently all such remedies... are worthy of our regard, and ought to excite in us not only a veneration for the simple practice of the ancients in their medical experiments, but a due sense of gratitude to the wise Author of our being, who enables us, by such easy means, to remove the infirmities incident to mankind. Many reputable authors ... contend that not only such physical alligations, appensions, periapts, amulets, charms, &c. which, from their materials appear to imbibe and to diffuse the medical properties above described, ought in certain obstinate and equivocal disorders to be applied, but those likewise which from their external form and composition have no such inherent virtues to recommend them; for harm they can do none, and good they might do, either by accident or through the force of imagination. And it is asserted, with very great truth, that through the medium of hope and fear, sufficiently impressed upon the mind or imagination... Of the truth of this we have the strongest and most infallible evidence in the hiccough, which is instantaneously cured by any sudden effect of fear or surprise; ... Seeing, therefore, that such virtues lie hid in the occult properties of nature, united with the sense or imagination of man... without any compact with spirits, or dealings with the devil; we surely ought to receive them into our practice, and to adopt them as often as occasion seriously requires, although professional emolument and pecuniary advantage might in some instances be narrowed by it.[84][85]
    Ebenezer Sibly(1751–1800), An Illustration of the Celestial Science of Astrology, Part the Fourth.
    Containing the Distinction between Astrology and the Wicked Practice of Exorcism.
    with a General Display of Witchcraft, Magic, and Divination,
    founded upon the Existence of Spirits Good and Bad and their Affinity with the Affairs of this World.
    "Newton was not the first of the age of reason, he was the last of the magicians." — John Maynard Keynes

    Romanticism[edit]

    From 1776 to 1781 AD, Jacob Philadelphia performed feats of magic, sometimes under the guise of scientific exhibitions, throughout Europe and Russia. Baron Carl Reichenbach's experiments with his Odic force appeared to be an attempt to bridge the gap between magic and science. More recent periods of renewed interest in magic occurred around the end of the 19th century, where Symbolism and other offshoots of Romanticism cultivated a renewed interest in exotic spiritualities. European colonialism put Westerners in contact with India and Egypt and re-introduced exotic beliefs. Hindu and Egyptian mythology frequently feature in 19th century magical texts.[86] The late 19th century spawned a large number of magical organizations, including the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, the Theosophical Society, and specifically magical variants on Freemasonry. The Golden Dawn represented perhaps the peak of this wave of magic, attracting cultural celebrities like William Butler Yeats, Algernon Blackwood, and Arthur Machen.[87]

    In cultural contexts[edit]

    Animism and folk religion[edit]

    An 1873 Victorian illustration of a "Ju-ju house" on the Gold Coast showing fetishised skulls and bones.
    Juju charm protecting dugout canoe on riverbank, in Suriname.1954.
    Appearing in various tribal peoples from Aboriginal Australia and Māori New Zealand to the Amazon, African savannah, and pagan Europe, some form of shamanic contact with the spirit world seems to be nearly universal in the early development of human communities. Much of the Babylonian and Egyptian pictorial writing characters appear derived from the same sources.
    Although indigenous magical traditions persist to this day, very early on some communities transitioned from nomadic to agricultural civilizations, and with this shift, the development of spiritual life mirrored that of civic life. Just as tribal elders were consolidated and transformed into kings and bureaucrats, so too were shamans and adepts changed into priests and a priestly caste.
    This shift is by no means in nomenclature alone. While the shaman's task was to negotiate between the tribe and the spirit world, on behalf of the tribe, as directed by the collective will of the tribe, the priest's role was to transfer instructions from the deities to the city-state, on behalf of the deities, as directed by the will of those deities. This shift represents the first major usurpation of power by distancing magic from those participating in that magic. It is at this stage of development that highly codified and elaborate rituals, setting the stage for formal religions, began to emerge, such as the funeral rites of the Egyptians and the sacrifice rituals of the Babylonians, Persians, Aztecs and Mayans.
    In 2003, Sinafasi Makelo, a representative of Mbutipygmies, told the UN's Indigenous People's Forum that during the Congo Civil War, his people were hunted down and eaten as though they were game animals. Both sides of the war regarded them as "subhuman" and some say their flesh can confer magical powers.[88][89]
    On April, 2008, Kinshasa, the police arrested 14 suspected victims (of penis snatching) and sorcerers accused of using black magic or witchcraft to steal (make disappear) or shrink men's penises to extort cash for cure, amid a wave of panic.[90] Arrests were made in an effort to avoid bloodshed seen in Ghana a decade ago, when 12 alleged penis snatchers were beaten to death by mobs.[91]

    Native American medicine[edit]

    The Shamanism practiced by the indigenous peoples of the Americas was called "medicine" and was practiced by medicine men. In addition to healing, medicine served many other purposes, for example among the Cheyenne, one of Plains Indians that lived in the Great Plains of North America, medicine such as war paint, war shields, war shirts, and war bonnets, such as the famous war bonnet of Roman Nose, served to protect a warrior from wounding during battle.[92][93]

    Magic in Hinduism[edit]

    Traditional welcome performance, Mitral, Kheda district, Gujarat
    The Atharva Veda is a veda that deals with mantras that can be used for both good and bad. The word mantrik in India literally means "magician" since the mantrik usually knows mantras, spells, and curses which can be used for or against all forms of magic. Tantra is likewise employed for ritual magic by the tantrik. Many ascetics after long periods of penance and meditation are alleged to attain a state where they may utilize supernatural powers. However, many say that they choose not to use them and instead focus on transcending beyond physical power into the realm of spirituality. Many siddhars are said to have performed miracles that would ordinarily be impossible to perform.

    Western magic[edit]

    In general, the 20th century has seen a sharp rise in public interest in various forms of magical practice, and the foundation of a number of traditions and organisations, ranging from the distinctly religious to the philosophical.
    In England, a further revival of interest in magic was heralded by the repeal of the last Witchcraft Act in 1951. In 1954 Gerald Gardner published a book, Witchcraft Today, in which he claimed to reveal the existence of a witch-cult that dated back to pre-Christian Europe. Although many of Gardner's claims have since come under intensive criticism from sources both within and without the Neopagan community, his works remain the most important founding stone of Wicca.
    Gardner's newly created religion, and many others, took off in the atmosphere of the 1960s and 1970s, when the counterculture of the hippies also spawned another period of renewed interest in magic, divination, and other occult practices.[94] The various branches of Neopaganism and other Earth religions that have emerged since Gardner's publication tend to follow a pattern in combining the practice of magic and religion, although this combination is not exclusive to them. Following the trend of magic associated with counterculture, some feminists launched an independent revival of goddess worship. This brought them into contact with the Gardnerian tradition of magical religion (or religious magic), and deeply influenced that tradition in return.[87]
    The pentagram, an ancient geometrical symbol known from many cultures, is often associated with magic. In Europe, the Pythagoreans first used the pentagram as a symbol of their movement.
    The Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, Aleister Crowley's Thelema and their subsequent offshoots, influenced by Eliphas Levi, are most commonly associated with the resurgence of magical tradition in the English speaking world of the 20th century. Other, similar resurgences took place at roughly the same time, centered in France and Germany. The western traditions acknowledging the natural elements, the seasons, and the practitioner's relationship with the Earth, Gaia, or a primary Goddess have derived at least in part from these magical groups, as found in Neopagan religions and various forms of contemporary paganism.
    Allegedly for gematric reasons Aleister Crowley preferred the spelling magick, defining it as "the science and art of causing change to occur in conformity with the will." By this, he included "mundane" acts of change as well as ritual magic. In Magick in Theory and Practice, Chapter XIV, Crowley says:
    What is a Magical Operation? It may be defined as any event in nature which is brought to pass by Will. We must not exclude potato-growing or banking from our definition. Let us take a very simple example of a Magical Act: that of a man blowing his nose.
    Western magical traditions draw heavily from Hermeticism which influenced the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, as well as Wicca and some other Neopagan religions and contemporary forms of paganism.
    Wicca is one of the more publicly known traditions within Neopaganism, a magical religion inspired by medieval witchcraft, with influences including the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn and Crowley. Ruickbie (2004:193-209) shows that Wiccans and witches define magic in many different ways and use it for a number of different purposes. Despite that diversity of opinion, he concludes that the result upon the practitioner is generally perceived as a positive one.
    Regardie argued that some magical practices rely upon widely accepted psychological principles and are intended to promote internal personal changes within the practitioner themselves.[95] Visualization techniques, for instance, widely used by magicians, are also used in somewhat different contexts in fields such as clinical psychology and sports training.[96]

    Hypotheses of adherents[edit]

    Adherents to magic believe that it may work by one or more of the following basic principles:[citation needed]
    • A mystical force or energy that is natural, but cannot be detected by science at present, and which may not be detectable at all. Common terms referring to such magical energy include mana, numen, chi or kundalini. These are sometimes regarded as fluctuations of an underlying primary substance (akasha, aether) that is present in all things and interconnects and binds all. Magical energy is thus also present in all things, though it can be especially concentrated in magical objects. Magical energies are typically seen as being especially responsive to the use of symbols, so that a person, event or object can be affected by manipulating an object that symbolically represents them or it (as in sigil magic, for instance). This corresponds to James Frazer's theory of sympathetic magic.
    • Intervention of spirits, similar to hypothetical natural forces, but with their own consciousness and intelligence. Believers in spirits will often describe a whole cosmos of beings of many different kinds, sometimes organized into a hierarchy.
    • Manipulation of the Elements, by using the will of the magician and symbols or objects which are representative of the element(s). Western practitioners typically use the Classical elements of Earth, Air, Water, and Fire.
    • Concentration or meditation. A certain amount of focusing or restricting the mind to some imagined object (or will), according to Aleister Crowley, produces mystical attainment or "an occurrence in the brain characterized essentially by the uniting of subject and object" (Book Four, Part 1: Mysticism). Magic, as defined previously, seeks to aid concentration by constantly recalling the attention to the chosen object (or Will), thereby producing said attainment. For example, if one wishes to concentrate on a god, one might memorize a system of correspondences (perhaps chosen arbitrarily, as this would not affect its usefulness for mystical purposes) and then make every object that one sees "correspond" to said god.
    Aleister Crowley wrote that ". . . the exaltation of the mind by means of magickal practices leads (as one may say, in spite of itself) to the same results as occur in straightforward Yoga." Crowley's magick thus becomes a form of mental, mystical, or spiritual discipline, designed to train the mind to achieve greater concentration. Crowley also made claims for the paranormal effects of magick, suggesting a connection with the first principle in this list. However, he defined any attempt to use this power for a purpose other than aiding mental or mystical attainment as "black magick".
    • The magical power of the subconscious mind. To believers who think that they need to convince their subconscious mind to make the changes that they desire, all spirits and energies are projections and symbols that make sense to the subconscious. A variant of this belief is that the subconscious is capable of contacting spirits, who in turn can work magic.
    • The Oneness of All. Based on the fundamental concepts of monism and Non-duality, this philosophy holds that Magic is little more than the application of one's own inherent unity with the universe. Hinging upon the personal realization, or "illumination", that the self is limitless, one may live in unison with nature, seeking and preserving balance in all things.
    Many more hypotheses exist. Practitioners will often mix these concepts, and sometimes even invent some themselves. In the contemporary current of chaos magic in particular, it is not unusual to believe that any concept of magic works.
    Key principles of utilizing Magic are often said to be Concentration and Visualization. Many of those who purportedly cast spells attain a mental state called the "Trance State" to enable the spell. The Trance State is often described as an emptying of the mind, akin to meditation.

    Magic and monotheism[edit]

    Officially, Christianity and Islam characterize magic as forbidden witchcraft, and have often prosecuted alleged practitioners of it with varying degrees of severity. Other religions, such as Judaism and Zoroastrianism have rather more ambiguous positions towards it. Trends in monotheistic thought have dismissed all such manifestations as trickery and illusion, nothing more than dishonest gimmicks.

    In Judaism[edit]

    In Judaism the Torah prohibits Jews from being superstitious or engaging in astrology (Lev. 19, 26); from muttering incantations (Deut. 18, 11); from consulting an ov (mediums), yidoni (seers), or attempting to contact the dead (Deut. 18, 11); from going into a trance to foresee events, and from performing acts of magic (Deut. 18, 10). See 613 Mitzvot. The general theme of these commandments is a prohibition to channel and utilise forces of impurity for personal gain. That is, a prohibition against practicing Black Magic.
    A different type of magic can be achieved using knowledge of the kabbalah. Because the kabbalah provides knowledge of the spiritual and conceptual underpinnings of physical existence, one who possesses kabbalistic knowledge is able to produce physical effects by directly addressing the spiritual basis of the affected physical object. This is called 'practical kabbalah' and is a type of White Magic.
    The practice of practical kabbalah was banned by the Vilna Gaon due to the decreasing spiritual sensitivity of later generations.

    In Christianity[edit]

    Magia was viewed with suspicion by Christianity from the time of the Church fathers. However, it was never completely settled whether there may be permissible practices, e.g. involving relics or holy water as opposed to "blasphemous"necromancy (necromantia) involving the invocation of demons (goetia). The distinction became particularly pointed and controversial during the Early Modern witch-hunts, with some authors such as Johannes Hartlieb denouncing all magical practice as blasphemous, while others portrayed natural magic as not sinful.
    The position taken by Heinrich Cornelius Agrippa, one of the foremost Renaissance magicians, is ambiguous. The character of Faustus, likely based on a historical 16th century magician or charlatan, became the prototypical popular tale of a learned magician who succumbs to a pact with the devil.
    The current Catechism of the Catholic Church discusses divination and magic under the heading of the First Commandment.[97]
    It is careful to allow for the possibility of divinely inspired prophecy, but it rejects "all forms of divination":
    (2116) All forms of divination are to be rejected: recourse to Satan or demons, conjuring up the dead or other practices falsely supposed to "unveil" the future. Consulting horoscopes, astrology, palm reading, interpretation of omens and lots, the phenomena of clairvoyance, and recourse to mediums all conceal a desire for power over time, history, and, in the last analysis, other human beings, as well as a wish to conciliate hidden powers. They contradict the honor, respect, and loving fear that we owe to God alone.
    The section on "practices of magic or sorcery" is less absolute, specifying "attempts to tame occult powers" in order to "have supernatural power over others". Such are denounced as "gravely contrary to the virtue of religion", notably avoiding a statement on whether such attempts can have any actual effect[citation needed] (that is, attempts to employ occult practices are identified as violating the First Commandment because they in themselves betray a lack of faith, and not because they may or may not result in the desired effect).
    The Catechism expresses skepticism towards widespread practices of folk Catholicism without outlawing them explicitly:
    (2117) [...] Wearing charms is also reprehensible. Spiritism often implies divination or magical practices; the Church for her part warns the faithful against it. Recourse to so-called traditional cures does not justify either the invocation of evil powers or the exploitation of another's credulity.
    Some argue that the recent popularity of the prosperity gospel constitutes a return to magical thinking within Christianity. Note also that Gnostic Christianity has a strong mystical current, but shies away from practical magic and focuses more on theurgy.

    In Islam[edit]

    Any discussion of Muslim magic poses a double set of problems. On the one hand, like its counterpart in predominantly Christian cultures, magic is forbidden by orthodox leaders and legal opinions. On the other hand, translating various Arabic terms as ‘magic’ causes another set of problems with no clear answers.
    As with any question regarding the behavior of Muslims in relation to authorized practices, theological decisions begin by consulting the Qur’an. The second chapter introduces an explanation for the introduction of magic into the world:
    They followed what the evil ones gave out (falsely) against the power of Solomon: the blasphemers were, not Solomon, but the evil ones, teaching men magic, and such things as came down at Babylon to the angels Harut and Marut. But neither of these taught anyone (such things) without saying: "We are only for trial; so do not blaspheme." They learned from them the means to sow discord between man and wife. But they could not thus harm anyone except by Allah's permission. And they learned what harmed them, not what profited them. And they knew that the buyers of (magic) would have no share in the happiness of the Hereafter. And vile was the price for which they did sell their souls, if they but knew! (Q 2:102).
    Though it presents a generally contemptuous attitude towards magic (Muhammad was accused by his detractors of being a magician),[98] the Qur’an distinguishes between apparent magic (miracles sanctioned by Allah) and real magic. The first is that used by Solomon, who being a prophet of Allah, is assumed to have used miraculous powers with Allah's blessing.[99] Muslims also believe that Allah made an army of Djinn obedient to him. The second form is the magic that was taught by the "evil ones", or al-shayatin. Al-shayatin has two meanings; the first is similar to the Christian Satan. The second meaning, which is the one used here, refers to a djinn of superior power.[100] The al-shayatin taught knowledge of evil and "pretended to force the laws of nature and the will of Allah . . ."[101] According to this belief, those who follow this path turn themselves from Allah and cannot reach heaven.
    The Arabic word translated in this passage as "magic" is sihr. The etymological meaning of sihr suggests that "it is the turning . . . of a thing from its true nature . . . or form . . . to something else which is unreal or a mere appearance . . ."[102]
    By the first millennium CE, sihr became a fully developed system in Islamic society. Within this system, all magicians "assert[ed] that magic is worked by the obedience of spirits to the magician."[103] The efficacy of this system comes from the belief that every Arabic letter, every word, verse, and chapter in the Qur’an, every month, day, time and name were created by Allah a priori, and that each has an angel and a djinn servant.[104] It is through the knowledge of the names of these servants that an actor is able to control the angel and djinn for his or her purposes.[105]
    The Sunni and Shia sects of Islam typically forbid all use of magic. The Sufis within these two sects are much more ambiguous about its use as seen in the concept of "Barakah". If magic is understood in terms of Frazer's principle of contagion, then barakah is another term that can refer to magic. Barakah, variously defined as "blessing", or "divine power", is a quality one possesses rather than a category of activity. According to Muslim conception, the source of barakah is solely from Allah; it is Allah's direct blessing and intervention conferred upon special, pious Muslims.[106]Barakah has a heavily contagious quality in that one can transfer it by either inheritance or contact. Of all the humans who have ever lived, it is said that the Prophet Muhammad possessed the greatest amount of barakah and that he passed this to his male heirs through his daughter Fatima.[107]Barakah is not just limited to Muhammad's family line; any person who is considered holy may also possess it and transfer it to virtually anyone else. In Morocco, barakah transfer can be accomplished by sharing a piece of bread from which the possessor has eaten because saliva is the vessel of barakah in the human body.[108] However, the transference of barakah may also occur against the will of its possessor through other forms of physical contact such as hand shaking and kissing.[109] The contagious element of barakah is not limited to humans as it can be found in rocks, trees, water, and even in some animals, such as horses.[110]
    Just how the actor maintained obedience depended upon the benevolence or malevolence of his practice. Malevolent magicians operated by enslaving the spirits through offerings and deeds displeasing to Allah. Benevolent magicians, in contrast, obeyed and appeased Allah so that Allah exercised His will upon the spirits.[111] Al-Buni provides the process by which this practice occurs:
    First: the practitioner must be of utterly clean soul and garb. Second, when the proper angel is contacted, this angel will first get permission from God to go to the aid of the person who summoned him. Third: the practitioner "must not apply . . .[his power] except to that purpose [i.e. to achieve goals] which would please God."[112]
    However, not all Islamic groups accept this explanation of benevolent magic. The Salafis particularly view this as shirk, denying the unity of Allah. Consequently, the Salafis renounce appellations to intermediaries such as saints, angels, and djinn, and renounce magic, fortune-telling, and divination.[113] This particular brand of magic has also been condemned as forbidden by a fatwa issued by Al-Azhar University.[114] Further, Egyptian folklorist Hasan El-Shamy, warns that scholars have often been uncritical in their application of the term sihr to both malevolent and benevolent forms of magic. He argues that in Egypt, sihr only applies to sorcery. A person who practices benevolent magic "is not called saahir or sahhaar (sorcerer, witch), but is normally referred to as shaikh (or shaikha for a female), a title which is normally used to refer to a clergyman or a community notable or elder, and is equal to the English title: ‘Reverend.’"[115]

    Varieties of magical practice[edit]

    The best-known type of magical practice is the spell, a ritualistic formula intended to bring about a specific effect. Spells are often spoken or written or physically constructed using a particular set of ingredients. The failure of a spell to work may be attributed to many causes,[116] such as a failure to follow the exact formula, to the general circumstances being unconducive, to a lack of magical ability, to a lack of willpower or to fraud.
    Another well-known magical practice is divination, which seeks to reveal information about the past, present or future. Varieties of divination include: astrology, augury, cartomancy, chiromancy, dowsing, extispicy, fortune telling, geomancy, I Ching, omens, scrying, and tarot reading.
    Necromancy is a practice which claims to involve the summoning of, and conversation with, spirits of the dead. This is sometimes done simply to commune with deceased loved ones; it can also be done to gain information from the spirits, as a type of divination; or to command the aid of those spirits in accomplishing some goal, as part of casting a spell.
    Varieties of magic can also be categorized by the techniques involved in their operation. One common means of categorization distinguishes between contagious magic and sympathetic magic, one or both of which may be employed in any magical work. Contagious magic involves the use of physical ingredients which were once in contact with the person or a thing which the practitioner intends to influence. Sympathetic magic involves the use of images or physical objects which in some way resemble the person or thing that one hopes to influence; voodoo dolls are an example. This dichotomy was proposed by Sir James Frazer's The Golden Bough.
    Other common categories given to magic include High and Low Magic (the appeal to divine powers or spirits respectively, with goals lofty or personal, according to the type of magic). Another distinction is between "manifest" and "subtle" magic. Subtle magic typically refers to magic of legend, gradually and sometimes intangibly altering the world, whereas manifest magic is magic that immediately appears as a result.
    Academic historian Richard Kieckhefer divides the category of spells into psychological magic, which seeks to influence other people's minds to do the magician's will, such as with a love spell,[117] or illusionary magic, which seeks to conjure the manifestation of various wonders. A spell that conjures up a banquet, or that confers invisibility on the magician, would be examples of illusionary magic. Magic that causes objective physical change, in the manner of a miracle, is not accommodated in Kieckhefer's categories.

    Magical traditions[edit]

    Another method of classifying magic is by "traditions", which in this context typically refer to complexes or "currents" of magical belief and practice associated with various cultural groups and lineages of transmission. Some of these traditions are highly specific and culturally circumscribed. Others are more eclectic and syncretistic. These traditions can compass both divination and spells.
    When dealing with magic in terms of "traditions", it is a common misconception for outsiders to treat any religion in which clergy members make amulets and talismans for their congregants as a "tradition of magic", even though what is being named is actually an organized religion with clergy, laity, and an order of liturgical service. This is most notably the case when Voodoo, Palo, Santería, Taoism, Wicca, and other contemporary religions and folk religions are mischaracterized as forms of "magic", or even as "sorcery."
    Examples of magical, folk-magical, and religio-magical traditions include:

    See also[edit]

    Notes[edit]

    1. Jump up ^Hutton, Ronald (1991). Pagan Religions of the Ancient British Isles. pp. 289–291, 335. ISBN 0-631-18946-7. 
    2. ^ Jump up to: abS.J. Tambiah, "Magic, Science and the Scope of Rationality", pp 6-7.
    3. ^ Jump up to: abW.J. Hanegraaff, "Dictionary of Gnosis & Western Esotericism", p718.
    4. ^ Jump up to: abcMauss, Marcel (1972) A General Theory of Magic (R. Brain, Trans.). New York: Norton Library. (Original work published 1903). p. 24
    5. Jump up ^Cicero, Chic & Sandra Tabatha () The Essential Golden Dawn: An Introduction to High Magic. pp. 87–9. Regardie, Israel (2001) The Tree of Life: An Illustrated Study of Magic, St. Paul, Minnesota: Llewellyn, p. 17. Crowley, Aleister Magic Without Tears Ch. 83.
    6. Jump up ^Everett Ferguson (1999). Christianity in relation to Jews, Greeks, and Romans. Taylor & Francis. pp. 254–. ISBN 978-0-8153-3069-1. Retrieved 15 August 2010. 
    7. Jump up ^Bengt Ankarloo & Stuart Clark, Witchcraft and Magic in Europe: Biblical and Pagan Societies", University of Philadelphia Press, 2001
    8. Jump up ^Bengt Ankarloo & Stuart Clark, Witchcraft and Magic in Europe: Biblical and Pagan Societies", University of Philadelphia Press, 2001, p xiii
    9. Jump up ^Malinowski, Bronisław. Coral Gardens and Their Magic, "The Language of Magic and Gardening." Dover. New York (1935).
    10. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (June 1968). The Magical Power of Words. New Series, Vol. 3, No. 2. University of Cambridge. pp. 175–208. Retrieved accessdate=21 November 2010. 
    11. Jump up ^Austin, J. L. How to Do Things With Words. Oxford: Clarendon Press (1962).
    12. Jump up ^Boyer, Pascal and Pierre Liénard. "Ritual behavior in obsessive and normal individuals." Association for Psychological Science (2008).
    13. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. Magic, Science, Religion, and the Scope of Rationality. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. p. 52
    14. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. Magic, Science, Religion, and the Scope of Rationality. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. p. 45
    15. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. Magic, Science, Religion, and the Scope of Rationality. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. p. 59
    16. Jump up ^Lévi-Strauss, C. The Effectiveness of Symbols. Garden City, New York, 192
    17. Jump up ^Brown, Michael. Tsewa's Gift. Tuscaloosa, Alabama, 118
    18. Jump up ^Malinowski, B. K. (1935) Coral Gardens and their Magic, Dover, New York, 235
    19. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (1968). "The Magical Power of Words". Man. Cambridge, UK. 3. 175-176
    20. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (1968). "The Magical Power of Words". Man. Cambridge, UK. 3. 176
    21. Jump up ^Ogden, C. K. & Richards, I. A. (1923). The Meaning of Meaning. Discussed in Tambiah, S. J. (1968). "The Magical Power of Words". Man. Cambridge, UK. 3. 188
    22. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (1968). "The Magical Power of Words". Man. Cambridge, UK. 3. 189
    23. Jump up ^Malinowski, B. K. (1935) Coral Gardens and their Magic, Dover, New York, 213
    24. ^ Jump up to: abTambiah, S. J. (1968). The Magical Power of Words. Man. Cambridge, UK. 3. 182
    25. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (1968). The Magical Power of Words. Man. Cambridge, UK. 3. 178
    26. Jump up ^Malinowski, B. K. (1935) Coral Gardens and their Magic, Dover, New York, 228
    27. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (1968). The Magical Power of Words. Man. Cambridge, UK. 3. 179
    28. Jump up ^Mauss, Marcel (1972) A General Theory of Magic (R. Brain, Trans.). New York: Norton Library. (Original work published 1903). ISBN 0-393-00779-0. p. 25
    29. Jump up ^Evans-Pritchard, E. E. (1976) Witchcraft, Oracles, and Magic among the Azande. Abridged Ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (Original Work Published 1937)
    30. Jump up ^Glucklich, A. (1997). The End of Magic. Oxford: Oxford University Press. p. 87
    31. Jump up ^Ginzburg, C. (1992) The Night Battles (J. & A. Tedeshci, Trans.). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press
    32. Jump up ^Connor, L., Asch, T., & Asch, P. (1983) "A Balinese trance seance ; Jero on Jero, a Balanese trance seance observed [videorecording]." Watertown, Massachusetts : Documentary Educational Resources
    33. Jump up ^Mauss, Marcel (1972) A General Theory of Magic (R. Brain, Trans.). New York: Norton Library. (Original work published 1903). ISBN 0-393-00779-0. p. 41-44
    34. Jump up ^Mauss, Marcel (1972) A General Theory of Magic (R. Brain, Trans.). New York: Norton Library. (Original work published 1903). ISBN 0-393-00779-0. p. 26
    35. Jump up ^Glucklich, A. (1997). The End of Magic. Oxford: Oxford University Press
    36. Jump up ^Mauss, Marcel (1972) A General Theory of Magic (R. Brain, Trans.). New York: Norton Library. (Original work published 1903). ISBN 0-393-00779-0. p. 33, 40
    37. Jump up ^Pócs, Éva (1999). Between the Living and the Dead: A perspective on Witches and Seers in the Early Modern Age. Budapest: Central European University Press. pp. 9–12. ISBN 963-9116-19-X. 
    38. Jump up ^Crawford, J. R. (1967) Witchcraft and Sorcery in Rhodesia pp. 5, 8, 73; Appendix II.
    39. Jump up ^Pócs (1999) pp. 10–11.
    40. Jump up ^Many English and Scottish'witches' were cunning folk whose fairyfamiliars were interpreted as demons (Wilby, Emma 2005 Cunning Folk and Familiar Spirits p. 123; Macfarlane, A. 1970 Witchcraft in Tudor and Stuart England p. 127; Maxwell-Stuart, P. G. 2001 Witchcraft in Europe and the New World, 1400–1800 p. 27); many French devins-guerisseurs were accused of witchcraft (E. William Monter 1976 Witchcraft in France and Switzerland ch. 7); over half the accused witches in Hungary seem to have been healers (Pócs 1999 p. 12); persisting pagan religion and magic was one of the prime targets of witchcraft accusations in Scandinavia from the 1600s (Maxwell-Stuart 2001 pp. 78–80); in Russia most trials were aimed at eradicating popular magical practices amongst a barely Christianised population (Maxwell-Stuart 2001 83–4); and until the 18th century in Transylvania practitioners of traditional healing and fertility magic were the majority of accused witches (Maxwell-Stuart 2001 p. 85).
    41. Jump up ^Macfarlane 1970 p. 130; also Appendix 2.
    42. Jump up ^Winthrop, Robert H. Dictionary of concepts in cultural anthropology. New York: Greenwood P, 1991.
    43. Jump up ^Dictionary of anthropology. Oxford: Blackwell, 1997.
    44. Jump up ^Feltham, Brian (2011). "Magic and Practical Agency", in Rational Magic. Oxford: Fisher Imprints. ISBN 1-84888-061-8. 
    45. Jump up ^Hendrix, Scott E. (2011). Preface to Rational Magic: Cultural and Historical Studies in Magic. Oxford: Fisher Imprints. ISBN 1-84888-061-8. 
    46. Jump up ^magic in ancient India (page 51).
    47. Jump up ^Freud (1950, 83), quoting Frazer (1911, 1, 420).
    48. Jump up ^Thomas (1910–11),[page needed]
    49. Jump up ^Freud (1950, 83).
    50. Jump up ^Freud (1950, 84).
    51. Jump up ^Mauss, Marcel (1972) A General Theory of Magic (R. Brain, Trans.). New York: Norton Library. (Original work published 1903). ISBN 0-393-00779-0
    52. Jump up ^Mauss, Marcel (1972) A General Theory of Magic (R. Brain, Trans.). New York: Norton Library. (Original work published 1903). p. 92
    53. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (1990). Magic, Science, Religion, and the Scope of Rationality, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 2
    54. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (1990). Magic, Science, Religion, and the Scope of Rationality, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 8
    55. Jump up ^Spell Casters Certified Association, California, January 18, 1997.
    56. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (1990). Magic, Science, Religion, and the Scope of Rationality, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 19
    57. Jump up ^Tambiah, S. J. (1990). Magic, Science, Religion, and the Scope of Rationality, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p. 28
    58. Jump up ^Maliowski, Bronisław. Magic, Science and Religion and Other Essays. USA: Anchor Books, 1954. (pg 17)
    59. Jump up ^Maliowski, Bronisław. Magic, Science and Religion and Other Essays. USA: Anchor Books, 1954. (pg 86)
    60. Jump up ^Maliowski, Bronisław. Magic, Science and Religion and Other Essays. USA: Anchor Books, 1954. (pg 90)
    61. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984
    62. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984. p. 132
    63. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984. p. 135
    64. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984. p. 140
    65. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984. p. 143
    66. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984. p. 144
    67. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984. p. 146
    68. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984. p. 147
    69. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984. p. 148
    70. Jump up ^Horton, R. (1967) "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Africa 37(1-2), 50-71, 155-187. Rpt. as "African Traditional Thought and Western Science."Rationality. Ed. Bryan R. Wilson. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984. p. 153
    71. Jump up ^http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OdNbocU6wKc
    72. Jump up ^http://intellectual-thoughts.com/Alan%20Moore%20Quote.htm
    73. Jump up ^Asante, M.K.; Mazama, Ama (2009). "Heka". Encyclopedia of African ReligionII. pp. 342–343. ISBN 978-1-4129-3636-1. LCCN 2008027578. 
    74. Jump up ^Pinch, Dr Geraldine (15 October 2010). "Ancient Egyptian Magic". BBC. Retrieved 21 November 2010. 
    75. Jump up ^Davies (2009:8)
    76. Jump up ^Bengt Ankarloo; Stuart Clark (1999). Witchcraft and magic in Europe: Ancient Greece and Rome. University of Pennsylvania Press. pp. 231–. ISBN 978-0-8122-1705-6. Retrieved 22 August 2010. 
    77. Jump up ^Hutton (2003),[page needed]
    78. Jump up ^Jan Willem Drijvers; Edward David Hunt (1999). The late Roman world and its historian: interpreting Ammianus Marcellinus. Psychology Press. pp. 208–. ISBN 978-0-415-20271-8. Retrieved 22 August 2010. 
    79. Jump up ^Waite (1913),[page needed]
    80. ^ Jump up to: abKiekhefer (1998),[page needed]
    81. Jump up ^Sibly M.D., Ebenezer (1822). A New and Complete Illustration of the Celestial Science of Astrology; or, The Art of Foretelling Future Events and Contingencies. vol. 2 part 4 (12 ed.). pp. 1116–1117. 
    82. ^ Jump up to: abSibly (1822) p.1118
    83. Jump up ^Sibly (1822) p.1119
    84. Jump up ^Sibly (1822) p.1120
    85. Jump up ^Peterson, Joseph H. (April 2001). "A New and Complete Illustration of the Occult Sciences — Book 4". Esoteric Archives. Retrieved 12 April 2011. 
    86. Jump up ^Greer (1996),[page needed]
    87. ^ Jump up to: abHutton (2001),[page needed]
    88. Jump up ^DR Congo Pygmies 'exterminated'
    89. Jump up ^Pygmies struggle to survive
    90. Jump up ^Penis theft panic hits city.., Reuters
    91. Jump up ^7 killed in Ghana over 'penis-snatching' episodes, CNN, January 18, 1997.
    92. Jump up ^Hyde, George E. (1968). Lottinville, Savoie, ed. Life of George Bent: Written From His Letters. University of Oklahoma Press. pp. 207, 213, 214, 221, 239, 240, 303. 
    93. Jump up ^Monnett, John H. (1992). The Battle of Beecher Island and the Indian War of 1867–1869. University Press of Colorado. pp. 46–48. 
    94. Jump up ^Adler (1987),[page needed]
    95. Jump up ^Isreal Regardie, The Middle Pillar
    96. Jump up ^Journal of the American Medical Association "The psychology of chess". JAMA, October 20, 2004; 292: 1900
    97. Jump up ^Catechism of the Catholic Church, English version, section 3.2.1.1.3
    98. Jump up ^"Magic" in Oxford Islamic Studies Online
    99. Jump up ^The Meaning of the Holy Qur’an. Translated by Abdullah Yusuf Ali. Amana Publications. 2001. Ali supports this assumption in his commentary on this passage ". . . Solomon dealt in no arts of evil" (Q 2:102, note 103)
    100. Jump up ^Gibb, H.A.R. and J.H. Kramerst. 1965. Shorter Encyclopedia of Islam. Ithaca: Cornell. pp 523-524. The djinn are intelligent beings, or spirits, created by Allah from fire, as opposed to humans and angels who are created from clay and light (Q 15:26-27 ; 55:15).
    101. Jump up ^Ali, Q 2:102, note 103.
    102. Jump up ^Gibb, p 545.
    103. Jump up ^Gibb, p 546.
    104. Jump up ^This is also a subcategory of Muslim magic called simiya, often translated as natural magic. For a complete discussion of simiya, see ibn Khaldun, The Muqaddimah: an Introduction to History. Franz Rosenthal, translator. 2nd edition, 1967. Vol. 3 pp 171-227.
    105. Jump up ^El-Shamy, Hasan. Unpublished Manuscript. Folk Beliefs and Practices in Egypt. p. 28.
    106. Jump up ^Westermarck, Edward Alexander. 1926. Ritual and Belief in Morocco. London: Macmillan. p. 35
    107. Jump up ^Westermarck, p. 36. Though Westermarck did not elaborate on this statement, the emphasis on the male lineage through Fatima appears to be of Sufi or Shi’ia origin rather than Sunni.
    108. Jump up ^Westermarck, pp. 41-93.
    109. Jump up ^Westermarck, pp. 42-43.
    110. Jump up ^Westermarck, p. 97.
    111. Jump up ^al-Nadim, Muhammad ibn Ishaq. The Fihrist of al-Nadim. Edited and translated by Bayard Dodge. New York: Columbia, 1970. pp. 725-726.
    112. Jump up ^El-Shamy. Folk Beliefs and Practices in Egypt. p. 34.
    113. Jump up ^Doumato, Eleanor Abdella. 2000 Getting God's Ear: Women, Islam, and Healing in Saudi Arabia and the Gulf. New York: Columbia. p. 34.
    114. Jump up ^El-Shamy. Personal communication
    115. Jump up ^El-Shamy. Folk Beliefs and Practices in Egypt. p. 33.
    116. Jump up ^"Professional Spell Casters". www.moonchild.com. Retrieved 12 May 2013. 
    117. Jump up ^"Love Spells by Amaya". www.lovespells.us. Retrieved 12 May 2013. 

    Bibliography[edit]

    • Roth, Remo F.: Return of the World Soul, Wolfgang Pauli, C.G. Jung and the Challenge of Psychophysical Reality [unus mundus]. Pari Publishing, 2011, ISBN 978-88-95604-12-1.

    External links[edit]


    Are Physical Dimensions Training Grounds or Experiments in Creativity?

    $
    0
    0





    UniverseThe question people most frequently ask me is, Why are we here? What’s the point of physical reality? Even the most intelligent leaders of the mind-body-spirit community will often offer a pat answer—we  are here as a training ground for higher spiritual development, as though the Earth plane were a kind of boot camp. Physical reality has gotten a very bad rap from Buddhism, Hinduism, Platonism, and Christianity. My reply to this issue is for now only preliminary. It will be presented in depth in my next book on reincarnation and the oversoul.
    The idea of physical life being lower than non-physical life is a vestige of all the above archaic philosophies.  We are not here because we are too dumb to know better, too unevolved to get off the arduous wheel of reincarnation. As I argue forcefully in The Last Frontier, the notion of spiritual evolution is nonsensical in the greater reality of non-spacetime from which we spring. We are a part of that greater self, the oversoul or entity, and we willingly choose to be here, fully aware that we will have to deal with a slew of limitations.  I must add here that the current interpretation of everything in life, in-between lives, or in the afterlife as learning processes is repulsive to me. We are not in a perpetual schoolroom. We are gods. And we create universes while seeking to fulfill ourselves.
    Obviously, non-physical dimensions—which the greatest part of us is in now—are far more thought-responsive than the physical ones. In the life of in the body, bringing forth matter, that is materialization, is a very specific kind of creativity, and although also thought responsive, it is far less immediate than that of non-material dimensions. It takes enormous energy and focus, and several steps are needed to achieve a desired goal. In order to maintain this kind of creativity and focus, we must put aside much of our native transcendent awareness.
    If we really grasped how we are creating reality, how we, for instance, create each other or the chair you might be sitting in right now, we would be astonished by the task we have cut out for ourselves. We would be proud of the part we play and the sacrifices we make that are necessary to the development of a highly experimental realm, a realm that is exceedingly rare in comparison to the near infinite number of non-physical realms. We are here not because we are dumb or too unevolved. We are here because of our innate drive to create and experience in wholly new ways. We are pioneers, we are curious, restless, we are tough and like to take on big challenges, and most of all, we are courageous.
    We have not just invented matter, we have invented time and space. And we use these inventions to good purpose, to further our creativity and exploration and to add contour and texture to an entirely different universe. We also invented the ego to enhance our ability to focus. The sheer creativity of it, nanosecond-to-nanosecond, is breathtaking.
    What we are doing here is literally plucking form and substance out of a subatomic stew, a stew that composes our physical bodies as well. And we do this by concentrated intention, which nevertheless seems effortless to us. On consensus, we create a chair, for example, out of this stew, or we create our own bodies. Four people in a room will create four individual chairs, with chair five being the original intent of the chair maker. Each chair is unique as is the perception of it.  If you go to sit down in a chair but miss it, perhaps falling to the floor, it is because you reconstructed the chair in a slightly different place, without realizing it. The existence of an object or a living being flashes in and out of our reality. In every Plank unit (the smallest unit of time) a new chair, or, for that matter, a new physical you is formed. Growth and decay are illusions we also create.
    All of this is achieved through mass agreement. Perceptions from different cultures will not allow certain objects or ideas to form while promoting others unknown—No, unthinkable— in some societies. I remember reading about a film made in the West and shown to people in the Congo. What the Congolese saw was chickens in the forefront. Not one of them noticed the machinery in the film. Why? Because they did not recreate the machinery. Machinery was unthinkable. They instead altered the film by eliminating the machinery. It simply was not there.
    Most of us have seen evidence of how material creations alter when the consensus or mass agreement changes, although we may not have realized it. Not so long ago, I returned to the house I lived in as a child. The owner allowed me to come in and look around. Nothing was the same. The house seemed smaller, for one thing, and looked as though it were set at an angle. Even the rooms looked slightly slanted and certainly narrower.  It was clear to me that this was not the house I lived in. This phenomenon, experienced by so many of us, is usually attributed to the difference between a small child’s perception and an adult’s. The truth is, however, the house itself has altered according to the repeated changes in consensus. Consensus is built on the expectations of its inhabitants.  Now that’s a big topic, but for later.
    So when people ask me what we are doing here, I immediately think of a toddler exploring a table leg with its tongue.  The sharpness of it, the coolness, the taste, the smoothness, the edges all have such deep but inexplicable meaning. The illusion of solidity that we constantly create has an unmatchable brilliance, but it comes at a price. What we do in this experimental and still-developing universe adds considerably to the range of experience in all realms.  We should revel in it, as artists revel in their painting and composers in their music making.




    Ref Source Julia Assante Blog

    The Secret of Secrets

    $
    0
    0
    Dayal Faqir

    Source Ref  


    CHAPTER-1
    SAT SANG DATE 3rd. NOVEMBER, 1975
    The Hymn and its Essence
    0’ Seekers! Satguru (Preceptor) has revealed to me the Secret of Self realization. You can achieve it by Meditation within. Neither there is need to go or a need to come anywhere else. You can achieve it without manual labor, even a deaf& a dumb & a cripple can cross this ocean of life & overcome other obstruction & hurdles with the grace of Guru Radhaswami.
    The Hymn
    0’ Fellow-Seekers! Sat Guru Disclosed the Reality,
    Sit steadfastly within, withdrawn from everywhere,
    Why move hand and feet,
    When you attain spontaneous union;
    Cross mountains as a cripple,
    And ascend the highest, peak,
    When a dumb can speak in myriad forms, and blow the Devine Conch.
    Handless can he do all deeds, Feetless travel the path;
    Without tongue relish the taste, by the Satguru's compassion;
    Ecstasy prevails wherever mind roams;
    And attains primordial trance.
    Cross arduous dell of "Bhanwar Gufa",
    and reach Truth's Abode;
    Un-affected by anguish deep,
    Obeying the True Guru;
    Taking refuge in Guru Radhaswami,
    Preaches the Beauty of Devotion;
    RADHASWAMI,
    Kuber Nath you have come for the satsang (Community service) I am performing this duty in obedience to my preceptor, His Holiness Data Dayal. His Holiness had ordered me to modify the Mode of Preaching before leaving this corporate frame. Inthe hymn referred to above is Holiness Data Dayal says, Satguru revealed the Reality" After spending the whole of my life in search of Truth I questioned myself, "What reality have I know?" The SECRET is that I do not manifest myself anywhere. This Reality is the key to Sant Mat; have I manifested myself neither in your sub consciousness nor in your meditation. Holiness Data Dayal did his best to make me understand this Secret but I failed to catch his symbols He did not disclose the Secret because n either the world aspired for it nor deserved it. If this Secret is revealed, then the religious centers cannot flourish, His Holiness did not assign this task to me to exploit the ignorant but to make me realize this Secret. And at last, I have known the Secret.
    O, fellow travelers! Satguru revealed the Reality,
    Sitting steadfastly within,
    Withdrawn from everywhere;
    This withdrawal is of two kinds; physical and mental but when one realizes the TRUTH, this process of withdrawal or coming and going comes to an end. Equipoise and tranquility prevail. There was a time when mentally I used to create the holy image of Hazur Data Dayal ji and adore it. But ever since I came to know that my form manifests to different people at different places and fulfils their materialistic and subtle desires, whereas I remain unaware of my manifestations, it convinced me that whatever manifested within me was all illusion. These were nothing but suggestions and impressions. Having known this secret, my SURAT does not long for anything but remains within "SELF' When mind is withdrawn it becomes tranquil. Coming and going here means the attachment of SURAT with any holy form, LIGHT, or SOUND, in unison with mind it is the SURAT that comes and goes.
    Why move hand and feet,
    You attain easily spontaneous union".
    The spontaneous union is to withdraw your SELF from all gross and subtle attachments and to remain within `SELF". You are to struggle hard in order to form a holy image within, and for seeing the LIGHT and listening to the Sound one has to do regular SADHANA (Practice) But when one attains knowledge, the struggle and SADHANA come to an end. At this stage, the individual stands convinced, that he is neither body, nor mind, neither LIGHT nor SOUND.
    His Self attains equipoise. But it is not possible to remain in this state for all the time. I wish but I fail. I live in mind as well as in this world realizing that whatever manifests within, is illusion, thus they do not attract my SELF. For example, if the boy is ill, I do not get disturbed knowing that every action has its reaction People from all walks of life come to me. I play with them accordingly and never feel sad. I know about my own self. I do not know how SWAMIJI MAHARAJ or KABIR lived. This is the Secret:-
    "Crosses mountains as a cripple
    And ascends the highest peak.
    A cripple cannot trudge, so how can he cross the mountain? Here the mountain means the mental thoughts and feelings, that are insurmountable I was deeply entangled with them. But the Secret is known to me. I surmount them all The multifarious thoughts that erupt at the time of your SADHANA, do not allow you to become still within, These different thoughts are the mounds or mountains, that you cannot cross But for me they have no existence now, I go far beyond them, because my mind is crippled. No thought now tempts me at the time of SADHANA; I directly ascend to the top. But you people cannot achieve this state at this stage. You are yet to become a cripple still you have mountains of thoughts and desires to cross. This is what I understand by becoming "Crippled". However, I do not claim any finality.
    I came to this path at the age of 7 years and today, I am reaching 90. I have spent the whole life In search of TRUTH. The hindrances In the way of self realization are the stages of SAHAS DAL KAMAL, TRIKUTI, SUNNA, MAHASUNNA and BHANVAR GUFA. They are the mountains to be crossed within. For me they have no existence, because I have known the Secret. 0 seekers! You may all get health, wealth and peace. It is you, who have helped me to realize this Secret, and enabled me to understand the Santmat. Manifestations of GURU, god and goddesses form is a veil. Behind the veil lakhs of ignorant people are deluded by different religions, sects and Gurus. Big sectarian and communal centers have come into existence due to this veil and Gurus make fortunes not only for themselves, but for their generations.
    "Dumb speaks in myriad forms,
    And blows the Anhad conch"
    The chiming of the bell, sound of the conch and the Thunder of cloud within are too the mountains in the way of a SADHAK. Only the Anhad SOUND (Divine Sound) is the NAMA. It is a Resonance from your brain. Kuber Nath, you are my Gurubhai. You respect me and love me. My intentions are pure. All my life and my realizations are before me. Therefore, I do not consider that I am wrong. Only this realization that I do not manifest anywhere and to anybody has transformed my life. Because I had pledged to speak my realizations to the world and Hazur Data Dayal ji had ordained me to change the mode of preaching, I speak my experiences of life without any reservations.
    I do all deeds without hands,
    Feetless travel the path!
    Without Tongue relish the taste,
    With Satguru's compassion.
    Now, when the Secret is known and the path is found, what path is to be trodden? The distance is covered and the destination is reached. Swami Ji had writtenat one place, that path (Path of spiritual realization) has exhausted the aspirant because he remains attracted by the inner visions or the manifestations and the different SOUNDS of the different stages. He gets pleasure and thus remains stranded in the PATH. But when the Secret of these visions, manifestations and sounds is known, the path is cut short. There remains nothing to tempt you and to stop you from reaching the destination. You jump over and go ahead. This is the BEHANGAM path.
    I had a yearning to know the TRUTH.  I loved, worshipped and adored DATA DAYAL ji to the extreme. But the TRUTH and the Secret remained beyond my comprehension. In 1918 A.D. Hazur Data Dayal said to me; "You should never think that by doing this work, you would redeem any distress but by doing this work, you shall have the glimpse of SAT GURU RADHASWAMI DAYAL in the form of Satsangis and they shall redeem you". Now I have had the glimpse. I do not know, whether I am right or wrong. But whatever I have understood, I have said in plain words.
    "Ecstasy prevails wherever mind roams
    And attains liberation.
    Same is the verdict of Sanatan Dharma as:
    "Where ever the mind goes,
    The Samadhi is there itself.
    After knowing this TRUTH man becomesfree from all whims and doubts and he attains peace.
    ‘Crosses is dell of Bhanvar Gufa,
    And reaches abode of Truth’
    The saints might have known what is meant by Bhanvar Gufa. What I have understood about it? It is that as water makes a whirlpool in a stream and it does not allow anything to go out of its circle, similarly our mind makes a whirlpool of its thoughts within and it becomes its victim. Whirlpool of the stream does not set free even its water and any of its victims. Similarly our inner whirlpool works within and does not allow our mind to go away from its whirl. It is due to the extreme mercy of the Munificent Lord, that I could go beyond the whirl of my mind and now I do not enjoy or suffer the pleasures or the Pains of my inner Bhanwer (whirl).
    ‘Not aggrieved by deep anguish,
    Remain obedient to the enlightened Guru.’
    Guru Maharaj ji had ordered me to do this task and by doing this, I have attained peace.
    ‘Sing today Guru’s virtues,
    And thus be delighted
    Having compassion, supreme Abode's dweller,
    Manifested Himself in human form.’
    Because Hazur Maharaj got encouragement and the Secret from Swami Ji Maharaj, therefore he eulogies the merits of Swami Ji Maharaj in these lines is under emotions of happiness. Only he can tell you about the SUPREME ABODE, who himself has been to that ABODE. Hazur Maharaj ji writes that "That Supreme Element has manifested in this body in the form of Guru;
    Taught me about Real Self,
    And revealed the Secret of the Path;
    I do not know, what secret was revealed to Hazur Maharaj by Swami Ji Maharaj, But, what I' have understood about it is explained below. All manifestations, visions and forms that are seen within are your mental creations. Beyond them is LIGHT and SOUND. The object that sees the LIGHT within and listens to the SOUND is the "TRUTH", the "SELF". That object is the SUPREME ELEMENT, the base of the SELF. The "SELF" is your ABODE. From there we have descended to this physical level and engrossed ourselves in this mundane world. The Guru comes and most compassionately directs us to our REAL ABODE. Hazur Data Dayal ji addressed me as:
    ‘What are you? You are an axis of the universe, O’ manly Faqir!
    The entire world rotates around you, under thy influence.’
    These words of Data Dayal ji were beyond my understanding. Just to make me understand this REALITY, His Holiness deputed me to do this work. I am neither Guru nor Mahatma. I have no desire to become a Guru. From this work I have understood, that it was my own mind that used to revolve around my "SELF" and my "SELF" was its witness. I am neither LIGHT nor SOUND. LIGHT and SOUND revolve around ME. The OBJECT around which the mind, Light and Sound rotate is the REALITY. That is the MAINSTAY and our origin and beginning. Hazur Data Dayal ji I wrote this hymn for me where as Satsangis helped me to understand it.
    Thy SELF is ever separate from
    The worldly existence, the existence of I, it is
    When you shed attachment, you merge with God."
    I, you and everybody is the same object around which the mind, Light and Sound revolve. Our SELF is the REALITY and the rest are its attributes. Some on- says, ‘I am light.’ other one says, ‘I am Brahma.’ This is all a fancy. The Guru explains the TRUTH and REALITY, and by his grace, the TRUTH is realized.
     ‘All these names are thy modes, Thou art the Reality of them all, what is this existence all?
                                  'It is the imitation of the Reality,
                    Thou art cosmos, than art the truth;
                   All else Thy imitations;
             What are contemplation and Knowledge?
             They are all your wisdom.
    My Form manifests in America, Africa and in different parts of India, but I remain ignorant about it. Even I remain unaware of the persons who meditate on my Form. I have removed this mask of fancy whereas some other Gurus and religious heads take undue advantage of this myth from their ignorant followers. I do not blame the religious heads and these Gurus, because the followers too feel flattered by this loot and they do not want to get rid of this illusion. They remain attached to the pleasures of ignorance and fail to reach the ABODE,
    "Enlightened are all with Thy light,
    Sun and Moon and the sky;
    All Splendors is the reflection Of Thy Own Presence.
    He is the MAINSTAY of all. All the forms that are visualized within, the LIGHT that is seen and the SOUND heard are all due to the SELF. All the Suns, Moons and Stars that are shining within are illuminated by the SELF. Nothing comes from without. The SELF is the Creator of all these things. Without SELF there is void.
    Thou art in the wise and the ignorant,
                            Thou take myriad Forms;
            Under their veil,"
    Thy Entity is hidden.
    The intellect is the creation of Thy SELF. Thou hast created the world the creations are the veils, and I was enveloped by them. These creations are to be removed to find out the SELF. I am highly grateful to Hazur Data Dayal ji who removed all my illusions. In order to carry on the dictates of Hazur Data Dayal ji, I needed a centre. It is due to this fact that I established this Manavta Mandir. I know that due to my plain speaking, Mandir shall face financial difficulties but I am not worried about it. Mandir may or may not flourish. My mission is not to collect money. Had I not spoken this truth, I would have been a man of millions, but my mission is to remove the mask of ignorance. One may or may not take advantage of it.
    Heaven Earth and Sky,
    All Stand on Thee Alone,
    Thou feign ignorance,"
    Thou know the unknown."
    Data Dayal ji says to me, ‘0, crazy! You know about everything but still you have become ignorant.’
                                 Thou art neither wisdom nor Intellect
                                 And where art thou lost
                                 Lost thee in their game
                                 Intoxicated by your own existence
                                 Thou awake and sleep
                                 But when go above them both
                                 You will know then your own real self
    My listener companion showed me the Path of Realization, though I had emotion, love and devotion for it. This gentleman (Indicating a man sitting in the Satsang) was in the Indian Army. He suffered illness and the doctors declared him unfit for defense services. He says, “My form manifested in him and blessed him saying, ‘You shall be alright and get employment in the Post Office.” This is what actually happened later on. Now the question is - did I go to say him anything or to bless him. No. But, unfortunately, you do not aspire for what I say. You have desires for the worldly life.
         Therefore you should the path of Vedas.
         Thoughts and intentions should be pure. As you think so you become and your condition depends upon your intentions. The entire game is of your mind. For the progress in worldly life, Sumiran and Dhyan are indispensable. But for a Shabda Yogi this world is not needed.
                                 “Verily, thou care not,
                                 For this Secret too,
                                        Seen not till today,
                                        A man of thy being
    Hazur Data Dayal Ji writes about me that he has not seen a man of my dignity. You might be thinking that Data Dayal Ji has praised me. The meaning of these lines is quite the opposite. Listen what Hazur Maharaj ji attained:-
                                        “Today Guru’s attributes awakened
                                        Thirst and research in me
                                        Having mercy, dweller of the supreme Abode
                                        Manifested Himself in the human form
                                        Revealed to me his own abode
                                        Disclosed to me the Secret of the path.”
                The Guru directs the True aspirants to the abode of self. This abode is unutterable, infinite, unfathomable, unnamed and absolute. We all have descended from there and we are to return there.
                                        Varied descriptions of each stage
                                        Compassionately did explain
                                        Endowing his compassion and support
                                        Attuned mind and Surat to Shabda.
    The Guru plains about the different centers of mind and soul and he alone tells about Surat. The greatness of the Guru is sung because he is the only guide to the Supreme Abode.
                                        Chopped the gallows of deed and doubts
                                        Saved me from time and deed
                                        Developing love and faith in mind
                                        Directed me to the Self Abode
    We do our utmost to get the peace of mind. But as the Guru reveals the secret the entire struggle for the attainment of peace comes to an end. The Guru by developing devotion and faith in the aspirants directs him to his Real Self. I was in search of Rama and had no peace. His Holiness Data Dayal Ji explained the secret for me as:-
                                        I make you play easy game
                                        Sing Surat Shabad Yoga
         Be thee safe from Time's cradle,
        Tell thee method unique,
    With Intellect attend Guru's Satsang,
    For the Guru is graceful,
    Be a SADHU, understand method,
    Go beyond the cradle
    Of corporeal frame to Gods Abode.
    By rare Luck, you have taken to Satsangat,
    Your Step is on the Right Path, Understand it & dispel the Illusion’
    I was unable to dispel this Illusion. I was ignorant, about the Reality of this Illusion. For dispelling this Illusion, Data Dayal ji gave me this work.
    ‘He who has not learnt this Secret from his Guru,
    Remains enveloped in this illusion.’
    All the inner creations i.e. thoughts, feelings, shapes and forms are not the Reality. They have no existence of their own but still their existence is felt as Reality. If this fact is realized, the entire problem is solved. Swami Ji Maharaj writes:-
    "See amidst sky, black lotus blossoming,
    The Moth was enticed, ascended there and lost;
    This place of deception, remained seeing It, Many Sidh, Nath, Yogi remained seeing it; Time its own net separately spreading,
    Whosoever went there, sent him back,
    Varied tricks showing, remained there alluring, Earning of all, ever stood snatching,
    What! What should I say; it is causing many misfortunes,
    Except Sant Satguru, it engulfs one & all?
    None could go beyond, remain all entrapped there,
    Swinging the cradle of illusion, swings the ascetics,
    Beyond door, to none, he allows going,
    Thus the Secret of beyond, remained undisclosed,
         The SHESHA & the SHIVA, All stood forlorn,
       Except a saint none found, crossing over to that side,
    That Secret Radhaswami, disclosing to one & all, upon whom, he is kind, alone he is having faith
    All the forms, images and colors or scenes of SAHASDAL KAMAL, TRIKUTI, SUNNA and MAHASUNNA are nothing but a sport of illusion (Maya) and Time (Kaal).
    "From birth to birth, suffers pains, pleasures, and is damned
    The different forms, sights and shades that would appear to you at the time of death, shall decide the nature of your next birth. The last thoughts decide transmigration. The cycle of transmigration can be stopped only by KNOWLEDGE, LIGHT, and SOUND. But if you see Baba Faqir, Baba Sawan Singh ji Maharaj, Lord Rama or Lord Krishna at the time of death you shall definitely have the rebirth. Hazur Maharaj ji, the founder of Radhaswami faith has also written the same in his writings, that at time of death, the dying man sees the film of his entire life, his preceptor too appears in that film. The Guru attunes him to the SHABAD also, but still the man spends some time on the other Planets. He gets Satsang and glimpse of his Guru there but when some realized soul (Sant Sat Guru) comes on this earth, that man too takes birth, come in contact with him and by removing his deficiencies, attains salvation. Had I not found TRUTH in Sant Mat, I would have out rightly denounced it. I am a Brahmin and I was the worshipper of Lord Rama and Krishna. But the saints have denounced them as the incarnations of Kaal. The denunciation of my ideals was intolerable to me because I was ignorant. But at the same time I had unshakable faith in Hazur Data Dayal ji. Therefore, I had a vow that I shall sincerely follow this path of Saints and speak my knowledge to the world. Thus I am not doing any favor to you. I am reaping the harvest of my own deeds.
    When the child is ignorant the mother holds him fast to her breast. She sometimes even remains naked in his presence. But when he becomes young and gains worldly knowledge, she never uncovers her breast or any other part of her body in his presence. As the mother has nourished the child and- has suffered all pains for him, it becomes the sacred duty of the-grown up child to serve the mother to his best. Similarly, a follower, after attaining True knowledge must do his best to adore and serve his preceptor. If he does not do so, it is ungratefulness. Because I have known this Secret from you, I adore you and serve you to the best of my capacity.
    Debauches liberated, wrathful liberated,
    Liberated numerous sinners,
    Egoist, ungrateful,
    Never are liberated even by reciting Name.
    Nobody is free from lust and anger on this earth. They all attain liberation except the egoist and the ungrateful. Here egoist means the one who considers the Guru as Baba Faqir or Hazur Baba Sawan Singh ji. Guru is not the physical body. Guru is your own self. He was never separate from you. He is never separate and He shall never be. But this TRUTH is not easily understood.
    I have understood this truth from my Satsangis. Therefore, I am not ungrateful to them. I got this Secret from a fellow traveler Sh. Gopi Lal Krishak. I served him and paid all his expenses as long as he stayed in the Mandir. Now I am doing my best to serve another such companion Dayal Das and you all to the best of my capacity. I am highly grateful to you because your experiences helped meto comprehend the unintelligible.
    ‘Compassionately he pulled me,
    And kept me at his feet.’
    I was sincerely in search of TRUTH. His will took me to the hallowed feet of Data Dayal ji. Therefore, you should develop a sincere desire. Guru shall himself come to you or guide you in one or the other form.
    ‘Had he not been kind to me,
    I should have been in Time's net’
    Hazur Maharaj ji writes that had Swami Ji Maharaj not been Kind to him, he would have remained in the trap of Time (Kaal) and illusion (Maya).
    I am powerless, losing how Thy greatness,
    Owned me with compassion
    This is how Hazur Maharaj expresses his gratefulness to his Guru Maharaj and does not claim any credit for himself. Kuber Nath, you are my Gurubhai. This world is based on the principle of give and take. Those who owe me shall pay and whom I owe, shall get.
    “O’ Fellow Travelers, Satguru revealed the Reality
    Whatever I have gained and whatever I have understood is explained to you. Now it is for you to brood and act.
    Radhaswami to all.
     
    CHAPTER II
    Sat Sang Dated 4th. November, 1975
     
    The Hymn
    "He who searched alone found, 0’ Fellow-Seekers! The Mine of Nam's Gems, The Mine is open in the mind's mountain,
    Pry the Sat Guru's grace,
    With love's spade do inward devotion;
    Only few Realized Souls do it
    The Pure Digging mind attains precious gem,
    Name’s gems the pleasure giver,
    Poverty, grief then comes not near;
    Mind remains ever pleased,
    Go to Satsang, have Secret from Guru;
    Leave thou the company evil,
    Dedicated and surrendered to Radhaswami's feet,
    You become Enlightened.
    RADHASWAMI.
    After listening to this hymn, I question myself, "Faqir, have you attained the gem of Nama?" Had there been His Holiness Data Dayal Ji I would have asked him about his Wealth of Nama? His Holiness writes:-
    ‘Searcher alone found Gems of Name’s mine.’
    I have been searching this mine of Name’s gems since long and now I am 89 year. What did I find?
    The Mine is opened in the mind's mountain,
    By the Sat Guru's kindness
    His Holiness writes that the mine is opened in the mountain of mind. What do I understand from it? I explain to you my own experiences. Kuber Nath, you have come. Every month you send me Rs.200.00. I am a truth-lover. I wanted to see what an individual can achieve from Nama? If SHABAD is considered the Nama which is unbreakable sound (Dhunatmac sound) then I dare not say it. Why? Because even after listening to that unbreakable sound, when I come down to the physical level, I see the visions. Many a time I see the good scenes and sometime bad scenes in my dreams. I wish the modern Gurus should present their true self to their followers, so that the ignorant may not be exploited.
    This night I had a dream in which I saw running trains. An accident occurred, I carried my luggage. My father, whom I was afraid of, met me ahead. Then I met my mother, my first wife was also sitting there. I enquired from my wife, "What about your wounded leg? Is your leg now alright? Are you not my wife?" Meanwhile I awoke and attuned myself to the SHABAD (inner Sound).
    From such experiences, I understand that the mind of a man who undertakes the practice of SURAT SHABAD YOG (Union of soul with God) does not become impregnable to the old Samskaras. Do the old Samskaras not magnify themselves in his dream? They do. I sent three registered letters to Baba Sawan Singh ji regarding dreams and enquired from him whether he saw dreams? If yes, of what nature. He did not reply my letters. During the last years of his life, when his brother expired Data Dayal ji wrote one of his dreams in a book. In that dream Data Dayal ji had written that he enquired from his late brother, "Where do you live?" It proves that even the saints of the stature of His Holiness Data Dayal ji, Param Sants, Mahatmas and those who attune themselves to the unbreakable sound are not free from the influence of the old Samskaras. They do bud forth in the sub-conscious mind of the great spiritualists as well. All these deeds, thoughts and feeling where selfish motives are involved shall positively have the reaction upon the individual concerned either in awaking or in sleep. Why do I say it? This is my experience. Ever since the establishment of Manvta Mandir I have never dreamt about it. I have never seen Kuber Nath, Durga Dass, Munshi Ram, Gopal Dass or any other Satsangi in my dreams though I meet thousands of Satsangis here and in my tours. Why? For, I am neither attached to Mandir nor to any one of you. I have no selfish motive to achieve from the Mandir or through any of the Satsangis. I have got good wishes for all of you and love for you. I do not involve my Self in this game. This mother (indicating to an old lady sitting in the Satsang) looks after me, serves me and adores me, but she has never appeared in my dreams. But why my father, mother, wife and railway trains appear time and again in my dreams? For, my Self was attached to them. My Self had developed love for them. My Self had owned them. The impressions of ownership entertained by me for many years do not stop magnifying even today after a lapse of many years. What is the solution then to remove these impressions and free yourself from the grief, disturbance and whims? If you are not free from them you are not liberated. What is that Nama which liberates you?
    “0’ Fellow Travelers, while there is life there is hope,
    Those Selfish Gurus who promise Salvation after Death,
    Give false Hope."
    The gurus who advise their followers to recite Nama and assure them that they would lead them at the time of death are false. They are most selfish. Can these gurus liberate you? Kabir writes:-
    ,'Mind leads to bondage, mind liberates,
    And Mind gives Happiness & Bliss."
    Kabir writes that mind is the cause of bondage and mind is the cause of the liberation. If mind is all in all, then what does Nama do? Nama is the EXPERIENCE, THE REALISATION and the KNOWLEDGE which I have gained from your company. It is that I do not manifest anywhere. Whatever manifests within me or within you is not the REALITY. Manifestations are nothing but the impressions and suggestions that are ingrained upon our mind and we have accepted them as the Reality. Till an individual is not firmly convinced that these manifestations and visions are only the reflections of the ingrained impressions, the individual cannot attain Self Realization. This is the essence of the realizations of my life of 90 years.
    Kuber Nath, you came. I have love and good wishes for you. He (indicating another man) came. You serve me and he too serves me. Today morning, I questioned myself, “Have you attained Self Realization?” People say that unbreakable sound within is Nama and generally this view is accepted. It is not so. This unbreakable sound (resonant inner sound) is in fact a means to the ULTIMATE. It is a means of search. His Holiness Data Dayal writes:-
    ‘The searcher alone found, 0’ Fellow travelers,
    The mine of Name’s gem’
    Why did I make search for Nama? I became introvert in search of ‘SOMETHING’ I visualized forms, worshipped Rama, Krishna, Bhagwan and searched the formless from within. During this research, I used to enjoy the glimpse of different forms and see the different scenes. I used to talk to these forms as well. What was all this? It was all the search of mind. It was a search to find and reach that ABODE. I heard the tinkling of bells, blowing of the conch, saw light and heard sound within. Whatever I visualized and heard within was all a search of mind. After having the long search within I could attain Nama, and that too due to the experiences of the Satsangis. Nama is nothing but the Experience, the Realization. Radhaswami Dayal also defines Nama as:-
    "SURAT and SHABAD are both experiences of Realization,
    And thou art only buried in the well of doubts & superstitions."
    Those who attune the Self to the Sound and consider SOUND as the Ultimate but do not have the enlightenment; in fact they too remain without the attainment of Nama. Why? I narrate to you an incident. What happens in dreams? I go to my bed, attune myself to the SOUND and develop attachment with the LIGHT within. But how long do I remain in that state? Ultimately, I fall asleep and enter the state of dreams. Sometimes, I become conscious that I am seeing the dreams, but sometime I do not. In my dreams, I generally see trains, listen to the SOUND and see the LIGHT. Sometimes, my wife, father, mother and rarely son appear in my dreams. I see nothing more than them in my dreams. If, even after listening to the SOUND, the individual does not experience the Reality of these visions, forms, LIGHT and SOUND, the individual remains without Nama, This is my experience. I may be wrong. It is due to this fact that I wish that the modern saints and Mahatamas should speak their practical life to their followers. I wish them to tell how they face the realities of life in 24 hours day. So what I have understood about Nama is the true knowledge of the feelings, visions, shades and images that are seen within. This knowledge, that all the creations of the awaking, dreaming, deep sleep, consciousness and super-consciousness, are nothing but the Samskaras, and that it is all the creation of mind, is realization. What to speak about others, even I am not aware of my own Self. Who knows what may happen to me at the time of death? I may enter the state of unconsciousness, enter the state of dreams and see Railway trains. How can I make a claim about my attainment of the ULTIMATE? The truth is that I know nothing. After listening to this hymn of Hazur Data Dayal ji, an idea struck in my mind, "You Faqir advise and preach to others, have you yourself attained Nama?"
    ‘The searcher alone found, 0’ Fellow travelers,
                   The mine of Name’s gem’
    When I claim I am Sant Sat Guru Waqt (Saint of the time) then, am I not supposed to ask myself about my own achievement? Yes, I am. For me Nama is knowledge. This realization is Nama that the inner stages of SAHASDAL KAMAL, TRIKUTI, SUNNA and MAHASUNNA are all Kaal and Maya. They do not have any existence of their own, but are illusions. Whatever is seen within is one's own thought and one's own mind. It is your own mind that manifests in the form of Baba Faqir. Your own mind solves your problems, but you give credit to me.
    Vyas Narayan, the astrologer, is sitting here. When he was in Ujjain, my form appeared to him and solved many of his worldly problems. He came here, and narrated to me all his incidents. I never knew him before. Now the question is who manifested to him and solved his problems? This is all the game of mind and nothing else. Kuber Nath, listen. What I have understood about Nama is:-
    ‘The Mine is opened in mind's mountain
    By the Satguru's blessings’
     
    Mind governs up to fourteen stages. Swami Tulsi Dass also writes as:-
    "Rays of mental perception reaches where,
    Creations of illusion extend up to there."
    So my entire struggle has ended with this conclusion, that the creations of mind are ephemeral. They are the reflections of the impressions and suggestions that are imprinted upon our mind. When the illuminating soul ascends to a particular stage these impressions and suggestions get magnified and become visible within, just as the film is magnified with the help of a particular lens and focuses light in a cinema house. In a cinema hall you see the running horses, fights and dancing women on the serene. You enjoy the scene as if they were real. Many people feel happy when there is some good scene and weep when there is some tragic scene. Where-as actually there is nothing on the screen except the magnified photos of a film. Similarly, the ignorant feel happy or aggrieved by the inner mental visions. With a joyful thought they get delighted and with a sorrowful thought they feel afflicted. So Nama is the attainment of "Gyan" Knowledge and Equanimity. This stage can be attained only after having a constant search within.
    "With love's spade, do inward devotion,
    Dig some few enlightened."
    Make a devoted search of the various stages of SADHANA within and see what is hidden in your mind. I tell you another important thing i.e. the results of SADHANA of each individual shall never be the same. When a man meditates, the Samskaras imprinted upon his mind get magnified and take the different forms, different shades and different Sounds. Some one sees Vishnu ji others see, Lord Rama and still others see Lord Krishna or the Guru within. Ask any Christian or Muslim, if they see Lord Rama in their meditation or dreams? If Lord Rama is really all pervading, then His image must also manifest invariably to Muslims and Christian as well? Lord Krishna and lord Shiva must have also appeared to the men of other faiths. But, they do not. Similarly, Jesus Christ and Prophet Mohammad do not manifest to the Hindus. Why is it so? Because Muslims and Christians do not have the Samskaras of Hindus gods and the Hindus do not have the Samskaras of Prophet Mohammad and of Jesus Christ. Manifestations that appear to you are the magnified forms of your own Samskaras. There is nothing from without. I had the glimpse of Lord Rama and Vishnu ji many a time. I have enjoyed the visions of Hindu gods. Why did it so happen? It was due to two factors. Firstly, I had read Ramayana and secondly, being a Brahmin I had the Hindu Samskaras. So, as and when I sat for meditation I saw themagnified forms of these very Samskaras. It is due to this fact that much emphasis is given upon good Samskaras and the Satsang of the realized Guru. Time and again it is advised to make a search for the Realized, Realized and the Realized Guru. Study the writings of Guru Nanak or the writings of Swami Ji Maharaj. They too have preached for the same. The realized Guru here means, a guru who gives you the True knowledge reveals to you the Secret and develops your discriminative faculty.
    "Digging mind attains precious gem
    Of Nama, 'the pleasure giver,"
    I know not the meaning of these lines. I may be wrong. Had there been His Holiness Data Dayal Ji I would have asked him about what he meant by Nama. His Holiness is not here now, only his writings are with me. His writings give me peace of mind or say I interpret his writings according to my own satisfaction. There is no other Mahatma who dare say the TRUTH. I told you that I wrote three registered letters to Baba Sawan Singh jiand received no reply. How could he reply? Had he written the TRUTH, his Dera would have suffered a great loss. Truth is always bitter. If you say the Truth, you would not be respected or liked. Kuber Nath, you have come. An opium eater would tell the benefits of the opium to his visitors and a wine addict would praise the drinks. I tell you about the path that I have trodden. Make one, as your ideal and have faith that He is Munificent and the Mainstay of the entire creation. Surrender your life to Him and live happily-You cannot avoid the reactions of your past Samskaras, undergo them cheerfully. There is no other solution except enjoying them. I cannot help you but your own intentions, your own devotion, your own true cravings and your own faith shall help you. I speak to you the SUPREME TRUTH. Do you understand, Leela? (Pointing to a lady in the Satsang) You have spent the whole of your life in Beas, Agra and Hoshiarpur. Try to understand the Truth. I hive told you about the entire struggle of my life, and today I have reached this conclusion that there is a SUPREME MASTER, and His sport is Infinite. Now neither I accept LIGHT nor SOUND) as the Guru. I live at His will. Who knows what will happen after death?
    "Poverty, grief then does not come near,
    Mind remains ever pleased."
    When it is realized that all the thoughts, feelings and Samskaras that arise from within, do not have any existence of their own, then why get aggrieved and why get pleased. If your grief is not to last for a long period, then happiness too does not remain permanently. Both grief and happiness are hypothetical. Realization of this fact is the attainment of JEEVANMUKTA State (Liberation in life). According to the philosophy of saints and sages, the Jeevan Mukta state cannot be attained without the True knowledge (GYANA) but, this True Knowledge cannot be attained till individual does not make a thorough search of his mind. What is the search of the mind? There is a centre of multi forms in the mind. There is TRINITY in the mind, there is duality in the mind and there is non-duality in the mind. These are the centers of Mind as there are multiple forms in the SAHASDAL KAMAL, in TRIKUTI there are meditator, meditation and the meditative and in MAHASUNNA there is non-duality. This is the entire game of Mind, and it has to be searched.
    "Go to Satsang, have Secret from the Guru,
    Desert thou the company evil."
    Now, you yourself listen what His Holiness Data Dayal ji writes in these lines. What would you gain from the company of the Guru? You will gain Secret, the Truth. But unfortunately, every individual does not deserve it. Only rare personalities aspire for it. If you start teaching sexology to a child of 6 or 7 years will he understand anything about it'? No. He will not. If you teach the subject of Atomic energy to a student of 8th class, he will not understand it. Similarly, this Secret can also not be understood by every Individual. There are stages and classes in each aspect of life. Therefore I do not denounce anybody or any class. Every saint or Guru is right in his own place. But only that Guru is not doing the right thing who does not speak the truth, for his selfish motives, fame and name. Such a Guru is guilty. This old lady (indicating a lady in the Satsang) though does not aspire for the Truth, yet I give her good wishes according to her nature so that she may have peace of mind. The Truth and the Secret is known by the rare. In Sant Mat, greatness is of the Secret. Swami Ji Maharaj writes:-
    "Guru revealed now the Secret of the Unknown,
    Surat ascended leaving state of doubt,
    Realized the Secret of Separation,
    Deviations ended of all vicissitude,
    Clouds of mercy started showers,
    The Net of Transmigration vanished,
    Broken the net of inaccessible,
    Attained the pleasure with each breath, attained today the fruit of Self restraint,
    Mind became the Moth of white lotus, burnt the sense of modesty and shame;
    Cut the snare of rules and religion,"
    Tulsi Dass says:-
    "Without Satsang there is no Realization,
    Without God's, grace it is not attainable,
    "Discriminative power" is another name or the Secret. However, there is a great difference between one and the other Secret (gross, subtle and causal Secrets). One may be aspirant of one Secret, the other for the other Secret and still another may not be an aspirant of any Secret. I have great drawback that I speak about the highest state and ordinary people do not follow me.
    "Dedicated & surrendered to Radhaswami's feet,
    I became Enlightened."
    Hazur Data Dayal ji writes, "Dedicated and surrendered to Radhaswami's feet". The world considers these feet (pointing to feet) as the human feet of Radhaswami. He does not mean these feet. The feet of Guru, is the LIGHT within. His Holiness writes that he isdedicated to the LIGHT which is the Real feet of Radhaswami, And the form of Radhaswami, is the SOUND (SHABHD), unless an individual undertakes the SADHANA of LIGHT within, he remains devoid of Guru's feet. You may wash my feet as many times as you like and drink the water, but it would not help you at all till you do not catch the LIGHT within. Today's Satsang is meant more for me to know if I have Realized God.
    Now I give you another proof of what I have said, In the book "ADHBHUTUPASNA YOGA" His Holiness data Dayal ji writes in the last hymn, "When in your SADHANA, you start to see the LIGHT and listen the SOUND within, then try to make a search for the guide (Guru) for further guidance. Therefore, the SADHANA of SURAT SHABDA YOGA is not the ULTIMATE aim. It is a mean to attain the ULTIMATE aim. It is simply a search of the mind, Guru is Knowledge (Gyana) and knowledge is Guru.
    "Understood none the Guru's form,
    Enveloped in doubt the ignorant,
    Thinking Guru Human being;
    Indulge in devotional ceremony,
    Such mortals are very ignorant;
    How can they cross the ocean of existence (Bhav?)
    They are proud of the body.
    Thinking that Guru is Human being,
    Receive the cool beatitude, (blessing)
    They are all alike a cattle, Steeped in suspicion,
    Know not the Guru Element."
    You consider me as your Guru. I feel this responsibility. It is admitted that you send financial help to the Mandir. May He give you more. I do not disagree with this principle of making offers. But I do not want to get anything by keeping you in the dark. In this very hymn, it is written, "Understand none the Guru's form," So I wish to explain to you.
    ‘Prudence cannot be attained without Satsang,
    Without His Grace, it is not easily available,
    Only he gets the Satsang upon whom He is gracious.
    Thinking Guru a human being,
    Individual make judgments,
    Such are ignorant rustics,
    Remain engrossed in world,
    Entrapped in trap of ignorance,
    The ignorant is enveloped in doubt’
    I myself was in the dark. I too considered physical body as the Guru's form. In order to redeem me and to remove my very Ignorance, His Holiness Data Dayal ji gave me this task. I still remember the days when His Holiness Data Dayal ji visited Giddarwaha. There I had said to Data Dayal ji, "Now you shall abandon your body." His Holiness, laughed and said, "Yes Faqir, whatever you have said is correct. All my deeds have exhausted but yours are still there. Continue doing this work. You shall have the glimpse of Radhaswami Dayal in the form of your Satsangis and you shall attain the Sublime state." I refused to do this work. His Holiness Data Dayal ji again said, "You have not yet reached your destination. This work shall redeem you." Now your kindness has redeemed me. Only due to you I have been able to understand the Secret. I have known the object for which I had been searching.
    "Thinking Guru a human being, Follow others like sheep,
    Why should they abandon the bondage?
    Steeped in worldliness,
    Fallen in the Yoni's mine,
    They are drowned in ignorance.
    The ideal is the name of Guru,
    Guru is destination of the mind,
    He who beholds not destination and ideal,
    Understand Him the most unwise,
    Knows the thing of his own mind;
    Steeped in ignorance
    Guru's faith ever remain in mind,
    The Mine of possible and impossible;
    He who has not this understanding,
    Is like a fool,
    Who recognized not Guru's form?
    Enveloped in doubt
    The Disciple remains in the mind,
    Guru at the vertex of Conscience;
    He who beholds the both in SELF,
    Is the Guru's servitor,
    Who remains resolutely fixed to only Guru's feet,
    Is steeped in ignorance.
    Now you yourself decide as to who is the servitor of the Guru? He who serves Baba Faqir, do you think he is the real servitor of the Guru? No, only he is the real servitor of the Guru who has the faith that his Guru is always within him. Kuber Nath, do you understand? You have come for Satsang. Probably, what I say is beyond the comprehension of the people, and they are unable to develop such a faith. But those who are inclined towards spiritual living and have attained nothing so far, would definitely benefit if they carry the impression in their mind, of what I have said, this knowledge will stand by you in your old age. I shall leave this world. I am distributing precious wealth in the form of knowledge. This knowledge shall help you at that time and not the Baba Faqir. It is my word that shall lead you out of ignorance and illusion and not me who remains at Hoshiarpur. The true knowledge shall lead your SURAT to the Ultimate.
    "SURAT is disciple, & SHABAD is Guru,
    And SHABDA is the Guru's form;
    Without the Recognition of Shabda Guru,
    Drowned in doubt's well,
    Such people waste their life, Steeped is Ignorance."
    It is said that Guru imparts Knowledge and the Guru is SHABAD. Therefore, unless the SURAT of an individual ascends up with meditation (as described in the previous hymn of His Holiness Data Dayal ji to the state of SOUND, he cannot attain the true knowledge. Intellectually, you may know everything from my Satsang, but practically you shall remain ignorant. So never abandon your Practice at any cost. Sit for meditation for as much time as possible both in the evening and the morning.
    Once I went to Lahore. I had an unflinching faith in His Holiness Data Dayal ji I got up early in the morning and did not do meditation. I still remember that scene; His Holiness came and asked, "Faqir, Have you not meditated today?" I replied, "No. Maharaj, when I am sitting at your feet, where is the necessity of meditation?" His Holiness laughed and said, "Practice daily, you shall realize the worth of this practice in your old age. Now I realize that whatever His Holiness said to me at that time is perfectly correct. So mind it. Never miss your daily practice. Sit for as much time you can. Transcend inward and continue searching your mind.
    "Guru is the embodiment of Knowledge,
    Guru is essence of Knowledge;
    Beholds who the access and faith in Guru,
    Suffers not again the weight of existence,
    Attains the state of a Lotus,
    He, who is still steeped in ignorance, will not understand it.
    What is knowledge of His Holiness Data Dayal ji, I do not know? I speak what I have understood. My knowledge (Gyana) is that whatever buds forth or manifests within is nothing but illusion.
    The suggestions and the impressions are not the REALITY. Till this fact is not known, the weight of existence (Bhav) does not vanish. Yesterday, too I explained to you that all the games of mind, conscience, intellect and ego is existence (Bhav) After knowing, that all the inward thoughts, feelings and manifestations are not a fact but a fancy, I do not get tempted by them. This is what I understand about True knowledge.
    "Radhaswami Sat Guru Saint,
    Spoke the word explicitly,
    He who did not accept the word,
    Entangled in worldly Net,
    Will not understand this word;
    When people are enveloped in doubt and in ignorance.
    So Kuber Nath! You came; I have given you the Satsang. Be happy. Whatever is within my control and whatever I can do, I do. I do not perform miracles. You believe me as your Guru. There in is your redemption. His Holiness Data Dayal ji had said, "Faqir, you have ninety-nine vices, but one virtue i.e. of Truth, You will have the glimpse of Radhaswami Dayal in the form of Satsangis. Really I have had the glimpse of Radhaswami in your form. The Truth is that "Your own self is your real Guru." I have spoken the Truth to you. Now it is your sweet will to serve me or not to serve me. I have done my duty. I have not deceived anybody. I have not kept anybody in the dark.
    RADHASWAMI TO ALL
     
    CHAPTER- III

    Sat Sang Dated 5th. November, 1976
    RADHASWAMI
    My Gurubhai, Kuber Nath is here. When two brothers meet after a long separation, they share joys and sorrows of each other. A flood of affection becomes visible. I do not know, with what aim and intentions Kuber Nath went to Hazur Data Dayal ji. I know about my intention alone. I had a desire to see Lord Rama and to reach the SOURCE of my "SELF". I worshipped and adored His Holiness Data Dayal ji as incarnation of Lord Rama. He corrected me & transformed my thinking according to the tenets of Sant Mat and initiated me to Guru Mat. Since then onwards I have been giving many a talk on my experiences and realizations without any reservations.
    Now the question is, whether I am satisfied with whatever I have said or known? Indeed, I have happiness. I enjoy Bliss and I have attained equipoise, but still I donor feel gratified. I think you cannot understand what I am saying. Some yearning within an individual always yearns for "SOMETHING", when that desired "SOMETHING" is achieved, it still desires for "SOMETHING MORE". This yearning is not pacified. You study the events of my life. In my childhood I had a desire to see Lord Rama. I worshipped his image as of God. Later, I desired to see him in the human from and enjoyed the glimpse of Hazur Data Dayal ji as such. But craving for "SOMETHING MORE" is still there and ' the most astonishing aspect is that it is not known what this "SOMETHING MORE" is?
    Zauk says that ‘In this Life's ocean, life's boat is sailing,
    That place becomes its destination wherever it touches the shore.’
    The main factor for the development of various religions and sects is the fact, that the founders of these religions propounded that stage as the ultimate destination where they attained happiness and BLISS. They preached the same method and the same way to others through which they themselves achieved BEATIFICATION. Gradually this process led to the Creation of different sects and faiths. Unfortunately, none of these profounder ever disclosed that theirachievement was not permanent. They did know their shortcomings and weaknesses but they dared not speak them to their followers. I have not kept anything hidden from you. I have spoken the TRUTH in plain words. There is ego within which yearns for moorage somewhere. His Holiness Data Dayal ji writes in one of his hymns:-
    “Attachment goes not from my mind.”
    I have told you that I have been treading a long distance. I enjoy peace and happiness. I see the LIGHT and listen to the SOUND within. But still my craving or search for SOMETHING MORE" persists. Struggle is going on within for "SOMETHING UNKNOWN.?' My Gurubhai is here. I am fortunate to have him here with me and talk to him. The TRUTH is that inspire of my SHABAD YOGA, austerities, honest living and experience of the highest spiritual stages, search is still going on His Holiness Data Dayal ji Also writes:-
    "Attachment goes not from my mind,
    None is mine, I am of none;
    Nothing within me is mine;
    Of no use is intellect & understanding,
    Because I say mine and thine;
    Vanishes not with lakhs of efforts,
    “Nothing brought I with me, nothing I will
    Take with me,
    Whatever has come to me came during the journey of life.
     
    This is understood.
    With contemplation, hearing & speaking."
    What is that which accompanies the man when he comes to this world? Is it the family? No. Neither there was body nor MIND nor LIGHT nor SOUND. They are all the later creations. Therefore, they too have not accompanied me.
    "SOUND hidden, remained unnamed;
    Manifested, it became Nama,
    Therefore, I brought nothing with me,
    "Bondage of mine and thine,
    Bonded with mythical bond;
    This bond not cut by cutting,
    How much efforts made,
    By Yoga, skill and SADHAN."
    There is one crude bondage i.e. he is my father and she is my mother. This lady is my wife and that boy is my son. But there is another and subtle bond, i.e. I am LIGHT, I am SOUND I am DEVOTEE, I am FOLLOWER I am SWAMI, and I am the SOUL.
    "What you bring, what you take along
    Is known to all,
    Feign ye ignorance;
    What fantastic wonder,
    Liberated none from this bondage
    Of body, mind, wealth,
    SADHAN, YOGA & KNOWLEDGE;
    0, Radhaswami, Be Kind now,
    May tranquility prevail in mind,
    Ego vanishes and attachment from Life."
     
    So far, there is existence of life, it may be physical, mental and spiritual existence or existence of sound, the attachment does not vanish. It simply changes its form. Thoughts and feelings are changed but attachment does exist. This is the real realization of my life that I am speaking to my Gurubhai, Dear Kuber Nath ji. Probably, others may not be able to understand it.
    Now the question is what should be done to remove this attachment from our existence. I have lived at various stages of physical, mental and spiritual life. When a person for a certain period, enjoys a particular stage of life, he starts developing an attitude of indifference towards that stage. For example, you marry a woman with great pomp and show. You feel happy and enjoy your married life to your satisfaction. Then a stage comes, when you do not enjoy the pleasure of your primary married life, and you do not feel any charm in that life. A man starts a business. He develops it to its highest glory and earns millions of rupees. But ultimately, he too feels tired of that lucrative business. Similarly, I have done too much of SADHANA. Now I wish to leave it. But it shall remain, till my body, mind, LIGHT and SOUND exists. Whatever shall remain after the end of my body, mind, LIGHT and SOUND, is my "SELF," my origin. Therefore, live happily as long as you live. Be happy in every condition. This is the only key to have peace of mind, in this world. You are to forget all. But this is possible only:
    "Make me drink thy devotion's cup, May attachment disappear,"
    You are my true Satguru. That man, S. R. Gulwade, (pointing a man in the congregation) has come from Bombay. Sometime back my image appeared within him and it helped him to cross the stages of SAHASDAL KAMAL, TRIKUSI, SUNNA, and MAHASUNNA. Kuber Nath, when he disclosed it to me, I was compelled to ponder, if I really helped him. No, I do not know. Experiences of such Satsangis brought me face to face with Reality. So
    1 am bound to accept them as my Guru the real destination is
    :
    "Make me drink Thy devotion's cup, May attachment disappear;
    Neither wisdom nor awareness remain, Let my ego disappear;
    Neither recital nor penance, nor Meditation nor contemplation;
    Tread neither the Path of Yoga's skill, No Name’s rosary 'in the hand;
    Should lose the heart's rosary bead,
    It is not Love which causes pain,
    Not renunciation if it chain's,
    No menace of bond and liberation,
    Should transcend barriers of home& penance,
    Should rise above Joys & sorrows;
    Of Mind's duality, exist no fear,
    No urge for knowledge & meditation;
    Sadhu's thought should also go,
    No conflict of duality, non-dua1ity as so;
    No tumult of non-duality, duality. Bowing to Radhaswami's feet;
    Should even lose the thought of servitude,"
    Kuber Nath, the thought of follower, devotee and disciple should also vanish. When shall the egoism come to an end? While life and entity both will merge into each other. When will they end? They come to an end-when I meditate. But whom? My own SELF. He, who worships His Holiness Data Dayal ji, Baba Faqir ji and Baba Sawan Singh ji, cannot achieve this goal. The Guru only guides. He tells you about your ideal and the real aim of life. Our destination is that stage where neither I nor you nor Rama nor Rahim, neither the Guru nor the disciple exists. What is that stage? I often enjoy that stage but, for a short while. That stage is defined as stage of SOUNDLESSNESS, LIGHTLESSNESS, and UNNAMED ABODE TIMELESS & imperishable. I have been doing the practice of ascending this sublime state. But whether, the ascending to this sublime state is within my power? Here I fail to make any comment. But, however, I understand that ascending to this stage is not within one's own power. There is some supreme power that takes me to that SUBLIME STATE and sends me back to this physical and mental existence. That state is only our ULTIMATE ABODE.
    Kuber Nath, you are my Gurubhai. I have all regards for you. I am a traveler still on my journey. Whatever is being done is all by His will. Everyone is guided by his or her nature or fortune. We are all to reach this SUPREME ABODE, about which Kabira writes as I —
    "0, Friend, that dwelling, distinct from all; Dwells where our PURUSHA SUPREME,
    Neither sorrow nor pleasure there; nor true nor false,
    Nor exists virtue nor sin; neither day & night there,
    Nor moon & sun;
    Illumination without light,
    Neither knowledge, nor meditation; neither penances, nor recitation,
    Neither speech nor sacred scriptures!
    Nor deeds persistence, profound dwelling, it is all wonder there;
    Neither home nor homeless,
    Neither in nor out;
    Neither body nor Universe there,
    Five elements, three modes neither; SOUND witnesses not 'there,
    Neither root, flower, nor seed nor creeper
    Fruit pleasing without a tree,
    Oang, Sohang, nor above and amidst; Breathing evident not there,
    Neither absolute nor manifested, 0, Brother; neither gross nor subtle,
    Neither decaying nor imperishable 0 Brother
    these are myths of the world,
    Where Purusha there is nothing; Says Kabira 'tis known to me,
    And, He who takes my hint; attains the salvation."
    In this hymn Kabira gives his verdict that there exists NOTHING. But my findings are that neither Kabira nor anybody else has succeeded to know IT. None has been able to have access to the Supreme Lord. When a man loses his own entity in search of God, he feels that there is nothing and thus he pronounces that there is Nothing Reality is that none has been able to recognize HIM. Everybody has spoken about Him according to his own understanding. I have reached at this conclusion that the Supreme Lord is an "ELEMENT". The entire world appears to be real because of Him. It is His play. Whatever is to happen, will happen. We are helpless. By reaching this conclusion I have attained peace. My entire' struggle has come to an end knowing that it is "What it is". Kabira writes:
    "If say one, He is not,
    Saying two is abusing,
    He is what He is,
    Says the Knowing Kabira"
    At least I have not reached my, Destination and possibly none has ever reached it. Life is going on smoothly. What will happen after death? Nobody knows. This realization gives me peace. Now I do not make any effort, but, however a feeling of losing the Self entity still persists. His Holiness Data Dayal ji writes about the technique of leading a happy life:-
    "Who is happy in this world?
    Happy is only one, the Faqir,
    Happy are not the richest;
    Men of heavy stocks and wealth, Renounced world, renounced that state (Ukva) Renounced the Lord too as well,
    Renounced the renunciation,
    Heart satiated with renunciation,"
    Man develops a sense of indifference towards a particular work or enjoyment after doing or enjoying it for a particular period.
    Blessed too with sight of oneness, after seeing the creation,
    Advances forward day and night;
    To complete the journey of the world,"
    What is this Oneness? I understand. It is the Supreme Element. You may name it Rama, Lord or Radhaswami or give it any name you like. Be convinced with this fact that the entire creation is His game and enjoy happy and peaceful life. The LIGHT of this ELEMENT permeates from the lowest end of this universe to its highest top.
    "What is this world? It is a dream; and a dream too, of Faqir,*
    Wealth, pelf and in riches;
    He is not at all involved,"
    Had I even an iota of greed for worldly wealth or fame, I would not have disclosed this Secret.
    "Mingled into dust this entire world; Dust remains here forever,
    He remains is ecstasy;
    Every time morn and eve,
    Faqir neither worships nor is worshipped;
    He is free from this show,
    Happy appearance joyful heart; ever pure in his heart,
    Whom you see in this state; accept him as true Faqir,
    He is the Leader of both worlds,
    He is the seer of the two worlds."
    What are these two worlds? They are the games of body and mind. A Faqir knows the Secret and nature of this game of body and mind. Whosoever aggrieved comes to him, he gives his seasoned advice according to the circumstances and nature of the aggrieved man. His advice always proves fruitful. What do I do? This is what I do:—
    "Whatever I did realize;
    I lay down here for you,
    You had spread to me thy begging hands (Daman); they are being filled today;
    Merged am I in my SELF;
    Ye too should merge one day,
    Ye shall attain thy destination,
    It is disclosed just today".
    What is the destination? The destination is that stage
    Where theindividual loses his entity and mingles with the
    ENTIRE. However, so far I have not been able to mingle
    In that ENTIRE. My efforts for the ultimate merger are still
    going on.
    "That is why above all others,
    I am proud of ye; ye will illuminate Nama,
    This is the voice of my heart,"
    What is meant by illuminating the Nama? It is illuminating the name of His Holiness Data Dayal ji? No. It means the revealing of the TRUTH, to the world. And what this TRUTH is? It is that what are we are and from where have we come? My brother, Kuber Nath, the stage where I have reached is:-
    "Lips opened and closed,
    This is the Secret of life."
    With this conclusion all my struggle has come to an end, you have come. This is not a task of one day. Who knows how many births I have taken to reach at this conclusion? So continue your efforts and try to live a carefree and cheerful life, whatever is to happen, must happen.
    My Satsang of 2 and 1/2 hours is better than 100 years devotion, those who want world/ progress, I appeal to them that it is their own mind that shall give them worldly progress. Therefore keep your mind and thoughts pure and constructive. Whatever you gain is the fruit of your own desires. You have come here. I have good wishes for you. I never say it to anybody that you should attain salvation. What I wish is "HEALTH, WEALTH& PEACE" to you.
    Radhaswami to all.
    CHAPTER IV
    Sat Sang Dated 6th. November, 1975
    My brother, Kuber Nath is here. He has all the love for me. I do not know to which destination my consciousness is leading me. My whole life is spent in search of something. The SUPRME WILL took me to the hallowed feet of His Holiness Data Dayal ji, who in initiated me to the Sant Mat. At that time, I had pledged that I shall speak my experiences to the world. Kuber Nath, in these Satsang (Spiritual discourses) I have spoken to you, all my experiences that I have had. Kuber Nath, you are going tomorrow and this is your last Satsang here. At the last stage where Sant Mat has leaded me, neither the idea of His Holiness Data Dayal ji nor the thought of Sadhana occurs to me. Why is this so? It is the fruit of the blessings of Hazur Data Dayal ji that he showered upon me. I enjoy the fruit at this old age. H.H. had blessed me as:-
    "Faqira, go beyond the illussive world; World duality, world double dealing, Pleasure, pain amity, enmity;
    Venom, Nectar spread all around."
    I have explained to you the spectrum of this illusive world. The game of mind, intellect, conscience and ego is known as the illusive world. It is due to the benevolence of His Holiness Data Dayal ji that I could understand the Reality of this illusive world, but you too helped me. Now I do my best not to live in this illusive world. However, this is not in my control. This is the result of my past Karmas.
    "Easily I show, the world's form, with discriminative thought,
    I teach you this & own you as the One' and this dispels duality VIKARA."
    What is duality? It is being Dual. Remembrance of the Guru is duality, warship ofRama is duality and the business of this whole world is duality. My duality is gone. How? Only with this understanding that I do not appear to anybody. His Holiness Data Dayal ji gave me this task not to get worshipped, but to make me understand the Reality of the illusiveness of this world. The company & the experiences of the Satsangis have unveiled the REALITY:-
    Guru advises Sadhu,
    Sadhu prays for Guru's worship,
    Constant nearness with the SUPREME,
    Solved the unsolved riddle,
    This Duality has many forms,
    It is duality of thought,
    And Duality is in the Duality Current,
    Strife exists in dualism,
    Brother takes refuge of non-duality,
    True knowledge dawned in Guru's company, Saw world's strange forms,
    And got tired of seeing myriad forms, Truth remained seeing ever."
    I sat at the feet of my Guru. His Holiness had blessed me that I shall have the glimpse of Sat Guru, in the form of Satsangis. So, you are my real Sat Guru. It is due to you that I could understand that this whole world is a duality. But this state is very sublime. It is not within an easy reach of the worldly people and moreover, this state is not for them. I am lucky, I attained this state. I have nothing to give to you, otherwise, I would have distributed all to you for the favor you have done to me. You are my True Satguru.
    "Thou developed love with Guru,
    And done Guru Discipline dealing, Guru Disciple then united,
    When Supreme grace descended."
    The thoughts, feeling, images and shades that are formed within me, is myworld. When I was not aware of this Reality it used to tempt. But now since I have known its Reality it does not allure me. Kuber Nath, it is a Secret which none of the saints have explained in such plain words. If at all somebody has said, he said in symbols not understandable. It is done perhaps for establishing and maintaining religious centers and for enjoying the confidence and respect of the ignorant followers. Adoration of the Guru is also a worldly affair, but you cannot live without it. It is most essential, and it cannot be avoided.
    "To be one is the Truth,
    And this dispels duality from mind. This is all the Truth, nothing else,
    Adopt it in mind."
    Therefore, time and again I stress upon you to have faith in ONE. Accept Him in any form and surrender yourself to Him alone. He who changes his faith from place to place, gains nothing. A rolling stone gathers no moss. I never plead and advise that you should have faith in me and worship me. Guru is an IDEAL. He is a sheet-anchor of life. Depend upon Him. Your life shall be happy, healthy and peaceful. In 1905 A.D. when I went to His Holiness Data Dayal ji he was not known as a saint in the public. He was known as Babu Ji, and he had no followers. I was his second follower at that time. ‘ZAMI-ZUMBAD NA JUMBAD GULMOHAMMAD’ I surrendered my entire to him with unshakable stead fastness and today I am happy:-
    "Truth's adoption is True rule,
    Dispelling untruth is Yama (abstinence). When understood this, Discretion awakened, Sat in peaceful state."
    What is this adoption of Truth? I will tell you what I myself have understood. Whatever buds forth within me is not the TRUTH. The Truth is that object which witnesses the whole game within. That object is my own self. All the inner creations including the Light, thought and "Sound" perish. Only the SELF is imperishable. SELF is omnipotent but it cannot be understood so easily:-
    "Sit cross legged, concentrated mind, Pranayama is the true essence.
    In this state, RECHAK, PURAK, KUMBAK, Play the game.
    By attaining concentration repeat again and again.
    Contemplate with single mindedness,
    And Adopt Truth with conscience."
    Truth is your own SELF. There is a constant flow of thoughts and feelings, emission of physical, mental and spiritual radiations. They are waves from within our Conscience. With the complete suspension of their flow the state of union with Lord is achieved. What remains within after the attainment of union is inexplicable. Different people have named it differently as Lord, Truth, UNBOUND and UNNAMED. This is the Secret of practical life: It is not theory.
    "Adopt this method, with intensive meditation,
    0, Faqira, when meditation profound trance
    Extends, Ego vanished, selflessness awakened,
    Shines the star of knowledge, Thoughtlessness is trance, not thoughtfulness; Knowing killed the mind".
    I undertook the practice of meditation and reached the highest state within and thus understood the Reality. But however, this is such a state where none can stay on permanently so long one is in body. Not only I but none else also can stay there.
    What is ego? What is selflessness? What remains after the end of the working of extrovert propensities is selflessness and the reverse of it is Ego. This egoism (attachment) is of three kinds gross, subtle and causal. To have claim over the worldly things is gross attachment. The mental assumption that he is my Guru Ideal and Swami, is subtle attachment and enjoys the bliss of SELF within is subtle attachment. How this attachment is to be removed? I have explained it in the previous chapter with the help of Hazur Data Dayal's hymn:-
    "Attachment goes not from my mind.""This is Guru's Ashtaang Yoga Truth's spontaneous form.
    SURAT SHABAD YOGA'S SADHAN. Vanished doubt & darkness"
    How dark doubts vanish? It is due to this attainment of knowledge that He is a Supreme ELEMENT and we are the atoms. We presume ourselves as separate entities and remain engrossed in this world. But when an individual realizes his SELF, he lives in this world and performs all the worldly duties, but does not attach his "SELF" with anything. At this old age, I consider of MYSELF as a bubble of consciousness. With pulsation in this consciousness different centers are formed, as centre of SURAT, Center of SHABAD, Center of LIGHT, Center of MIND, Center of INTELLECT, Centre of conscience, Centre of EGO and centre of BODY. Under His will the process of formation and deformation of these centers continue. When ebb and flow occurs, bubbles and tides are formed. They exist for sometimes and again mingle in the sea.
    "Trance Ended consciousness regained? Again Mundana affairs appear? With Sadhan understood Santmat.
    And primordial trance attained with ease."
    As the trance breaks, I again see the turmoil of the word around. However, it does not disturb me because I know that it is all HIS WILL. I do not make claims that I am BRAHAMA, SAT, UNSEEN, PROFOUND, etc. Now I will give you its proof. Long age in Lahore, I used to pester Hazur Data Dayal ji. One day after feeling greatly disturbed, His Holiness asked me to accompany him to Agra so that he might offer me to the "Memorial" CIST of Huzur Maharaj ji, I agreed. We reached the railway station and purchased tickets for Agra. Again His Holiness said," I shall be free from you after offering you at the Feet of Hazur Maharaj ji.""Will you not bring me back; I humbly enquired His Holiness said, "No". Then I said. "I shall not go to Agra and would not leave you." We went to the hermitage after returning the tickets. In the hermitage His Holiness Data Dayal ji said to me, 'Faqir, I went to the Durbar of Hazur Maharaj only thrice in life and understood the TRUTH. I do not know why you cannot understand?" I again humbly enquired, 'What Hazur Maharaj ji made you understand?" His Holiness Data Dayal jireplied. "I had questioned Hazur Maharaj ji how this word is created!" His Holiness asked me to see him attentively I obeyed. His Holiness opened his mouth and closed and said, "This is the creation."
    At the time of narration of this incident by Data Dayal ji I could not understand it. But today I understood it.
    “Lips opened and closed.
    `It is the Secret of life.”
    Now I understand that all the Lower Centers are not REALITY. It is phantasmagoria. 
    How my delusion perished? Firstly, this realization that I do not manifest anywhere, removed the darkness of my mind. Secondly, when I ascend to the state of LIGHT and SOUND there I try to search out the object which sees the LIGHT and listens to the SOUND. But I fail to find its end. It is INFINITE. What did I understand? Have I attained some extraordinary powers by reaching that state? No. I cannot treat my own ailments. Neither I nor any other saint could and can do anything. I reached this conclusion that this is all HIS WILL. Kuber Nath. I am telling you the experiences of my life.
    "Spontaneous trance Spontaneous Chittavritti.
    Spontaneous adoption of yoga in mind, Spontaneous in spontaneity mind waves spontaneously,
    And Jeevan Mukta Attained."
    This is the highest and the last stage. Now I live a carefree life without any thought of world, YOGA, SADHANA and KNOWLEDGE of Sehasdal Kamal, illuminating light. Trikuti, sound Omkara.
    Sunna, Mahasunna, Hansaplays. Bhanvar Sohang Fountain. Transcended up dwelt in Sat Pad.
    Forms colors melted.
    Loveliness of Alakha-Agama, Radhaswami Abode reached.
    What is the Radhaswami Abode? It is not the word spoken but it is a state where individual loses his identity. This is real union with God
    "While living life for others
    Neither pleasant nor caustic
    Neither sharp nor pungent neither soft nor hard.
    So far you are alive, perform your all worldly duties but do not develop attachment with anything, it will give you peace of mind. You will not feel pleased with pleasures and anguished with sorrows.
    It is liberation in body,
    It is principle profound,
    It is all taught to thee; Dispelled all Vikara,
    Easily thy work is done; slowly liberated,
    Easily viewed spontaneous form; Time deed, fear vanished,
    Radhaswami the compassionate; Incarnate in saint's forms,
    Says Saligram, easily liberated With Guru's kind grace,
    Till exist previous deeds;
    Enjoy their fruit to end,
    Deeds exhaust remains nothing;
    Then one dwells the Infinite,
    Time Deeds gallows cut;
    Lost not the life's game,
    Dedicated to Radhaswami; Dwells Faqir in ecstasy",
    My going astray in search of Lord Rama, my desire to do good and the duality of sin and virtue has vanished from my mind. Previous deeds are nothing but the thoughts that we cherished in the past. These cherished thoughts take the form of deeds from time to time. None is free from the reaction of his and her previous thoughts. When these thoughts and their reactions exhaust, atom individuals mingle with the Entire (all Pervading). The bubble of water formed by water merges in water. Doubts vanished and I achieved peace.
    Kuber Nath, you have come. Credits and debts of previous life are to be received and paid off. Mam Chand (late Shri Mam Chand Sharma) served me for thirty five years. Now Gopal Dass and Narayan Dass look after me. What is this? This is all clearing off the debts and credits of the past.
    I have said that individual loses his entity. At this stage of UNION of the ATOM with the ENTIRE there remains nothing but SILENCE. Sant Kabir reached this stage, and he wrote about it. Swami Ji Maharaj has also explained that very stage as:-
    "Neither Creator, creature nor creation
    Neither doer nor deed there, nor purpose nor difficulty
    Neither view nor viewer there & visible nothing; neither marked destination nor mark nor matter;
    Neither self nor its modes nor beginning nor end; neither latent nor manifested, visible nor invisible,
    Neither Rama, Rahima nor Karima, Keshav there,
    nothing, nothing, nothing there;
    Neither Smriti Shastra there nor Bhagvat Gita, Neither recitation of Kurana nor reciter there;
    Neither worship nor worshipper nor discipline nor swami,
    Neither Satnami nor Unnamed there."
    Now you yourself ponder over these writings of Swami Ji Maharaj who writes, neither “Neither Satnam nor Anami (Unnamed) how these saints gave this verdict? That he is unnamed. It is after having the experience of merging their own entity with the ENTIRE. These are the inferences of the saints. What is the reality? None has been able to know it. After merger with the... ENTIRE, there remains nothing to seek, to indicate, and to see and to speak. A bubble loses its identity by mingling with the UNFATHOMABLE Ocean. This is my experience.
    Kuber Nath! Whatever I have experienced and understood in my life I have spoken to you plainly. May thou be cheerful!
    Radhaswami to all!


    Autobiography of Faqir

    $
    0
    0

    By His Holiness
    Param Sant Param
    Dayal Faqir Chand Ji Maharaj



    MY LIFE
     
    I was born on 18th November 1886 (a physical birth of course, otherwise I am eternal) at my native village Panjhal in a Brahmin family. This village was then in district Hoshiarpur of Punjab State. My father Lt. Pandit Mast Ram was a Constable in the Indian Railway Police. Father being the only earning member in the family with a small pay, financial poverty ruled our family. In addition to it, my father was very strict, perhaps due to the nature of his job or due to the financial worries at home.
    Afflicted by the poverty at home and always feeling afraid of father’s strict nature, I (at the age of 7 years) sought relief in the worship of God, the creator of this world. Under the impact of Hindu Samskaras my thoughts and actions were all virtuous and in due course of time I studied the Ramayana, Mahabharta and other sacred scriptures of Hindu Dharm. As these scriptures at length deal with our lives and works of Lord Rama and Lord Krishna as incarnation of God in human form on this earth for the sake of their devotees, I developed a love for them and kept meditating upon their holy forms.
    I studied up to middle standard at Pind Dadan Khan in District Jhelum, (now in Pakistan) where my father was posted. However, due to lack of resources my father could not give me higher education. Sometime in 1904, at the age of eighteen I got employment as a signaler, in construction line of the Indian Railways. During off duty hours I learnt telegraphy privately with the help of a signaler at the railway station. At this tender age I came into contact with the Platiers and contractors of the department. They were all non-vegetarians and their company had its impact upon me and I also turned a non-vegetarian. In the company of those inspectors and contractors I took to other wrong ways as well. I ate meat for six months, drank rum on three occasions, once gambled and lost one rupee and a quarter and also went to a prostitute.
    It was an extremely cold morning of 1905 A.D. the previous night a terrible earthquake has shaken the whole of Kangra district causing a huge loss of life and property. My cousin, true to his daily routine, got up in the early hours, took his bath in the ice-cold water and said his prayers, he prepared the meals and we sat to eat it. At this time an employee of the railway station came in and placed a plate of meat before me. My cousin, who was a vegetarian, felt repelled by the foul smell of meat. He put both his hands on his mouth and nose, and out of hatred for the undesirable dish, he threw two chapattis in my plate from a distance. There were strange reactions on his face and I could not ignore the entire dramatic scene. Thereafter a mental conflict within me started. I started to question and counter question my inner-self. I thought he was my cousin. He religiously followed the dictates of Hinduism and was leading the life of a puritan, whereas my action and deeds were purely non-puritan. Why was it so? For half an hour this conflict continued in my mind and I couldn’t decide, whether I should eat that plate of meat or throw it away. Meat eating is a highly undesirable act for a Brahmin. Ultimately I decided not to eat meat and abstained from non-vegetarian foods for six months thereafter.
    All these months, a sense of repentance over my actions governed me. However my visit to a prostitute made me realize my weakness for sex. At once I wrote to my father requesting him to send my mother and my wife (since I was married) to live with me.
    One day I was going for a walk. On the way I happened to accompany a Jangli, a village head man. In course of our conversation we started to discuss the merits and demerits of meat eating. He put his arguments in favor of meat eating. He put his arguments in favor of meat-eating so logically that I forgot that meat eating was no sin. Before departing that gentle man handed over to me a chicken. I without bothering about my previous experience handed over that chicken to a class IV employee for necessary dressing. He beheaded that little creature and dressed it for cooking.
    I brought it home and asked my wife to cook it. When my mother learnt about this act of mine, she went inside the kitchen, closed the door and bolted it from within. My wife knocked on the door of the kitchen, so that she might cook that meat. But my mother did not open the kitchen. My wife pleaded with my mother to open the door but there was no response. Then, myself, and my elder brother, both knocked at the door time and again, requesting mother to open the door. But she did not respond to our requests. Then frightened, (because smoke was coming out of the kitchen) I broke open the door with the help of an axe. She came out, suffocating with the smoke in the kitchen, angry and disappointment over my most undesirable act (regarding the chicken) writ large upon her face.
    Overpowered by motherly affection, I embraced her and implored, “Mother, why did you not open the door? Where could I have found you dear mother had you been suffocated to death?” My mother, out of sheer anger pushed me away with a sudden jerk and I fell down on the ground. I rose up and under the prevailing spell of affection within my mind, again embraced my mother and asked her why she was so angry with me. Then she spoke thus, “you have killed the baby of a mother. The mother hen must be wailing over the loss of her dear child. You have committed a terrible sin.” At once, prompted by my conscience, I made a firm determination that in future, I would never commit such a sin. Since then (Now I am 94 years) I have never committed an act which could be called a “sin” as per principles of Hinduism, of-course, sex was a living passion with me and to gratify it, my wife was with me.
    For earning pardon for the four sin referred to above, I prayed to God in the form of Rama and Krishna. I prayed and wept and prayed. I was helpless to do so. Because I wanted my mental slate to be clean and it was not possible till the four blots of my undesirable acts were struck there upon. Perhaps my tears shed so profusely, spoke of my conscientious urgency to wash off the dirt.
    However, my regular prayers continued. But, my four sins continued to disturb me, and many a time I felt restless. It was the mid of a Moonlit night. I was praying to the Lord and weeping bitterly. There appeared before me an aged Sadhu with a long grey beard and a guitar (Tanbura) in his hand. Most lovingly he asked me “Dear child, what makes you weep?”. “I have committed four serious sins. I have known from the Hindu scriptures that God takes birth in human form in this world. I want to see Rama and get myself pardoned for my sins,” I said. This kind old Sadhu assured me thus “For you, your God in human form is already on this earth. You would come into his contact in this life-time of yours and be pardoned.” After saying these words the Sadhu disappeared. My impatience to see the Lord, face to face, increased after this incident.
    In the meantime, I got a permanent job in the Indian Railways and was posted as Assistant Station Master at Baganwala Railway Station. But my craving to see the lord did not diminish; rather it reached its peak. Once, I wept for 24 hours continuously for the glimpse of my Lord. Doctors were called in and they administered medicine to me. At about 5 A.M. Maharishi Shiv Brat Lal Ji Maharaj appeared in my vision. He drew water from a near well and gave me a bath and then told me his address of Lahore. In this very vision my father also appeared and he made many complaints to Data Dayal Ji against me. In the meanwhile, a class IV employee woke me and this vision came to abrupt end.
    This vision convinced me that the God had incarnated Himself in the form of Maharishi Shiv Brat Lal Ji. So, I started to write one letter every week and address it at the address, which Data Dayal Ji had told me in the vision. Inside the letter I always addressed Maharishi Ji as God. For ten months I regularly wrote to Data Dayal Ji. After full ten months, I received a letter from Data Dayal Ji Maharaj, wherein he wrote, “Faqir, your letters, I have been receiving regularly. I value your sentiments and your passions for Lord. I, myself have discovered, Reality, Truth and Peace at the feet of Rai Sahib Salig Ram Ji of Radhaswami-Matt. Provided you feel no reluctance in following this path, come and see me at Lahore”.
    My cravings to see God in human form had reached its highest peak by now. At that, I was overjoyed, as I was sure to have the glimpse of the Lord in Human-Form. I had submitted an application for leave some time ago. As per His will, the same day a Station Master reached Baganwala with the news, that my leave was sanctioned and that he had come to relieve me. What a coincidence it was? I handed over to him and left for Lahore the same day.
    I reached the ashram of Hazur Data Dayal Ji and prostrated my humble self at His Holy feet. He gave me an exceptionally affectionate welcome and initiated me into Radhaswami Matt. His Holiness gave me a book and asked me to go through that. It was “Sar-Bachan” written by Swami Ji Maharaj the profounder of the Radhaswami faith. I went through some of the pages of this book in the very presence of Hazur Data Dayal Ji Maharaj. But I could not read and digest it anymore, because Swami Ji Maharaj had most vehemently criticized almost all the religions including vendant, Sufism, Islam, Jainism and Buddhism. He declared them all in Kal and Maya. It was too much for me. I felt hurt and tears rolled down my eyes. His Holiness noticed-my-reactions’ to the writings of that Holy book and enquired the reason thereof. I broke out, “Your Holiness, God is one, I have failed to understand the justification in condemning all the religions as incomplete. This is a direct attack on the religion of my ancestors”. His Holiness very lovingly advised me, “keep aside this book and never read it until I ask you to read it”.
    His Holiness gave me two other books, one on the life History of his Guru, Rai Sahib Salig Ram Ji Maharaj and the other was ‘KABIR SAKHI’ written by Kabir Sahib. He advised me to attend Sat Sangs of Radha Swami Matt wherever available.
    In-ward practice as directed by His Holiness became part and parcel of my life. As I was not yet adept in the inward practice of ascending the higher stages of light and sound, I remained satisfied with my concentration on the Holy Form of His Holiness Hazur Data Dayal Ji Maharaj.
    On my way back from Lahore, I used to stay at Malkwal Railway Station, because there, a bookstall agent used to give discourses on Radhaswami Matt, to the followers of Radhaswami faith. Once, the agent refused to share his “Huqa” (an Indian smoking pipe) with me. “We both are Brahmin by caste, why have you refused to share your “Huqa” with me,” I enquired. He retorted, “ Babu Kanta Parshad (alias Sarkar Sahib) is the only true incarnation of Radhaswami Dayal” (Babu Kanta Prashad at that time was in-charge of Radha swami Sat Sang at Ghazipur district of U.P.)
    He meant there-by that a true Guru had not initiated me and thus I was not a true Satsangi. I politely said to him, “Dear brother, God is one. He belongs to all and all belong to Him. He may manifest to his devotees in different forms at different places and at different times. But if you do not agree with me, then let me write a letter. You mail this letter to your Guru. His reply in any form shall be accepted as final and I shall abide by it.” There and then I wrote a letter, shedding tears of love and devotion to the supreme- Lord and handed it over to the gentleman to post to his Guru. After 15 days, I was told that Babu Kanta Parsad had breathed his last and thus we should wait for the reply till his successor was chosen. From this incident I concluded that followers of Radha swami matt were not impartial and true seekers of the ultimate-reality. Their approach towards the all embracing –truth was narrow and very sectarian. Thus I gave up their company and avoided all blind followers thereafter. Even if anybody wished me with the word “Radha-Swami”, I responded with the word Ram-Ram.
    In 1916 A.D. (during the 1st world war) I volunteered myself for war services and in the field, in order to earn more and repel the pressure of poverty upon our family. And before leaving for the place of my posting on the war front, I went to Hazur Data Dayal Ji Maharaj for His Blessings. He gave me the book “SAR-BACHAN (which he had given me on my first visit to Him) and advised, “study this book now and devote more and more time to Sumiran and Bahajan.” Thereafter, I left for Baghdad the place of my posting.
    During my stay in Baghdad, I threw head, heart, and myself in Sadhana. I gave as much time as possible to inward-practice and shed a life of complete celibacy. These sincere efforts of mine with a craving to know the truth bore fruit and in course of time I ascended all the inner stages and I experienced the relative lights and sounds at each stage of the inward path. These inner fruits of my concentration (i.e. Light and Sound) filled me with joy and ecstasy. However, despite this achievement, I was not yet satisfied, because I wanted to realize the truth on the basis of which Swami Ji Maharaj had condemned all religions.
    Towards the end of 1918, I was granted annual leave and came to India. I went to His Holiness at Lahore to spend my maximum time in His companionship. During my stay with His Holiness, I always troubled him with never-ending questions and queries. One day I placed before His Holiness the main agony of my heart in these words, “My God, I have traversed many in Light within and experienced sound in indescribable abundance. No doubt, these experiences have been a great source of Joy to me. But still I long to see myself and know the sublime goal of Radhaswami-Matt. How and why the goal of Radhaswami-Matt differs from that of other religions? I yearn to experience the declared supremacy of Radhaswami faith-myself.” His Holiness assured me that he would answer my questions the next day.
    My anxiety increased and I very eagerly waited for the next day. It was December 25, 1918. Hazur Data Dayal Ji called me in his room. I was already waiting for the moment. I went inside. Lo; Hazur Data Dayal Ji with strange blend of affection and regard placed in my hands one coconut, 5 pieces, made a long frontal mark on my forehead and bowed himself to my feet saying. “Faqir, you are yourself the Supreme Master of your time. Start delivering spiritual discourses to the seekers and initiate them into path of Santmat. In due course, your own Satsangis will prove as your “True-Guru”. And it is through your experiences with them that the desired secret of Santmat would stand revealed to you”. Touched by these words, I experienced both joy and sorrow within me. His Holiness noted both these expressions on my face and asked for clarification of these expressions. I humbly said, “Your Holiness. I am myself ignorant of the Truth, how can I lead others on this Sublime path?” This is what has made me sad. And, when the thought, that I have become a degree holder and would deliver discourses and initiate people flashed my mind, I felt that I had become something and thus flash of Joy.” His Holiness then said “Faqir, you may be suffering from 99 shortcomings, but one sure virtue of Truth in you will surely lead you to your goal of life. You will not only redeem yourself, but would help many others to attain release.”
    I spent my entire leave at the Holy Feet of Data Dayal Ji and then left for Baghdad to join my duty.
    In Baghdad, I used to sing devotional songs. Every fiber (gross as well as subtle) of my being became saturated with a passionate longing for the Ultimate Truth. I always felt an overflowing Love for my Lord Hazur Data Dayal Ji, who for me was incarnation of Lord Ram. My devotion changed my personality and made me a CENTRE OF attraction for other spiritual seekers in Baghdad. I came to be regarded as “MAHATMA”, while some chose me to be their (spiritual) Master.
    In 1919 A.D., I was posted to Iraq. The aboriginal inhabitants (known as Baddus) revolted, which led to a fierce battle. I was inspector in the department of Telegraphy of the railways with my Head Quarters at Divania. The rebels made a heavy attack on Hamidia Railway Station, killed the entire staff and set the building on fire. Military force from my Railway Station was rushed to Hamidia. I was also ordered to take the charge of Hamidia Railway Station as Station Master. Our soldiers (Indian army) laid down wires in the trenches and occupied their positions. Fierce fighting continued and there was a heavy loss of life on both sides. At Hamidia we were left with a corps of 35 soldiers and one Subedar Major. The rest of the army was sent to Divania to confront any attack there.
    With the fall of the night, the rebels attacked us. Our soldiers though less in numbers fought back. One of our soldiers was wounded while casualties on the opposite side were very heavy, because they fought on offensive while we were in defensive positions. As the firing ceased for some time, Subedar-Major came to me and asked me to convey to our headquarters at Divania, that we were short of ammunition. And if we had to face another such attack, our ammunition would not last for more than an hour. If the ammunition supply failed to reach us before dawn, none of us would be alive. I wired the message to the headquarters accordingly. The situation was tense and everybody was feeling as if the end had come nearer. I too was shaken with the fear of death. In these very moments of fear, the Holy Form of Hazur Data Dayal Ji appeared before me (I was all awake) and said, “Faqir worry not, the enemy would come, not to attack, but to take away their dead. Let them carry away their dead soldiers. Do not waste your ammunition unless the enemy comes too near to your trenches.” I sent for the Subedar- Major and told him about the appearance of my Guru and his directions about the enemy. The Subedar-Major followed the directions of Hazur Data Dayal Ji. The enemy jawans came and carried away their dead without attacking our positions. By six o’clock, in the morning, our airplanes came and they air dropped the necessary supply of ammunition. Our fears vanished. We gained courage. We were all safe.
    After about three months, the fighting came to an end and our jawans retired to their barracks. I returned to Baghdad. There were many Sat Sangis in Baghdad. When they learnt about my arrival, they all came together to me. They made me sit on a raised platform, offered flowers and worshiped me. It was all an unexpected and surprising scene for me. I asked them, “Our Guru Maharaj Hazur Data Dayal Ji is at Lahore. I am not your guru. Why do you worship me?” They replied in unison “on the battle field, we were in danger. Death lurked over our heads. You appeared before us in those moments of danger and gave us directions for safety. We followed your directions and thus we were saved.” I was wonder struck by this surprising explanation of theirs. I had no knowledge of their danger. I myself being in danger during those days of war even did not remember them. This incident obliged me to question within me. “Who appeared to them? Was he Faqir Chand?” It strengthened my faith and I concluded, “Whosoever remembers God in whatever form, in that very form He helps His devotee,” This gave a new turn to my conception of Spiritual Master. Henceforth I came to believe that the Master is no separate entity. He is the disciple’s own real self and lives within. Happy with this conclusion, I came to India on annual leave in 1921 A.D.
    With all my love and devotion as usual I reached Radhaswami Dham in order to worship my spiritual guide in person. I humbly presented at his feet, one Singhasan (Throne to sit on), a set of brocaded clothes, a Huqa made of silver and silver utensils (all these costing thousands of rupees. I worshipped his Holiness in a mood of supreme gratitude and ecstasy. I stayed with His Holiness for about 45 days. All these days His Holiness wrote down for me many poems in order to dispel my ignorance. At that time, I did not understand them. But today I understand and realize how much ignorant I was. Hereunder I reproduce some of the writings of His Holiness for me as:
    Thou be a Faqir, be a Faqir ;
    Be Faqir my brother!
    I may swim across with the feet;
    O! Faqir Blissful!
    I am not a devotee of Rama, Krishana;
    Know not Brahm nor God!
    I have the craze for Faqir’s name;
    I accept it alone as Supreme!
    His Holiness wrote this for me simply to lift me up from my passive thoughts, because I used to consider myself as the greatest sinner. In another poem he assigned me threefold duty as:
    Thou hast come in human form;
    Wearing the garb of a Faqir,
    Take with the miserable men;
    And lead them to the Guru’s Abode,
    Man, weak, helpless and ignorant;
    Is grieved by the treble-torture,
    Thy duty is to be compassionate;
    Impart people the True-Name,
    O! Thou  generous one.
    In a nutshell, His Holiness assigned me three duties for my follow up. And since then it has become the mission of my life. The duties as I understand them are as:
    1. Your name is Faqir (Saint). Be true to your name. Do not look at the faults of others. Instead have pity upon the helpless, ignorant and the weak. With your love and affection help them out of this sphere of Kal and Maya, guiding them to their Real Homeward Journey.
    2. You have come blessed with a form, which is really wonderful and unique. Your mission is “Welfare of the Humanity”. Remove the walls which divide the humanity and tell the entire mankind, how it can live a happy and peaceful life.
    3. Liberate the deserving amongst them from the cycle of life and death. Be their guide and take them to the state of Nirvana.
    In 1922 A.D., I went back to Baghdad. For about 17 years (1922-1939) I stayed away from delivering spiritual discourses. However, if any deserving individual approached me for guidance, I did not initiate him and told him to concentrate on the Holy Form of Hazur Data Dayal Ji Maharaj. I stopped giving Satsangs, Why? I thought that if I were to deliver spiritual discourses I must say the Truth (at least up to a point I had known it). If I were to remain true to my conscience and rise up to the expectation of Hazur Data Dayal Ji, I must reveal the secret about the manifestation of guru’s form to His devotees in moments of physical, mental and spiritual difficulties. And if I do that, the love, devotion and faith (blind faith) of people for His Holiness Hazur Data Dayal Ji Maharaj would stand reduced in all its dimensions. The offerings in Cash and Kind, free and voluntary service by the people at Data’s Asharam, may come down to a painful low stage. Thus I willfully waited for a right time to come, so that the Radhaswami Dham (spiritual centre of Data Dayal) may not suffer any loss to me.
    I waited for the proper time to come. Ever since 1919 A.D., I had a very strong desire to disclose the secret and let the world know about all types of manifestations within and without.
    In 1938 A.D. before, His Holiness Hazur Data Dayal Ji shed off his mortal frame, I sent him a telegram with the following resolution, “I solemnly promise that I shall spread the Truth to the world to the best of my ability and circumstances.”
    Hazur Data Dayal Ji left for his Sublime Abode. I devoted all possible time to Sumiran, Dhyan and Bhajan (i.e. conscious repetition of Holy word, concentration on Guru’s Holy form, Light and Sound within).
    Thereafter I wrote two books, both commentaries. The first was on Hidayat Nama with a chapter on “SAR-BACHAN” written by Swami Ji Maharaj and the second on “BARA-MASSA”. The former has recently been rendered into English under the title, ‘Yogic Philosophy of the Saints”. Soon after the publication of those books, I presented two copies of each to Hazur Baba Sawan Singh Ji Maharaj of Beas. Hazur Baba Ji wrote to me, “I have gone through the books. You are a true Faqir (Saint). You are doing highly desirable service to the Radhaswami-Matt, which I and other Gurus with our centers, have failed to render.”
    But, still, I remained undecided about what I should do? Because I had a lurking fear in my mind that if I disclosed the Truth in plain words the narrow, minded, orthodox and illiterate amongst the Sat Sangis, would turn against me. Thus in 1942 A.D., I got leave and went straight to Hazur Baba Sawan Singh Ji at Beas to explain my fears and difficulties in person. I had great reverence for Hazur Baba Sawan Singh Ji and I indentified him with Hazur Data Dayal Ji Maharaj. With utmost reverence I submitted to Baba Ji, “Your Holiness, Kindly relieve me from the duty assigned to me by my Guru Maharaj Ji. Pray, take this burden off my conscience, so that I may get released from the sin of disobedience to my Guru.” Hazur Maharaj placed his loving hand on my back and said, “Faqir, I could not disclose the truth in its totality, because of two reasons (i) Satsangis in general do not deserve it, (ii) I am bound by the institutional exigencies.” He further said, “You do your assigned duty fearlessly. I shall be at your back under all circumstances.” Since then, I have been doing the work of Sat-Sang and writing of books on my personal experiences and observations.
    By 1942 A.D., I had initiated about twenty two disciples to the path of Santmat. Thereafter, I have not initiated anyone on the traditional method of initiation. Why? A lady from Jabbal accompanied by her husband and three children came to see me at Ferozepur, where I had taken a service as U.D.C. in Indian Railways. She was a great devotee and her spiritual practice was on the second centre of meditation i.e. “TRIKUTI”, where she used to visualize my form in the red light. As a result of this, she used to remain in a state of ecstasy. She said to me, “I want to devote more and more time to Abhyaas (inward practice) but my children take most of my time and I feel disturbed”. I enquired of her, if she had any helper at her home. She replied in negative. Her husband was a telegraph inspector. He would leave home at 9am and return only at 8pm and thus it was very impossible for him to share her domestic responsibilities.
    The will power of that lady had immensely increased due to her regular concentration at Trikuti. As such, her desire (to get more time for her spiritual practice) was to be fulfilled. This is the law of nature. So, there was no way out except the one, that she should be relieved of her children by nature. Before leaving she bowed to me and I said, “Your wish will be fulfilled”. When she left with her husband and children, I told my friend Pt. Wali Ram (who was sitting with me) that all the three children of this lady would die. My observations became true. Within a period of nine months all the three children died. I was shocked and thus I stopped to initiate except those who had a pure mind and a strong desire for self-purification. The practice followed by the present Gurus to impart name to every Tom, Dick and Harry without studying the propriety of the initiated is proving very harmful to the devotees.
    Once, I happened to visit Agra and I got one book entitled “PREM-BANI” written by late Hazur Rai Sahib Salig Ram Ji Maharaj. In that book it is written. “Persons with hatred, prejudice and selfishness in their minds can earn nothing but more sufferings, for themselves as well as for others by doing inward practice. But, one, with shortcomings and faults, cherishes a strong desire to get rid of his shortcomings and faults also, would surely be benefited by Sumiran, Dhyan and Bhajan”. The reason is that by daily practice of Sumiran, the devotee becomes strong and he becomes capable of over-coming his shortcomings and faults. Therefore my advice to all those, seek entrance to the Santmat and want to transcend the inner stages of spirituality is,
    “FIRST OF ALL MAKE SINCERE EFFORTS TO BECOME A MAN IN THE REAL SENSE OF THE WORD BECAUSE A PURE MIND IS THE PRE-REQUISTE FOR THE SPIRITUAL ADVANCEMENT. That is why I have named my centre (Ashram) as “MANAVTA-MANDIR” at Hoshiarpur. We can be spiritual only if we are true human beings first.
    Let me recount some of the important incidents of my life, which may be of some benefit to you.
    1. After my 12 year stay in Baghdad I returned to India and went directly to His Holiness Hazur Data Dayal Ji for his darshan. During my stay in Baghdad I had traversed many stages of Santmat within and thus I was all happy and gay enjoying peace within and without. When I appeared before His Holiness, he ordered me thus, “Faqir, since you have no mail child, go home and beget one”. I obeyed and reached my family. During my stay at home, I continued to Abhyaas and also enjoyed marital relations with my wife. I forgot the spirit of the advice of His Holiness and instead of going to my wife with the sole purpose of begetting a child I started to enjoy sex for the sake of enjoyment. This excess of indulgence in sex shattered my long earned joy and peace of mind. My digestion was upset and I suffered heavily both physically and mentally. As a result I gave up taking of grain, pulses, potatoes and rice for a long span of 35 years of my life to regain my strength.
    2. Once, Hazur Data Dayal Ji sent two gentlemen to me. They wanted to understand spirituality. What is spirituality if not a happy life and peaceful mind? At that time, I myself being bereft of that wealth, expressed my helplessness to them and asked them to go away. They wrote to Hazur Data Dayal Ji about their visit to me and also about my reply to them. His holiness wrote them back, “He who draws a blank from Faqir, can hope for nothing from me.
    After receiving this letter from Hazur Data Dayal Ji, they again came to me and handed over that letter to me. I read the letter and mind revolted against Guruism. But there was no way out. Tears rolled down my eyes and I lost myself in prayers. In moments I lost consciousness of all around. During these moments of my prayer, I heard a voice from within “LUST AND PEACE NEVER STAY TOGETHER”. I got the answer to my problem as well as their problem. Thereafter I controlled myself, for the next 28 years, I remained in the company of my wife, but sex had no place in our relations to each other. And in course of time I regained my lost joy and peace. Now at this age of 94 years old, I am better than many who are younger to me.
    Semen in man is a God in gross and visible form. Mind is God in man in subtle form and Surat is God in human body in casual form. Those who do not know the art of moderate and controlled living in all these stages, they can never attain peace. The seekers of spirituality must control their passion and protect their semen. Many young men and women come to me for blessings. Why? They have not known the importance of celibacy. They waste their vital energy before attaining the age of maturity and thus they suffer from mental and physical ailments. Then Mahatamas, no Guru and not even the God can grant peace of mind to an individual who has not learnt to master the instinct of sex. One should use his semen only for begetting children and for the continuity of human race and not for sexual pleasures. Women are companion of men, but are being considered as the mere tools of sensual pleasures. To all young men and women, my advice is that they should lead their lives in celibacy. This is the lesson that I have derived from my life long experience and it has become the corner stone of my life.
    3. I have lived a very hard and honest life. My pay used to be very meager in those days and it was great difficulty that I used to meet out my family requirements. However, I did not adopt any unfair means to supplement my income. During off duty hours I used to work in a brick-kiln near Miani Railway Station. Shri Ram Ji Mal was the owner of that brick-kiln. He used to pay four annas (a denomination of currency) only for bringing out the bricks from the kiln. Then at railway station, during off duty hours I used to work as coolie. For carrying one item from outside the platform to the railway compartment and from the railway compartment to the outer gate of the platform I used to charge one anna. I never had the feeling to inferiority in doing those odd jobs rather my hard and honest earnings always gave me inner strength and moral courage.
    4. Throughout my life, I have never used any undesirable method to supplement my income. Not to talk of accepting bribe (*while there were many chances) in any form I never used the official stationery for my private use. My father was a constable in the Indian Railway and ever since I came of age I stopped to take food at his place. Once, when my father was posted at Pind Dadan Khan railway station, he fell ill. I went to see him after crossing the river Jhelum. My father asked me to have my meals with him. I made an excuse and said that I do not have any appetite. After spending some time with my father I left and reached bazaar. There I had my meals at a hotel. In the meantime an old class-fellow of mine came into the hotel and he saw me eating there. He went to my father and casually told him that he saw me taking my meals in the hotel. Father felt very much annoyed and he came to me the next morning to know the reason of eating at hotel and not with him. I told my father “father, you are in the department of police and you accept bribe, therefore I did not take food with you”. From wordily point of view this act of mine was not good. Perhaps I should not have done like this. It was nothing but my ego. But my father never accepted any bribe in his life.
    5. I was married at the age of 13 years. In hills, the bridegroom is carried in a decorated palanquin. At the time of my marriage, I too was being carried, I felt great pleasure and prayed to God, “May I be married again, so that I may enjoy this pleasure of palanquin again”. The result of my prayer was that my wife died after sometime. My second marriage was arranged. I was again made to sit in the palanquin. Then the old scene of my first marriage flashed to my mind. I repented and instead of enjoying the palanquin, I felt unhappy and sad. As you think, so you become. Your earnest desire is sure to be fulfilled; it may be good or bad.
    6. I often ask parents, that they should not beat their children because I know the result of beating the innocent ones. I was studying in the 5th class. I had my younger brother named Wazir Chand. He was very small and I had to carry him when my mother was to cook or do some household works. Many a time I was beaten for him. Once I was carrying him and playing with him. Suddenly, my foot hit something and I fell along with my brother. Wazir Chand started weeping. Mother heard him and came running. She gave me five severe blows, as if it was my fault. She again gave Wazir Chand in my hands and directed me to keep him in playful mood. I came out, with my brother in my arms. I still remember that place, where I stood and prayed to God in these words, “O! God, I am beaten for this child, either kill me or take him away”. Within three months my brother died. My teachings are based upon my practical life. I do not say anything, which I have not experienced or realized myself.
    7. In good old days, boys and girls had no knowledge of each other before their marriage. At the time of marriage, there used to be one ceremony, according to which bride and bridegroom were made to see each other from behind a curtain and they were asked to pronounce the name of each other at once. Thereafter, in the capacity of husband and wife they were not supposed to name each other, I too was made to go through this traditional ceremony. After the face seeing ceremony, I was told to pronounce the name of my wife as Karodhu (Short-tempered). As I learnt her name, it struck to my mind that, I shall not be able to pull well with her. Because, according to the teaching of Hazur Data Dayal Ji, name has its impact upon the individual and I thought that she must be very short tempered and quarrelsome in her nature. But there was nothing like that. However, her every act though good and satisfactory never pleased me. She never annoyed me. She attended all the household work nicely. But to me she always appeared as if on quarrelsome mood because I used to remain pre-occupied with this thought, ever since my marriage and the name pronouncing ceremony. Ultimately, I wrote to His Holiness about the state of my mind. His Holiness Hazur Data Dayal Ji replied in two lines as:
    Now that Bhagwati (One who is fortunate)
    Has become your lot in life,
    What good now, in running away from her,
    Perform your duty well as a valiant,
    His well shall take care of thee”.
    These lines of His Holiness changed my entire thinking about my wife. All negative thinking vanished and I lived a very happy and content life with my wife.
    8. I was posted at Sunam Railway Station as Station Master. One day, while sitting on a chair I went into a deep trance. After sometime, when I came down to my physical consciousness and opened my eyes, I found one handcuffed, dacoit accompanied by a policeman sitting by my side. He was fanning me. I asked him, “Who are you?” He replied, “Maharaj, I am a dacoit”. I said to him, “you are not a dacoit, you are a devotee”. In a state of ecstasy I told the policeman, “He is not a dacoit, you please set him free”. It was a very hot day of the summer. Bare footed and bare head I left for S.P’s office, which was situated in the Market. Shri Bhagwan Singh was Superintendent of Police. When he saw me in such a state, he came out of his office and enquired as to why I had come to his office in such a hot day and that too barefoot and bare head. I told him about that man and stressed that he is not a dacoit and so I want that he should be set free. He advised that this gentleman should become an approver and should tell everything, we shall set him free. The advice of the S.P was accepted. The gentleman was set free. He promised me to live a noble and honest life. I invited him to my home, served him food. He did live a changed and happy life.
    9.In her old age, my wife had developed heart trouble and some trouble in her teeth. Sometime, blood used to come out of her teeth. So during moments of trouble, sometimes she used to say very harsh words to me. But I never felt her words because Maharishi Ji’s Samskaras had great impact upon my mind. Due to my spiritual bent of mind, for a long time I had been indifferent towards my wife. Once, I came on annual leave and went to His Holiness for His Darshan. He directed, “Bring your wife along with you, otherwise I shall not meet you”. Obedience to Data has been my religion. I went home and returned along with my wife to His Holiness. Pointing to my wife, Data Dayal Ji asked me, “Who is she?” I replied, Hazur, she is my wife. His Holiness again said, “I ask who she is?” I replied, “Hazur, She is daughter-in-law of Pt. Mast Ram Ji”. His Holiness asked for the third time. Then I said, “Hazur she is the daughter of Shri Surjan Ram Ji”. Hazur Data Dayal Ji asked me for the fourth time. I said, “Hazur, I have not been able to understand”. Then His Holiness in most compassionate mood said to me, “She is my daughter, if you hurt her, you will hurt me”. This Samskar of Hazur Data Dayal Ji guided me in my family life and I lived very respectfully and peacefully with my wife.
    10. Always be vigilant about mind. Physically, I have not committed any sin except the four, which I have already mentioned in the pages of this book. But at my mental lever, I have had many falls in my life. Even at this advance age of my life, sometime, such a thought comes which I never wish to entertain. However, I remain vigilant at all levels of my existence i.e. physical and spiritual. I narrate here under some incidents of my early age.
    Once, I was coming to India from Baghdad on my annual leave. At Makina Camp, I was waiting for the ship for my homeward journey. As there was yet some time, for the arrival of the ship, I thought to have some puffs of “Huqa”. So I went to the kitchen of some laborers to collect fire from their earnings after finishing their meals. A four anna coin was lying near the fireplace. I saw all around (to confirm that nobody was seeing me) and picked up that four anna coin, collected the necessary fire for my Huqa and returned to my bed. When I reached my bed, I thought, “You receive Rs. 500/-per month. What for you picked up this coin so stealthy?” I repented upon this foolish act and gave that coin to someone. It is very easy to preach and sermonize others, but most difficult to be practical in one’s life.
    11. I was in prime of my youth when I went to Baghdad. I stayed in Basra-Baghdad for 12 years. But I never went out to see the cities of Basra and Baghdad. Because the ladies of those towns had great beauty, thus I avoided visiting the cities so that my mind may not drag me down. One day, I was sitting all alone in my quarter Number H.P – III. The door of my room had a bamboo grill. From within my room, I saw that two beautiful women were heading towards my quarter. Those women generally used to visit our camp for meeting their friends and to enjoy with them. On seeing them at a distance I shut my door and sat inside silently. But after a few moments I got up and peeped through the door to see those women. What a pity? Who can believe the working of mind and who can dare to live free from it? This mind is not to be believed. It can bring you down to the lowest ebb in moments after taking you to the highest glory.
    12. Once I was posted at Miani Railway Station as Station Master. A train from Bhera arrived in. A young, beautiful and well-dressed girl also got down from this train. As I was on the gate, she handed over to me her ticket. But as I saw her, my mind went its way. In order to control my mind, I slapped my face in the very presence of that girl. However, that girl went away. I did not know who that girl was. But the girl knew my mother. She directly went to my mother and told about this incident. When I came home, my mother enquired as to why I slapped my face when that girl handed over to me her ticket. I said to my mother, “Mother, now I am of age, please do not ask me such question”. Saint Kabir has written:
    I presumed, mind as dead,
    it became ghost, after death,
    Becoming ghost, it follows me,
    It is such an undutiful son.”
    13. When I married, I had a desire that my children should not have lust, anger, greed, attachment and ego (because these five are considered as the enemy of the individual). I wrote to Hazur Data Dayal Ji Maharaj about my desire and prayed for his blessings. His Holiness replied, “Whatever you wish shall happen.” I was blessed with a daughter. At the time Hazur Data Dayal Ji was away to America. I visited his hut at Lahore and bought home all his worn out clothes, because I was very much emotionally attached to Hazur Data Dayal Ji Maharaj and His belongings. I handed over those clothes to my wife and asked her to wrap the newborn child in them. The same was done. The result is that my daughter is as I wished her. She remains happy in the worn out clothes, where as there is no dearth of new clothes for her. She would stitch the old ones and continue to wear them. Her mother died, but she expressed no attachment with her. This is the result of my own Sanskaras and desires for my child. Your thoughts and Sanskaras are carried to the womb of your wife along with your semen. You are responsible for procreating obedient, noble, loyal, wise and healthy children as well as disobedient and irresponsible. That is why I always stress upon that “PROCREATE IF YOU MUST, PROCREATE WITH THE INTENSE NECESSITY OF PROCREATION.”
    I tell you another instance of my life regarding procreation of better children. I had no male child. I cherished a thought to procreate an honest, obedient, intelligent and noble son. I did get a son with virtuous and noble thoughts I aspired for him. He has never given a chance to complain till this day. He is most sincere, obedient and intelligent. He holds one of the top posts in the big Govt. concern and draws about Rs. 3000/- as monthly pay. He has so much regards for me that he does not sit in my rikshaw. He does not allow my servant to work for him. These instances of my life are being written for you so that you may learn some lesson of living a good and happy life.
    During my visit to Hazur Data Dayal Ji Maharaj, I used to trouble him too much because I used to consider myself as the greatest sinner. But His Holiness always tried to lift me up from my negative and weak thinking. He used to say, “Faqir, you shall be the greatest among Faqirs”. He always encouraged me and the result is my present position. He wrote a lot for me, but here under I reproduce His last writing to me:
    Who is happy in this world?
    Happy is only one, Faqir,
    Happy are not the richest,
    Men of heavy stocks, wealth,
    Renounced world, renounced that state,
    Renounced the Lord, too as well,
    Renounced the renunciation too,
    Heart satiated with renunciation,
    Blessed, with sight of oneness,
    Seeing spectacle of oneness,
    Advances forward day and night,
    To complete the journey of this world,
    What this world? It is a dream,
    And dream too, for a Faqir,
    Wealth, pelf and in riches,
    He is not all involved.
    Mingled in dust entire this world,
    And dust remains, here forever,
    He dwells in ecstasy,
    Every time, morn and eve,
    Faqir neither worships nor is worshipped
    His is free from this show,
    Happy appearance, joyful heart,
    Ever pure in his soul,
    Whom you see, in state,
    Accept him, as true Faqir,
    He is sage of both worlds,
    And a sear of two worlds,
    Whatever, I did realize,
    I lay down here for you,
    Thou had spread thy cloth.
    That is being filled today,
    Merged am I in myself,
    Yee too, should merge one day,
    Ye shall attain thy destination,
    It is disclosed just today,
    That is why, above all other,
    I am, proud of thee,
    Yee will illuminate the Nama,
    It is the voice of my heart.”
    In 1933 A.D., I was posted at Sunam Railway Station as Station Master. His Holiness Hazur Data Dayal Ji visited my place. On request of a large number of people, Satsang was arranged. In that general sat sang Data Dayal Ji said to me, “FAQIR, THE TIME SHALL CHANGE. THE TRADITIONAL WAY OF PREACHING SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE PUBLIC. THEREFORE YOU MUST CHANGE THE MODE OF PREACHING BEFORE LEAVING YOUR PHYSICAL BODY”. In obedience to the command of my Sat-Guru I am obliged to speak out my experience and my research to the world.
    MY SEARCH
    Thousands of instances have been brought to my notice in writing and verbally, where in, my form has appeared to different people at different places and at different times. Some saw me in their wakefulness and while others have seen me either in their dream or in their Abhyas. My manifested form guided them in their physical and mental troubles. But I never knew about these instances, until I was told or written to. What is the secret of these manifestations?
    These manifestations are not a Reality. Whosoever has his faith in any guru, god, goddess or any ideal, the form of his or her ideal manifests to him or her. It is the result of impressions and suggestions that our mind has accepted. And nothing from without comes to manifest. It is the miracle of your own concentrated mind.
    Different devotees of different gods and goddesses see the manifestations of their own ideals. Some see Vishnu, others see Lord Rama and still others see the form of their own guru. Ask any Christian or a Muslim, if they ever see Lord Rama in their meditation, wakefulness or in dream. If Lord Rama is really all pervading then his image or Holy form must also manifest invariably to Muslims and Christians as well. But his form appears to the Hindus alone. Why is it so? Since Muslims and Christians do not have any Sanskar of Hindu Gods. Similarly, the form of Jesus Christ and Mohammed do not manifest to any Hindu, because Hindus do not have any Sanskar of Jesus Christ or Mohammed. Manifestations that appear to you are the magnified forms of your own Sankaras. Nothing from without comes to manifest. It is the result of faith and belief of the individual.
    I daily receive a heavy mail regarding such instances. In one instance, a student while sitting in the Examination Hall remembered me because he was unable to answer the questions, as they were difficult. He prayed for help. My form appeared and sat under his desk and dictated him all the answers. He secured very good marks. But I say it upon my honor that I never knew about that boy. Not to speak of him, I even do not know the subject in which I dictated my answers (I am myself only a middle pass). Those who have faith in my word and those who think that I am a great saint, their faith do miracles to them, not me. I remain unaware about all such instances that are attributed to me.
    Once a Satsangi came to me and told, “If anybody falls ill in our family, I do not go to any doctor, instead I pray to your Holiness. You appear and direct us to take a particular medicine from the bazaar, take it and get cured.” Whereas when I am ill, I consult my doctor for the treatment. What is this? It is the work of faith and faith alone. This is my research.
    Scientific research has proved that even the movement of our little finger can produce vibrations in the space, which rise up to the stars and return to the place of their origin. The vibrations caused by the movement of our finger are woven out of subtle matter, travel to the highest point in this cosmos and then return to the place of their origin. I have known the power of thought and I believe in the philosophy of thought. To be clear and precise I give you certain examples.
    You sleep and enter the state of dreams, you become furious in your dream and you beat somebody. In such a state, your body and hands move as if you are actually beating somebody. If you experience a frightful dream, your tongue is moved and you cry. You enjoy sex with a lady in your dream and your semen gets discharged. Now you think over this enigma. Actually, there was no-one whom you were beating in your dream and nor was there any lady, but simply your involuntary thoughts and Sanskars moved your hand and also led to the discharge of your semen. Now, you can well imagine, that if your unknown Sanskaras and involuntary thoughts can have this effect upon your body during the state of your dreaming, how much disastrous would be the effects of our voluntary, determined and willed thoughts charged with jealousy, greed and selfishness. At present, we are passing through very critical times. Opposite ranks in all the walks of life i.e. social, political and religious have led us far away from the goal of peace and harmony. I have been doing my best for the last 30 years in awakening the political leaders, religious preachers and social performers through stage and writings. Even today, I give a clarion call that our present system of election is a sweet poison for the nation. It sows the seed of hatred, enmity and jealousy. It is leading to the disintegration of the nature rather than to integration. The present set up of our democracy must change to “auto democracy”. Hence my teachings to each and all are, “Be pure in thought, word and action, hate no-one but love all. As we sow, so we shall reap. Sow love and justice, reap the same and live a happy and peaceful life.
    As regards “NIRVAN” (i.e. Release from the cycle of birth and death), I have to say that it does exist. You must have seen some children are born as blind; some others lose their eyesight or suffer attacks of disease and get crippled in early days of childhood. What a sin such children could have committed while in womb or in early days of their childhood? It proves that they have suffered in this life for their past sins and deeds. Those who do not believe in the philosophy of re-birth and the philosophy of deed must conclude that the creator of this world is very cruel and he is indifferent to the human sufferings. He creates the creatures including mankind according to his will and whim and awards punishments and rewards as per His will without caring for our good and bad actions.
    It is said, that God created man in His own image. Correct. However, what about a man? He too creates his progenies in his own image. We indulge in sex, not for begetting children, but for enjoyment. Children are born simply as by-product of our sexual enjoyment. Do we know what fate they will meet in their lives? Moreover, we expect that they (offshoots of our uncontrolled passions) should remain obedient to us, keep them in discipline and trend the path of virtue. This can never, never happen. Let any leader, Guru and social reformer do his utmost to reform such a generation. Fault is not with the generation, but with the generators. The youth all over the world is undisciplined, disobedient and un-controlled. Winds of un-rest blow all over the country, nay: all over the world. Who is to be blamed? Not the youth but those whom they are born to and those who educate and control them. I, in my own way, do my best to show the right path to those who come to me. To married couples I always advise, “PROCREATE FOR THE SAKE OF PROCREATION. DO NOT PRODUCE UN-CALLED FOR CHILDREN. WOMEN ARE NOT A TOOL FOR SEXUAL ENJOYMENT, BUT THEY ARE LIFE PARTNERS.”
    HOW TO ACHIEVE THE FINAL RELEASE
    In the west, scientists have made experiments on dying men. They placed dying the dying men on very sensitive scales and applied a special paint on the screen fixed on the opposite side of the scales. It was observed that while a man was breathing his last, the screen showed signs of something very subtle leaving the body of the dying man. They even noticed the color of that subtle element. Simultaneously, it was noticed that the weight of the body had decreased and the decrease of weight ranged between 5 to 15 grams in different such cases. This decrease of weight in body proves that the subtle element (call it “self” or soul of man), which left the body, had weight. Now, a thing, having weight cannot go beyond the gravitational sphere of earth. Under the gravitational force it is bound to be attracted by and remain within the magnetic field of this earth. Why the soul or self has weight? It is because the dying man had attachment with the gross matter in one form or another. So I say that you may do inward-practice (Abhyas) all your lifetime, give alms, help others and do noble deeds, but if at the time of death, you “self” while leaving the body does not achieve the state of weightlessness by giving up attachment for gross matter in any form, let it be known for certain that you would not stand released from the cycle of transmigration. You may have been a great devotee. You may have been listening to the unbreakable sound (Shabada) and dwelling in the stage of light within. They will all stand no guarantee for your release from the bond of birth and death.
    Now, let me define the attachment for gross-matter. It covers your attachment with your property, father, mother, wife, children, Rama who was born in Ayodhya, Krishna who was born at Mathura and your Guru whom you believe to be a human being. If a form of any of these appears or manifests to a dying man, then think not that the dying man has crossed the sphere of gravitational pull of earth or attained release from “KAL” and “MAYA”. The entire Hindu Philosophy is based upon this principle of attachment. A follower of Sanatan Dharma is advised to renounce the world and become a Sanyasi in the last phase of his life. The sure, unmistakable and scientific was to attain “MOKSHA” is that a seeker must attain perfect detachment from the body, mind and soul. A bird spans wings to have flight in the sky. The soul must shed away its attachment for everything on this earth to reach its sublime-abode. This is the core of Sant-Matt, Radhaswami Matt and Sanatan-Dharma and this teaching I impart to those who come to me for this purpose otherwise I tell the art of happy living in this world.
    THE LAST WORD ON THE SUBJECT
    Now, at this age of 94 years, I live a life of peace and happiness. While knowing I lead my life as if I know not. The entire creation is a game of on Supreme Power. Whatever we see, feel or know is a mere play of that Supreme-Power. Whatever happens good or bad or beyond these both, is within His Order (law). By His will, man can achieve the state of NIRVAN and under His will man must continue to remain in the cycle of transmigration. To His Will I bow, To Him and to Him alone I surrender. This is the last stage of my life long research. His will is supreme. Whatever happens is for the good. This belief gives me peace. By virtue of the knowledge (gained through my lifelong research), I remain detached and do not identify myself with the trinity i.e.; body, mind and soul. I always keep myself busy (work is must in life) with selfless service to mankind in various ways. Inwardly, I remain conscious of my “SELF” and resigned (SHARNAGTAM) to the Supreme-Lord, beyond the regions of the gross, subtle and casual.
    People all over the world pray to God and worship Him in different ways. But my research proves that people in general worship their own minds, i.e. God of their own mental conception and not the Primal-Lord the “MAINSTAY”. Anyone willing to worship the “PRIMAL LORD” must as a pre-requisite live in the company of a “RELEASED GURU”, to gain perfect understanding for, the worship of the Supreme-Lord. What prayers can be offered to Him, who is beyond the conception of mind? However, he I present in every being in the form of “SURAT”. So if you wish to worship Him, then the best worship of Him would be the service to humanity. However, you cannot do service to each and everyone on this earth. The best and easy method to worship the lord is to serve those, who are attached to you by nature. You should serve without any attachment and selfishness, your parents, wife, children, brothers, sisters, friends, relatives and neighbors. If you can offer prayers and worship God evening and morning, but cherish jealousy, prejudice and enmity against your family members and relatives, you are not a true devotee of God, but a great hypocrite. You do not worship God, but your own little ego. Such worship would lead you nowhere.
    Nature values the thought and desire of each one of us according to the intensity of our desire and thought. According to my desire of spreading “The Truth throughout the universe to the best of my ability and circumstances”, nature has helped me. Dr.I.C.Sharma, a professor of Philosophy in America (at present) had a vision in 1959 in which he saw a man, who told him that he would attain release in this very birth. In 1965 when I was giving a general Satsang at Birla-Mandir Delhi, Dr.I.C.Sharma came to me and told that it was “I” who appeared to him in his blessing he was going to America on a teaching assignment. I gave him one rupee note with the writings “Luck to I.C.Sharma”. And I gave him one monthly magazine “BE MAN” with the suggestion that he should speak to Americans on my writings.
    He acted upon my advice. During the course of his lectures in America my form started to appear before him and said to the Americans that Faqir Dayal is standing before me and he guides me. The result was that my form started to appear to many Americans as well. During the last eight years, Americans in co-operation with Dr.I.C. Sharma arranged for my four visits to America. I have visited England twice and Canada once. In all these countries I have expressed my views without any reservations in order to fulfill my promise to my preceptor Hazur Maharishi Shiv Brat Lal Ji Maharaj. I claim not that whatever I have said or say is final. Neither I have claim upon the Manavata Mandir, nor have any attachment with it. I have wished that none of my blood shall ever become a trustee of this Trust of Manavta Mandir, not to speak of anything else. However, they may serve the Mandir like other followers. I shall carry on the duty assigned to me by Data Dayal Ji Maharaj till the last moment of my life.




    Blogger Reference Link http://www.p2pfoundation.net/Multi-Dimensional_Science


    A "Deluge" of Anecdotal Evidence

    $
    0
    0
    Blogger Ref Link http://www.p2pfoundation.net/Multi-Dimensional_Science


    I had contact with Penny Sartori in connection with her near death research, and she found my above project of interest. By chance, I was pleased to see in the Daily Mail about the huge number of people who contacted the paper. They had been informed about her work, and they, too, had strange experiences including ofcourse near death experiences......


    R.Searle








    This week the Daily Mail (Jan 2014) serialised intensive care nurse Penny Sartori's new book on Near Death Experiences.
    The response from readers has been unprecedented, with thousands of you writing in with your own remarkable stories, some of which we published yesterday. Here we share more readers' gripping tales of premonitions and visions.
    Ghostly visions: Readers say they have seen relatives appear before them at the moment they passed away
    Ghostly visions: Readers say they have seen relatives appear before them at the moment they passed away

    Carol Kingston
    Carol Kingston

    Carol Kingston, 67, a retired store manager, lives in Milton Keynes with her husband John and has two grown-up children. She says:
    It was one o'clock in the morning in May 1982 when the ring of the doorbell woke us up. My husband John went downstairs to answer the door then returned to the bedroom looking miffed, saying nobody was there.
    For some unknown reason I had a strong sense it was my 25-year-old younger brother Steve. He was in the SAS and based nearby.
    A few seconds later it rang again and John traipsed back down the stairs. Again, there was nobody there. It buzzed a few more times after that, but we decided to ignore it.
    At 10am the next morning my father phoned with devastating news. Some officers had arrived to inform him that Steve had been killed in a helicopter crash in the Falklands.
    At that stage we knew very few details of how he had died but that night my oldest son, Robin, who was then eight, had a dream that his Uncle Steve had risen up out of the water with his arms up and said: 'Don’t worry about me. I'm OK now.' Incredibly, I too had experienced the exact same dream.
    We later learnt that the helicopter had crashed into the South Atlantic Ocean and Steve had drowned.
    Juliet Rudkin
    Juliet Rudkin

    Juliet Rudkin, 43, a divorced police officer, lives in Buckinghamshire with her five children: Daniel, 23, Georgina, 19, Andrew, 17, Alex, 13 and David, ten. She says:
    In April 2003 I gave birth to a beautiful healthy baby boy who I called David. My then husband Bill and I were over the moon. But when David was just a few months old a horrible, dark feeling crept over me, day and night. I can't explain why but I felt a hideous dread that my son was going to die.
    I didn't tell anyone because I worried they would think it was postnatal depression, but the feeling persisted.
    A few months later when my mother, Geraldine, a super-fit 60-year-old, came to my house to take my eldest children to school, I had the strangest experience. 
    As she stood in the hallway waiting to leave I found myself staring at her, unable to look away. She met my gaze and it's hard to explain but it was as though I was looking straight through her eyes and into her soul. She asked me why I was staring at her so strangely and I had to mumble an excuse and look away.
    After she left, just a few hours later, I received a phone call from Ian, her husband, telling me she had collapsed at home and had been taken to hospital. She died a couple of hours later of a dissecting thoracic aneurysm.
    I heard myself telling doctors: 'Thank God, I thought it was my baby that was going to die.'
    Ruth Sheard
    Ruth Sheard

    Ruth Sheard, 67, a retired mathematics lecturer, lives in Wakefield, West Yorkshire. She says:
    I was lying in bed in my home in Wakefield one night in 1991 when I felt a presence in the room. I woke and 'saw' my long dead grandmother Adelaide standing at the foot of my bed. She said: 'The gun fired at this time' and I looked at the bedside clock and noticed it was exactly three o'clock. Then she added: 'It was in the afternoon, not morning. Tell your father.'
    When I woke the next morning I discovered three small blisters on the outer surface of the bathroom radiator out of which water was seeping. I called a plumber and thought little of it.
    I visited my 78-year-old father and told him what had happened the night before and his face turned pale. I had always known my grandfather Arthur, his father, had died in the famous naval Battle of Jutland in 1916 but I had failed to recall the date. 'Today is May 31st, 1991,' said my father, his face losing all its colour, 'The 75th anniversary of his death.'
    Intrigued by my grandmother’s reference to the time, I started to do some research.
    My grandfather's ship, the Indefatigable, had come under fire from the Germans and after a first volley of three shots hit the deck the ship blew up. The time it happened? Three in the afternoon.
    When I think of the vision and the number of holes in the radiator, a shiver goes down my spine.
    Judy Smith
    Judy Smith

    Judy Smith, 66, lives with her husband Alan, in Maldon, Essex. The retired fishmongers have two grown-up children and four grandchildren. She says:
    In 1969, when I was 22, I worked in a local branch of a bank in Chelmsford. It was an old building and had a fireplace opposite the tills.
    It was early afternoon when I looked up and to my great surprise saw my great auntie Lil sitting in a chair 'in' the fireplace.
    She was looking as she always did, wearing a green dress that I often saw her in and looking content and comfortable. I don’t remember feeling any other emotion other than faint surprise.
    I wasn't scared but I just thought, 'Oh there's auntie Lil'. She wasn't in solid, human form and I knew somehow I wouldn't be able to touch her.
    I had worked at the bank for a couple of years already and knew better than to get up from my cashier's desk when I had a queue of people standing in front of me, so I didn't get up.
    Auntie Lil lived above our family's fishmongers and was still fit and well, despite being in her 80s. I remember she used to pinch our cheeks when she saw us; I was dearly fond of her.
    I watched my great aunt sitting completely still in the fireplace for a few minutes before she disappeared. She never waved, nor even smiled at me. I just remember her looking in my direction quite serenely.
    I didn't tell anyone because I was worried they would laugh but minutes later I received a phone call from my mother to tell me Lil had just passed away from old age. I said, 'I know, I have just seen her.'
    Susan Radwell
    Susan Radwell

    Susan Radwell, 60, a psychotherapist, lives with her husband in Oxford. She says:
    Because of my job I am used to trying to analyse rationally what goes on in people’s minds. In 1999, however, I had an experience which challenged my view of how the mind works and its capabilities.
    One night that summer I was lying next to my husband fast asleep at home when at about 2am I was woken by a hand that wasn't my husband’s gently tapping my right shoulder. Sleepily, I opened my eyes and saw Jack, a friend from work, standing in front of me.
    Days earlier Jack had gone on holiday to Cairo, so I knew it couldn't be him, really. But there he was nonetheless, shimmering, surrounded by a hazy light and wearing a white gown from the neck to the floor. He was smiling at me and looked relaxed and well.
    By now I was wide awake, my eyes straining to take it all in. I wasn't scared, I just felt reassured and strangely comforted. It's hard to explain, but it was an entirely good, peaceful sensation. He leant forward, gave me a bunch of lilies and left.
    I calmly fell asleep, not wanting to wake up my husband or share it with him as it had felt like a very personal experience.
    The next day at lunchtime I got a call from another mutual work friend. She told me Jack had died following a sudden heart attack while on holiday in Cairo.
    It had happened just hours before he appeared to me.
    It's hard to explain why he visited me as we had only known each other for three years, and only ever in a work context, but it made me feel more at peace with death.
    Alan Greaves
    Alan Greaves

    Alan Greaves, 62, is a retired senior sales manager who lives in Manchester with his partner Jean, a retired business owner. He has two grown-up sons. He says:
    One night in 1983 I woke up having had a nightmare that my neighbour had fallen off my roof and died. I woke up with my heart pounding and my skin covered in sweat, then moments later heard a man's voice that I didn't recognise telling me to lie back down and he would explain the dream.
    Confused, but keen to find out the meaning, I lay back down and heard the same voice explain slowly and deliberately that it was actually my mother Rachel who was going to die, and that she wasn't going to fall off a roof but give in to illness while surrounded by her family.
    I asked the voice when, and it said, quite precisely, in three months at 1.30pm. It then told me to go to sleep. I wasn’t scared at all and drifted off straight after.
    The next day I told my wife Elaine and rang up both my sisters to tell them what I'd heard.
    Our mother had been ill with Parkinson's disease for four years already but was coping relatively well on her own still. Over the next three months, though, her condition spiralled downhill.
    The night before the day the dream had told me she would die, I was at her bedside with my three sisters and their husbands and my elder brother.
    I was crying in the corridor when my brother-in-law put his arm around me. I said it was no good and that I knew she was going to die tomorrow.
    The next day at 1.15pm her breathing suddenly worsened and she passed away at 1.30pm - the exact time and date that I had predicted three months earlier.
    Interviews: India Sturgis  and Lauren Libbert


    Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/femail/article-2548370/Dream-told-brother-going-drown-More-gripping-tales-premonitions-near-death-experiences.html#ixzz2rz2UiRLc
    Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook






    Another link on the above subject can be found here http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2547714/Our-astonishing-near-death-stories-thousands-touched-thought-provoking-series-intensive-care-nurse.html




    Also, one more link http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2547133/The-children-near-death-experiences-lead-charmed-lives-Study-reveals-youngsters-young-six-months-lucid-visions.html

    Is this proof near-death experiences ARE real? Extraordinary new book by intensive care nurse reveals dramatic evidence she says should banish our fear of dying

    $
    0
    0

        The Ascent of the Blessed, detail from a panel of an alterpiece of the Last Judgement. Historic texts are filled with accounts of near-death visions. Are they to be ignored so readily?
        The Ascent of the Blessed, detail from a panel of an alterpiece of the Last Judgement. Historic texts are filled with accounts of near-death visions.Are they to be ignored so readily?


        Fear: Is death so terrible that we need to mute it and delay it with drugs and machines?
        Fear: Is death so terrible that we need to mute it and delay it with drugs and machines?

        All the time this was happening, I felt fine: full of joy, peaceful, gently floating towards brilliant light.
        Penny Sartori began her eight-year study as a cynic. But by the time it  ended, she was convinced that near-death experiences are a genuine phenomenon
        Penny Sartori began her eight-year study as a cynic. But by the time it ended, she was convinced that near-death experiences are a genuine phenomenon

        As oxygen levels reduce in the blood, the brain becomes increasingly disorientated, confused and disorganised.
        Researchers agree each vision will contain at least one of several recognised components, such as travelling down a tunnel towards a bright light, meeting dead relatives, or having an out-of-body experience
        Researchers agree each vision will contain at least one of several recognised components, such as travelling down a tunnel towards a bright light, meeting dead relatives, or having an out-of-body experience

        Well-meaning doctors who over-sedate dying patients may be denying them a natural and comforting final vision
        One woman has stopped wearing watches because they no longer work on her wrist. Another 'blows' light bulbs regularly
        One woman has stopped wearing watches because they no longer work on her wrist. Another 'blows' light bulbs regularly


        Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2545668/Is-proof-near-death-experiences-ARE-real-Extraordinary-new-book-intensive-care-nurse-reveals-dramatic-evidence-says-banish-fear-dying.html#ixzz2rz5Ajcqv
        Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook




        The Ascent of the Blessed, detail from a panel of an alterpiece of the Last Judgement. Historic texts are filled with accounts of near-death visions. Are they to be ignored so readily?


        Brilliant arguments in favor of "no free will"

        $
        0
        0

        January 31, 2014

        By Brian Hinnes, Church of the Churchless


        - See more at: http://hinessight.blogs.com/church_of_the_churchless/2014/01/brilliant-arguments-in-favor-of-no-free-will.html#sthash.3Ykr50fW.dpuf

        Subjective spiritual experiences can be studied objectively

        $
        0
        0

        February 11, 2014

        - See more at: http://hinessight.blogs.com/church_of_the_churchless/2014/02/subjective-experiences-can-be-studied-objectively.html#sthash.kPQmT7Qo.dpuf

        There Is a Paranormal Activity Lab at the University of Virginia

        $
        0
        0


        Respected scientists are lending credibility to parapsychological research.
                   

         P. Morrissey/flickr
        The market for stories of paranormal academe is a rich one. There’s Heidi Julavits’s widely acclaimed 2012 novel The Vanishers, which takes place at a New England college for aspiring Sylvia Brownes. And, of course, there’s Professor X’s School for Gifted Youngsters—Marvel’s take on Andover or Choate—where teachers read minds and students pass like ghosts through ivy-covered walls.
        The Division of Perceptual Studies (DOPS) at the University of Virginia’s School of Medicine is decidedly less fantastic than either Julavits’s or Marvel’s creations, but it's nevertheless a fascinating place. Founded in 1967 by Dr. Ian Stevenson—originally as the Division of Personality Studies—its mission is “the scientific empirical investigation of phenomena that suggest that currently accepted scientific assumptions and theories about the nature of mind or consciousness, and its relation to matter, may be incomplete.”
        What sorts of “phenomena” qualify? Largely your typical catalog of Forteana: ESP, poltergeists, near-death experiences, out-of-body experiences, “claimed memories of past lives.” So yes: In 2014, there is a center for paranormal research at a totally legitimate (and respected) American institution of higher learning. But unlike the X-Mansion, or other fictional psy-schools, DOPS doesn’t employ any practicing psychics. The teachers can’t read minds, and the students don’t walk through walls. DOPS is home to a small group of hardworking, impressively credentialed scientists with minds for stats and figures.
        Dr. Jim Tucker, a Bonner-Lowry Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Neurobehavioral Sciences, is one such scientist. With a bachelor’s degree from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and an M.D. from the University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Dr. Tucker arrived in Charlottesville to complete his postgraduate training at UVA’s Health Services Center in 1986. After a few years running a private psychiatric practice (still in Charlottesville), Dr. Tucker returned to UVA to work under Dr. Stevenson and carry out research on the possibility of life after death.
        Tucker, who is a certified child psychiatrist, primarily works with children who’ve reported memories that are not their own—oftentimes linked to real-life individuals who lived decades in the past and thousands of miles away. To Tucker, these findings suggest the plausibility of “survival of personality after death”—something like a law of conservation of energy applied to human consciousness. Reincarnation, to the layperson.
        “The main effort is to document as carefully as possible what the child says and determine how well that matches with a deceased person,” he told me. “And in the strongest cases, those similarities can be quite compelling.”
        The cases Tucker refers to are indeed quite compelling. In an interview with NPR’s Rachel Martin earlier this month, he talked about James Leininger, a Louisiana boy who reported memories of flying a fighter jet in World War II. At around age 2, James experienced terrible nightmares, almost nightly, of violent plane crashes. During the day, he relayed extremely vivid memories of this supposed Air Force career. He recalled the name of a real aircraft carrier stationed in the Pacific during World War II (“Natoma”). He claimed to have a friend on the boat named Jack Larsen. He had memory of being shot down by the Japanese and dying near Iwo Jima.
        The USS Natoma Bay lost only one pilot at Iwo Jima, a man named James Huston, and he died in a crash that matched Leininger’s description almost exactly: “Hit in the engine, exploding into fire, crashing into the water and quickly sinking,” Tucker said. “And when that happened, the pilot of the plane next to his was Jack Larsen.”
        Spooky, right? Surely little James was merely parroting information he had absorbed elsewhere. “Children’s brains are like sponges,” the saying goes, but Tucker’s findings suggest something more profound at work. For one thing, James Huston is simply not a well known person. A cursory Google search of his name reveals only press related to Leininger’s claims. It’s hard to say how Leininger or his parents could have possibly known anything about Huston before the nightmares began.
        Huston’s story is so obscure that it took Leininger’s father three to four years to track down his information. James Huston was killed more than fifty years before James Leininger’s birth, and came from Pennsylvania—more than a thousand miles from the Leininger family home in Louisiana. What’s more, James Leininger was only two years old when he first reported memories of Huston’s fiery death.
        “It seems absolutely impossible that he could have somehow gained this information as a 2-year-old through some sort of normal means,” Tucker told NPR.
        DOPS-affiliated doctors and scientists have reviewed and analyzed thousands of cases like Leininger’s. Before his retirement in 2002 and later death in 2007, Dr. Ian Stevenson logged more than 2,500 cases, publishing his analyses in a number of scholarly texts from 1969 onward. Today, DOPS inputs findings and patient profiles into an electronic database from which analysts can discern patterns that might explain why certain individuals are susceptible to believing they possess memories from past lives. Tucker and his colleagues believe such information could explain a number of psychiatric conditions as well; among them phobias, philias, or certain personality traits that cannot otherwise be attributed to environment or heredity.
        There are, of course, those in the scientific community who are skeptical of the research carried out at DOPS and critical of the legacy of Dr. Stevenson. And there are those who are, perhaps rightly, suspicious of how DOPS has sustained itself financially through the years. Chester Carlson, the inventor of xerography, bequeathed a million dollars to DOPS upon his death in 1968, presumably at the request of his wife, known for her avid interest in the paranormal.
        Stevenson and his contemporaries have their legitimate allies too. Max Planck, the father of quantum physics, saw merit in the possibility of a physical realm derived from the non-physical (“consciousness”). In his 1995 book The Demon-Haunted World, astrophysicist Carl Sagan, a known advocate of scientific skepticism, said that the phenomenon of children reporting “details of a previous life, which upon checking turn out to be accurate and which they could not have known about in any other way than reincarnation” is an area of parapsychological research deserving of “serious study.”
        Yet Stevenson is perhaps most respected not for his findings, but his methods. In a 1977 article published in The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, acclaimed American psychiatrist Harold Lief praised Stevenson’s overall approach to data collection.
        “While I withhold final judgment on the content and conclusions of my friend’s study of telepathy, xenoglossy, and reincarnation, I am a ‘true believer’ in his methods of investigation. Stevenson’s writing and research reports are work of a man who is methodical and thorough in his data collection and clear and lucid in their analysis and presentation.”
        “I’m happy to say [Stevenson’s work is] all complete and utter nonsense,” wroteScientific American’s Jesse Bering, a research psychologist who pens the magazine’s behavioral science blog. “The trouble is, it’s not entirely apparent to me that it is. So why aren’t scientists taking Stevenson’s data more seriously?”
        Bering claims current models for understanding brain function don’t allow for consideration of non-materialist data like those mined at DOPS. He asks: “But does our refusal to even look at his findings, let alone debate them, come down to our fear of being wrong?”
        Stevenson’s most famous words have become somewhat of a rallying cry for paranormal enthusiasts the world over: “The wish not to believe can influence as strongly as the wish to believe.” But for Tucker, who is considered Stevenson’s protégé of sorts, delving into the paranormal has little to do with “believing” in anything at all.
        “It’s certainly not to promote a belief or belief system,” he told me. “I didn’t come to [the field] with any sort of dogma.” He, like Harold Lief, was attracted to Stevenson’s methods.
        “For me, I was interested in this effort for an analytic approach to studying survival of personality after death. The goal for me, personally, is to determine what evidence there is for the idea that some individuals can survive death.”
        The information being collected at DOPS is certainly unusual. But overall, the organization functions no differently than your garden-variety scientific research outfit. If Dr. Jim Tucker is any indication, the groundwork of strict adherence to scientific method laid down by Dr. Stevenson is still firmly in place. And according to Tucker, the essential motivation of scientists at DOPS is the same as that at NASA, WHO, and other institutions devoted to scientific inquiry: “We’re just trying to find the truth.”
        Viewing all 524 articles
        Browse latest View live